UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

____________________

Form 10-K

____________________

x    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

or

o    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 814-01561

____________________

T. ROWE PRICE OHA SELECT PRIVATE CREDIT FUND

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

____________________

Delaware	88-6521578
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1 Vanderbilt, 16th Floor
New York, New York	10017
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)	(Zip Code)

(212) 326-1500

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Class S common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01

Class D common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01

Class I common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	x	Smaller reporting company	¨
		Emerging growth company	x

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes ☐ No ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Yes o No x

As of December 31, 2023, there was no established public market for the registrant’s common shares of beneficial interest. The registrant’s common shares, $0.01 par value per share, outstanding as of March 13, 2024, there were 0, 0 and 28,125,177 of Class S, Class D and Class I common shares, respectively. Common shares outstanding exclude March 1, 2024 subscriptions since the issuance price is not yet finalized at the date of this filing.

T. ROWE PRICE OHA SELECT PRIVATE CREDIT FUND

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
PART I
Item 1. Business	5
Item 1A. Risk Factors	29
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments	66
Item 1C. Cybersecurity	66
Item 2. Properties	67
Item 3. Legal Proceedings	68
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures	68
Part II.
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	68
Item 6. Reserved.	71
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	71
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	89
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	91
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	133
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures	133
Item 9B. Other Information.	134
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	132
Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.	135
Item 11. Executive Compensation.	141
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.	142
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.	143
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.	144
Part IV
Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules.	146

3

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements because they relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund (the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”), our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs and opinions, and our assumptions. Forward-looking statements may include, among other things, statements as to our future operating results, our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, the impact of the investments that we expect to make, the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives, our expected financings and investments, the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital, and the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies. Words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “target,” “goals,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “seek,” “estimate,” “continue,” “forecast,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “potential,” variations of such words, and similar expressions indicate a forward-looking statement, although not all forward-looking statements include these words. Readers are cautioned that the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are only predictions, are not guarantees of future performance, and are subject to risks, events, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Our actual results could differ materially from those implied or expressed in the forward-looking statements for any reason, including the items discussed in Item 1A entitled “Risk Factors” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in other reports we may file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) from time to time. Other factors that could cause our actual results and financial condition to differ materially include, but are not limited to, changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital markets, risks associated with possible disruption due to terrorism in our operations or the economy generally, the impact of geo-political conditions, including revolution, insurgency, terrorism or war, and future changes in laws or regulations and conditions in our operating areas.

Any forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on our current expectations, estimates, forecasts, information and projections about the industry in which we operate and the beliefs and assumptions of our management as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this report should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. We assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless we are required to do so by law. Investors should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this report. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, investors are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to investors or through reports that we in the future may file with the SEC, including subsequent annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.

Investors should understand that under Sections 27A(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to forward-looking statements made in periodic reports we file under the Exchange Act.

4

Summary Risk Factors

The risk factors described below are a summary of the principal risk factors associated with an investment in us. These are not the only risks we face. Investors should carefully consider these risk factors, together with the risk factors set forth in the section titled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this annual report.

Risks Relating to an Investment in the Company

•The Company is Dependent on the Investment Team

•The Company’s Investments are Illiquid and There are Restrictions on Withdrawal.

•There Can be No Assurance the Company Will be Able to Obtain Leverage.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Use of Leverage.

•The Adviser May be Required to Expedite Investment Decisions.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Portfolio Valuation.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Lack of Diversification.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Timing of Realization of Investments.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Risks Associated with Sourcing, Operating or Joint Venture Partners.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Distributions.

•The Board Has the Discretion to Not Repurchase Shares, to Suspend the Share Repurchase Program, and to Cease Repurchases.

•The Fund is Subject to General Credit Risks.

Risks Relating to the Company’s Investments

•The Company’s Portfolio Companies May be Highly Leveraged.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Due to its Reliance on Company Management.

•The Company May Be Subject to Risks Due to Not Holding Controlling Equity Interests in Portfolio Companies.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Defaults by Portfolio Companies.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Third-Party Litigation.

•Economic Conditions May Have Adverse Effects on the Company and the Portfolio Companies.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Illiquidity of the Company’s Assets and Distributions In Kind.

•The Company is Subject to Business and Credit Risks.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Inflation.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Potential Early Redemption of Some Investments.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Revolver, Delayed-Draw and Line of Credit Investments.

Risks Relating to Certain Regulatory and Tax Matters

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Regulations Governing the Company’s Operation as a BDC.

•The Company Must Invest a Sufficient Portion of Assets in Qualifying Assets.

•The Company May Incur Significant Costs as a Result of Being an Exchange Act Reporting Company.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Government Policies, Changes in Laws and International Trade.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Related to Being an “Emerging Growth Company”.

Federal Income Tax Risks

•The Company is Subject to RIC Qualification Risks.

•The Company May Experience Difficulty with Paying Required Distributions.

•Some Investments May be Subject to Corporate-Level Income Tax.

PART I

Item 1. Business

5

T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund

The Company was initially formed on December 16, 2021 as a Delaware limited liability company and subsequently converted into a Delaware statutory trust on March 2, 2022.  We are an externally managed, closed-end, diversified management investment company that elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), on June 30, 2023. The Adviser is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), beginning with our fiscal year (or period) ending December 31, 2023. We have an indefinite term.

The Company’s investment objective is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns predominately in the form of current income, with select investments capturing long-term capital appreciation, while maintaining a strong focus on downside protection. The Company invests in a diversified portfolio of primarily senior secured, privately originated floating rate loans to well-established companies in North America and Europe. The Company seeks to offer investors an all-weather investment solution positioned to generate premium yields and capture investment opportunities through different market environments, including periods of market volatility and rising interest rates.

The Company seeks to capitalize on the deep expertise and extensive relationships with management teams and key market participants that Oak Hill Advisors, L.P, (together with its affiliated investment advisors and predecessor firms, “OHA” or the “Firm”) has developed over more than 30 years as a credit specialist to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns providing private financing solutions. Our investment strategy focuses primarily on directly originated and customized private financing solutions for larger companies. We generally define larger companies as companies with earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) more than $75 million (“Larger Borrowers”), as may be adjusted for market disruptions, mergers and acquisitions related charges and synergies, and other items. While most of our investments will be in U.S. companies, from time to time, we also expect to invest in European and other non-U.S. companies. Our portfolio may also include equity interests such as common stock, preferred stock, warrants or options, which generally would be obtained as part of providing a broader financing solution. Under normal circumstances, we will invest directly or indirectly at least 80% of our total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in private credit. Most of the debt instruments we invest in are unrated or rated below investment grade, which is often an indication of size, creditworthiness and speculative nature relative to the capacity of the borrower to pay interest and principal. Generally, if our unrated investments were rated, they would be rated below investment grade. These securities, which are often referred to as “junk” or “high yield”, have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and are typically not readily traded.

We may, but are not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange or other derivative agreements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit or other risks, but we do not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. Any derivative agreements entered into for speculative purposes are not expected to be material to the Company’s business or results of operations. These hedging activities, which will be in compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may include the use of futures, options and forward contracts. We will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy we employ will be successful.

As a BDC, at least 70% of our assets must be the type of “qualifying” assets listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, as described herein, which are generally privately-offered securities issued by U.S. private or thinly-traded companies. We may also invest up to 30% of our portfolio in “non-qualifying” portfolio investments, such as investments in non-U.S. companies.

The Company primarily invests in directly originated and customized financing solutions through the primary market; however, it is able to utilize the secondary market when appropriate. A long-established history of investing in both primary and secondary credit markets affords OHA the flexibility to pursue attractive risk-adjusted returns in a variety of market conditions. Additionally, while the Company’s primary investments in directly originated and customized financing solutions cannot be readily liquidated, the Company generally maintains, under normal circumstances, an allocation to broadly syndicated loans and other liquid investments through the secondary market. An allocation to such instruments will be utilized to provide liquidity for share repurchases.

In addition, the Company will not make any investment that it knows to be a Prohibited Investment (as defined below) and the Company will divest itself, as soon as reasonably possible, of any investment that becomes a Prohibited Investment

6

after the initial investment in such investment was made, subject to any legal, regulatory (including, without limitation, the 1940 Act) or contractual restrictions applicable to the Company’s interest in such investment and the Adviser shall consult in good faith with the Company’s Board of Trustees (the “Board” and each member thereof, a “Trustee”) regarding any such legal, contractual or other restrictions or limitations. A “Prohibited Investment” shall mean an investment in (I) any issuer who: (a) constructs or operates prisons, (b) manufactures firearms, (c) engages in internet gambling, (d) engages in internet gaming as referred to in the context of Part VII of the Criminal Code of Canada, or (e) has as a primary business focus the provision of adult entertainment sites (i.e., pornography), (II) any issuer that derives at least 10% of its revenues from (a) coal, (b) tobacco products, (c) firearms, (d) prison services, or (III) any issuer that derives at least 25% of its revenues from the sale, exploration and production of petroleum or the construction or operation of petroleum pipelines, in the case of each of sub-clauses (I), (II) and (III), as determined by the Adviser in its discretion.

To seek to enhance our returns, we employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of the Adviser, but in no event will leverage employed exceed the limitations set forth in the 1940 Act; which currently allows us to borrow up to a 2:1 debt to equity ratio. We use leverage in the form of borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions and the issuance of debt securities. We may also use leverage in the form of the issuance of preferred shares, but do not currently intend to do so. In determining whether to borrow money, we will analyze the maturity, covenant package and rate structure of the proposed borrowings as well as the risks of such borrowings compared to our investment outlook. Any such leverage, if incurred, would be expected to increase the total capital available for investment by the Company.

We expect to pay regular monthly distributions. Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of our Board, considering factors such as our earnings, cash flow, capital needs and general financial condition and the requirements of Delaware law. As a result, our distribution rates and payment frequency may vary from time to time.

We are currently offering on a continuous basis up to $2.5 billion of common shares of beneficial interest pursuant to an offering registered with the SEC (the “Offering”). We are offering to sell any combination of three classes of common shares, Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares, with a dollar value up to the maximum offering amount. The share classes have different ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees. The initial purchase price for the common shares was $25.00 per share. Thereafter, the purchase price per share for each class of common shares will equal the net asset value (“NAV”) per share, as of the effective date of the monthly share purchase date. T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc. (the “Managing Dealer”) will use its best efforts to sell shares, but is not obligated to purchase or sell any specific amount of shares in the offering. We may also engage in private offerings of common shares.

Non-Exchange Traded, Perpetual-Life BDC

The Company is non-exchange traded, meaning its shares are not listed for trading on a stock exchange or other securities market and a perpetual-life BDC, meaning it is an investment vehicle of indefinite duration, whose common shares are sold monthly on a continuous basis at a price generally equal to the monthly NAV per share. In our perpetual-life structure, we may, at our discretion, offer investors an opportunity to repurchase their shares on a quarterly basis, but we are not obligated to offer to repurchase any in any particular quarter. We believe that our perpetual nature enables us to execute a patient strategy and be able to invest across different market environments. This may reduce the risk of the Company being a forced seller of assets in market downturns compared to non-perpetual funds. While we may consider a liquidity event at any time in the future, we currently do not intend to undertake a liquidity event, and we are not obligated by our charter or otherwise to effect a liquidity event at any time.

The Adviser and the Administrator

The Company’s investment activities are managed by the Adviser, an investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act. Our Adviser is responsible for originating prospective investments, conducting research and due diligence investigations on potential investments, analyzing investment opportunities, negotiating and structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of OHA.

OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC, in its capacity as our Administrator, provides, or oversees the performance of, administrative and compliance services, including, but not limited to, maintaining financial records, overseeing the calculation of NAV, compliance monitoring (including diligence and oversight of our other service providers), preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, preparing materials and coordinating meetings of our Board,

7

managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others and providing office space, equipment and office services.

Market Opportunity

OHA believes that dramatic changes in financing markets, combined with the compelling attributes of private credit for both borrowers and investors, are creating a highly attractive and growing investment opportunity. The dynamics described below have culminated in a growing opportunity to provide private debt financing to Larger Borrowers, who historically had relied on the liquid, or broadly syndicated, loan market but are now increasingly accessing the benefits of private financing solutions. We believe that OHA is well-positioned to capitalize on this growth given its consistent historical focus on Larger Borrowers, experience investing through numerous market cycles over more than 30 years and other competitive advantages.

•Changes in Financing Markets are Driving Growth in Private Lending. Secular changes largely set in motion by regulatory response to the global financial crisis of 2008-2009 have led to market supply / demand dynamics that have resulted in borrowers and private equity sponsors increasingly accessing the benefits of private financings. Increased regulation, industry consolidation and general risk aversion have caused traditional banks to retreat from lending markets. Banks comprised approximately 30% of the traditional U.S. lending market at the end of 2009 which declined to 13% and 25% as of year-end 2021 and 2022, respectively.1 While bank retrenchment created a financing void, demand for capital continues to grow, evidenced by elevated private equity deal activity and “dry powder” (i.e., uncalled capital commitments), as well as M&A financing needs more broadly. The supply / demand imbalance has created an opportunity for providers of private lending solutions, like OHA, to step in and directly originate financing solutions with attractive terms for investors. Capital available for private lending has grown accordingly causing the private lending market to develop in a large and viable alternative source of financing.

•Changes in Corporate Borrower Behavior. With this backdrop, corporate borrowers also increasingly seek the advantages of private lending solutions, compared to traditional lending markets. These benefits include greater structuring flexibility, transaction privacy, certainty of pricing and terms, speed of execution and smaller, more manageable lender groups. In recent years, this growth has been particularly pronounced among larger companies and their sponsors seeking customized financing solutions unavailable in traditional financing markets. These borrowers often favor engagement with select trusted lending partners, like OHA, to address their ongoing and often complex financing needs with streamlined private solutions irrespective of market environment. OHA believes that as companies and private equity sponsors become more aware of the depth in the private debt space that has been created by scaled providers, like OHA, they will increasingly weigh this option against public market alternatives for larger companies. OHA believes that its integrated investment activities and engagement with borrowers as a “one-stop” shop across public and private market financing needs position it to capitalize on these evolving borrower behaviors.

•Strength of Private Credit During Volatile Market Environments. Periods of market volatility, such as the dislocation caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the increased market turbulence and uncertain economic backdrop in 2022, appear to accentuate the advantages of private credit and reinforce the secular trends that drive the growth of the asset class. The availability of capital in the liquid credit market is highly sensitive to market conditions and often becomes constrained during more volatile market environments. This is a consequence of liquid or syndicated loan new issuance relying to a large extent on the creation of collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), retail fund flows and other technical forces as banks retrenched from traditional lending markets. Private lending, in contrast, has proven to be a stable and reliable source of capital through periods of volatility, which often expands the opportunity set for private financing. These dynamics are expected to position the Company to secure favorable pricing and rigorous structural protection to drive value for Company investors. Moreover, OHA believes that both normally functioning and challenged market environments have the potential to offer attractive private lending opportunities.

•Privately Originated, Senior Secured Loans Offer Attractive Investment Characteristics. As the market landscape has evolved over the past several years, investors continue to search for asset classes with defensive characteristics that also produce high, current income. While there is inherent risk in investing in any security,

1 Source: LCD Quarterly Leveraged Lending Review, December 31, 2023. Due to a significant decline in loan issuance in the last 12 months, LCD did not track enough observations to compile meaningful averages for investor analysis for 2023. Traditional lending refers to broadly syndicated loans.

8

senior secured debt is at the top of the capital structure and thus has priority claims in payment among an issuer’s security holders (i.e., senior secured debt holders are due to receive payment before junior creditors and equity holders). Additionally, private credit investments will generally offer higher coupons and total return potential than what is available in the liquid credit markets, primarily due to illiquidity and complexity premia. Senior secured loans also generally consist of floating rate cash interest coupons, which OHA believes can be another attractive return attribute in a rising interest rate environment.

OHA views these changes as long-lasting and the continued market evolution as highly complementary with its differentiated investment capabilities and historical investment process. OHA, therefore, believes that it is well-positioned to continue to capitalize on the growing opportunity to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns from private lending to Larger Borrowers.

OHA’s Differentiated Positioning to Capitalize on Opportunity

OHA believes that it is well-positioned to continue to capitalize on the growing opportunity to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns from private lending to Larger Borrowers. OHA believes that the Company’s investment strategy represents a differentiated approach to private credit investing. More specifically, OHA believes that the following characteristics distinguish the Company as a compelling investment opportunity.

•Deep Credit Investment Experience: OHA has been a credit specialist for more than 30 years. Over that time, it has invested in thousands of companies, accumulating an extensive “library of knowledge” that it believes offers differentiated views on issuers, industries and markets. OHA has also developed deep strategic relationships and robust networks with management teams and private equity sponsors, with a focus on larger companies that are increasingly seeking private credit solutions. OHA believes these historical relationships will remain significant drivers of its private credit investment deal flow.

•Significant Private Credit Investment Expertise: OHA has a long history of private credit investing starting in 2002 that has been tested through several credit cycles. OHA believes that this experience demonstrates its ability to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns with an emphasis on downside protection from private lending. OHA manages numerous investment programs, including the Company, that focus on senior secured corporate private credit investments primarily in North America and Europe. These investment programs seek to capitalize on OHA’s significant and successful history investing in private first lien and unitranche financings, as well as second lien loans and other corporate secured debt. These client solutions include other pooled investment vehicles and single investor mandates structured to solve the various objectives and requirements of OHA’s global investor base. Further, these investment programs and OHA’s broader investment platform provide significant capacity to drive and commit to private financing solutions in scale.

•Highly Experienced Team: The Company benefits from the full capabilities of OHA’s more than 120 investment professionals globally, under the leadership of the Company’s Investment Committee. The members of the Investment Committee have worked at OHA for over 25 years on average and have navigated and capitalized on numerous market cycles. Further, the deep continuity of OHA’s senior team has helped institutionalize a highly disciplined investment process. OHA believes that the consistency of this process has contributed to the consistency of its investment results across its corporate credit strategies. This robust process harnesses the complementary skillsets of industry, asset-class, transaction, documentation and workout specialists to enhance sourcing, due diligence, structuring and ongoing monitoring of investments. OHA further believes that the continuity of its team and execution of its time-tested investment process should position it to source and execute on highly attractive opportunities, often on a proprietary basis, on behalf of Company investors.

•Industry-Specialist Investment Team Model: A central component of the Adviser’s and OHA’s investment process is deep and experienced industry-focused investment teams. These teams are typically comprised of three to six professionals and are charged with having a deep understanding of all relevant companies in their sectors. OHA believes that the depth of their expertise meaningfully enhances all aspects of its investment process, contributing to attractive returns with minimal credit losses over time. OHA believes that sponsors and management teams view its industry teams as possessing differentiated perspectives on industry and company-specific matters, deal structures, pricing and other important transaction dynamics. OHA believes this facilitates early discussions with such sponsors and companies, which OHA believes enables OHA to drive key deal terms, access greater size in transactions and, in certain cases, achieve more favorable economics. A deep understanding of industries and companies also positions OHA to suggest proactively creative financing solutions that can drive significant

9

potential value for borrowers, private equity sponsors and, in turn, the Company’s investors. Finally, OHA believes that its sector knowledge also meaningfully enhances the quality of its due diligence. OHA often has a prior relationship with a corporate borrower or its management team, deep knowledge of its competitors and/or ongoing dialogue with key customers, suppliers, industry consultants and other contacts that can offer differentiated perspectives.

•Scaled, “One-stop Shop”: OHA believes that the size and breadth of its $63 billion2 platform solving diverse, often complex financing needs of corporate borrowers across both private and liquid markets is a distinct sourcing advantage. The resulting frequent dialogue and active engagement contribute to proprietary deal flow with significant repeat lender roles for OHA. These capabilities help maximize the number of opportunities that OHA sources which it considers critical given the highly selective nature of its investment process. OHA’s industry teams are responsible for investments in the private and liquid credit markets, which includes working closely with the Firm’s private credit specialists. This framework allows the relevant investment professional to serve as a single point of contact for a borrower that can deliver OHA’s scale and flexible solutions across the range of the corporate borrower’s financing needs over time. In many cases, OHA believes that management teams and sponsors do not know which financing solution will ultimately prove optimal and/or actionable as they assess their options. OHA can seamlessly partner across a full range of private, liquid or hybrid liquid/private solutions, positioning it to be a true partner of choice that can customize the best credit solution, regardless of the structure or complexity. In turn, OHA believes that it is viewed as a trusted, creative and thoughtful long-term lending partner, strongly positioning it when sponsors and management teams seek partners for proprietary financings or when assembling a small lending group. OHA’s flexibility on structure, combined with size to drive transactions, enable it to be a “one-stop shop” which is particularly relevant for Larger Borrowers who access both private and syndicated markets.

•Transaction Leadership: OHA has demonstrated experience leading private credit transactions which it attributes to the competitive advantages described above. OHA’s scale, company- and sector-specific insights, underwriting strength, and structuring expertise position it to engage in complex situations and deliver customized financing solutions that address the unique financing needs of corporate borrowers. Since 2018, OHA has held a leadership position in the vast majority of its private lending investments. Being a sole or primary lender in size fosters and enhances a partnership mentality with the corporate borrower that is differentiated from traditional lending relationships. OHA believes that its ability to lead transactions is a potential source of incremental return as it allows OHA to influence deal terms and structures to the benefit of the Company.

•Larger Borrower Focus: OHA typically focuses on investments in companies with EBITDA of $75 million or greater, which has been a consistent aspect of OHA’s investment process throughout its history. OHA believes this focus and positioning to work with Larger Borrowers benefits the Company in several ways. OHA believes that credit profiles of Larger Borrowers generally benefit from greater business diversification, stronger market positions, experienced management teams and a greater ability to navigate challenging markets. At the same time, many larger companies have complex financing needs to which OHA’s capabilities and solutions are well suited. In addition, OHA believes that fewer capital providers possess the required scale to effectively operate in this segment of the private credit market. In turn, scaled private lending platforms, like OHA, focused on Larger Borrowers currently face less competition than in the market for smaller companies. In particular, OHA observes that demand for private unitranche financings from Larger Borrowers continues to grow significantly, presenting OHA with many attractive investment opportunities in these well-structured facilities. OHA believes that this expanding universe of borrowers offers opportunities to secure more favorable pricing and rigorous structural protections on behalf of investors relative to the public markets where Larger Borrowers historically addressed their financing needs.

•Downside Protection: OHA believes that a key driver of success in private credit investing is the ability to limit credit mistakes and preserve capital. Accordingly, a focus on downside protection has been a core tenet of the Firm’s investment process since inception. This time-tested approach employs a highly disciplined bottom-up, “private equity-style” due diligence process, combined with rigorous transaction structuring to mitigate risk. OHA’s extensive structuring expertise and flexibility combined with its trusted financing partner relationships position it to negotiate highly structured financing solutions that address the unique risks presented by a borrower. OHA believes that this focus on downside protection is evidenced by the low losses across its corporate

2 Capital under management estimated as of December 31, 2023. Includes net asset value, portfolio value and/or unfunded capital. Uses respective USD exchange rates as of month-end for any non-USD assets. Additional information on calculation methodology available upon request.

10

credit strategies, historically including its private lending strategies. Most recently, OHA believes that its resilience through the COVID-19 pandemic reflects OHA’s underwriting rigor and focus on downside protection.

•Significant Workout and Restructuring Expertise: OHA believes that the expertise gained as a leading distressed investor since 1990 offers a competitive advantage in the execution of its private credit strategy. Since 1990, OHA has made approximately $21 billion in distressed investments as of September 30, 2023. OHA seeks to capitalize on this capability when evaluating and structuring private credit investments to ensure that the transaction documentation offers protection across a broad range of outcomes. OHA believes its expertise as a distressed investor also enhances its ability to move with conviction to seize on opportunities resulting from market volatility in its performing investment activities, including private credit. OHA believes that its distressed investment expertise also provides it with a distinct advantage monitoring and managing investments. Should one of OHA’s performing credit investments encounter difficulty, the relevant industry team will leverage OHA’s extensive workout capabilities. The distressed team will work with the industry team to re-evaluate the company and capital structure from a distressed investing perspective and implement a strategy to optimize results.

The Board

Overall responsibility for the Company’s oversight rests with the Board. We have entered into an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser, pursuant to which the Adviser manages the Company on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers in our operations in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Company’s bylaws and applicable provisions of state and other laws. The Adviser will keep the Board well informed as to the Adviser’s activities on our behalf and our investment operations and provide the Board information with additional information as the Board may, from time to time, request. The Board will be composed of five members, three of whom are Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Company or the Adviser as defined in the 1940 Act.

Investment Selection

The Adviser implements its strategy through a highly disciplined and consistent investment process that OHA believes has contributed significantly to its strong performance over time. The key features of this process have been tested through multiple cycles since the Firm’s inception. These features include a deep, fundamental “private equity-style” due diligence process and a focus on loss avoidance and risk-adjusted returns. The investment process leverages the vast library of knowledge that the Firm has gained investing in thousands of companies since the early 1990s. In addition, across its platform, the Firm generally will have investments in several hundred companies at any given time. OHA believes that the strong integration of its investment team positions its investment process to benefit significantly from the vast amount of information gleaned on the broader economy, financial markets and at the industry and company level across the platform. These insights are regularly shared between industry teams, portfolio managers and product specialists through frequent dialogue and collaboration leading to a diversity of perspective from all areas of the Firm. The Company’s investment process will leverage OHA’s over 120-person investment team across the U.S. and Europe.3  OHA believes that the consistency of its process and the depth and experience of its investment team position it to build a diversified portfolio of private credit investments that generate attractive income-oriented returns with downside protection for the Company.

Sourcing: OHA believes that it has developed a strong sourcing network over its more than 30 years as a credit market specialist in the U.S. and Europe, which enhances its ability to generate a wide range of differentiated investment ideas. The Firm has developed deep strategic relationships partnering with private equity sponsors, company management teams, bankers, attorneys, consultants, restructuring advisors and other key industry participants. OHA believes that having a broad sourcing strategy that focuses on direct origination from sponsors and management teams, as well as working with banks, advisors and other market participants positions the Company to source the greatest number of potentially attractive investments. This robust and diversified deal flow is particularly important given OHA’s highly selective investment process and focus on risk-adjusted returns. Moreover, OHA believes that it has proven, and is viewed, to be a creative and thoughtful partner that can work quickly and constructively to meet the needs of its counterparties.

3 As of December 31, 2023.

11

OHA believes that the integration of its liquid and private credit investment strategies into a $63 billion credit specialist platform solving diverse, often complex financing needs across these markets is a distinct sourcing advantage.4 Notably, the scale of OHA’s firm-wide investment activities creates a high volume and frequency of engagement with sponsors, borrowers and other partners and counterparties. This framework continuously enriches knowledge of issuers, sponsors and their strategic and financing objectives across the OHA platform which drives private lending deal flow. For example, at any given time, OHA may be in dialogue with a sponsor on a private new issue transaction, a syndicated new issue transaction and a stressed or distressed investment that the Firm acquired in the secondary market. That dialogue may be focused on existing portfolio companies, potential new buy-out or M&A opportunities. OHA believes that this frequency of dialogue not only enhances its relationships, but also positions it to engage early when the next financing opportunity arises.

OHA further believes that its industry-specialist investment model facilitates the working relationship and optimizes connectivity between market participants and OHA, further enhancing deal flow and proprietary sourcing. A private equity sponsor does not need to contact a separate team at OHA or be concerned that the Firm may not have the appropriate capital to participate. The Firm’s integrated model fosters a highly efficient and consistent process for counterparties. For example, as the financing strategy evolves for a company, a transaction can shift from the liquid to private markets or from a second lien loan to a streamlined unitranche solution, and OHA believes that it can drive and transition nimbly with the opportunity toward the ultimate outcome. Given these dynamics, OHA believes that it has developed particularly strong relationships with the more active sponsors and transaction partners who work on larger transactions, which will be the focus of the Company. Overall, OHA believes it is positioned to see both a large number of opportunities and a broad range of investment types across the capital structure.

Screening: A critical component of the investment process is screening to determine which opportunities will advance to the full due diligence process. Given the large number of potential opportunities that OHA expects to source for the Company and the highly rigorous nature of its credit process, initial investment screening is highly selective. The screening process, which typically will include one or more members of the Investment Committee and the relevant industry team, will seek to ensure appropriate prioritization of Company opportunities and resources. At this initial phase, the relevant team members will assess the likelihood that the opportunity may meet the Company’s return objectives while offering appropriate downside protection. OHA believes its industry-expertise and deep “library of knowledge” across companies and capital structures is particularly helpful in assessing opportunities.

OHA emphasizes sectors it believes to be recession-resistant and in which it has significant experience by virtue of its industry specialization. OHA seeks to concentrate its investments in market leading businesses or unique assets and typically focuses on significant asset collateralization, protection through seniority in the capital structure, the quality of transaction documentation, attractive creation multiples and/or a current yield component. OHA believes its expertise across the capital structure also enhances its ability to assess relative value, price risk and, in turn, prioritize opportunities that meet OHA’s standards for full underwriting.

Credit Underwriting: Opportunities that screen positively for OHA’s investment criteria proceed to the rigorous due diligence process by which OHA “surrounds” the credit with its full capabilities and resources. As noted, OHA’s relevant industry team typically leads the analysis, leveraging its extensive knowledge and other teams as relevant.

Each industry team focuses on understanding the full competitive landscape of their sector, regulatory considerations, key performance drivers and other industry-specific risks and opportunities. They maintain relationships with management teams, sponsors and other relevant constituents, including customers, suppliers, industry consultants, bankers and rating agencies. Active dialogue with companies and industry participants allows OHA to better understand the drivers of a company’s success, risks, strategy, culture and management team dynamics, which OHA believes leads to a better assessment of a company’s long-term business prospects and value. OHA seeks to engage with management teams prior to making an investment and on a regular basis thereafter as part of its investment process. Sustainability matters are discussed and, if relevant, pursued with the company with the purpose of contributing to positive change.

Credit underwriting leverages OHA’s “private-equity-style” due diligence process based on deep fundamental research. This process benefits from OHA’s frequently advantaged access to borrowers and sponsors from its experience and reputation as a trusted financing partner and incumbent, or repeat, lender to companies in private and public markets. The continuity and depth of OHA’s industry coverage also often offers opportunities to leverage proprietary insights from

4 Capital under management estimated as of December 31, 2023. Includes net asset value, portfolio value and/or unfunded capital. Uses respective USD exchange rates as of month-end for any non-USD assets. Additional information on calculation methodology available upon request.

12

underwriting and investing in competitors and companies in the same industry ecosystem. Dedicated private credit investment professionals with primary responsibility for maintaining external relationships augments each industry team’s ability to engage with sponsors and other transaction partners. The underwriting process seeks to be both quantitatively rigorous and qualitatively strong. It is highly iterative, with frequent conversations between the industry and portfolio management teams. Credit underwriting typically entails business analysis, capital structure analysis and valuation analysis, among other workflows. Business analysis typically involves a comprehensive fundamental evaluation of a company, including historical and projected financial modeling. Capital structure analysis evaluates the terms and structure of a company’s debt and equity securities relative to the company’s business risk. Valuation analysis considers the enterprise value of a company in both the public and private markets. In addition, OHA conducts in-depth analysis of underlying assets and their impact to potential loss scenarios as it consistently emphasizes loss avoidance and downside protection. OHA further believes that its due diligence process across all asset types is enhanced by the use of various proprietary analytic tools that it has developed over time.

Detailed written reports will typically steer the discussions between the investment team and the Investment Committee members. These reports are used to evaluate an investment’s merits and concerns and, if relevant, will include an analysis of environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors. These discussions are critical to the decision to make an investment, or to redirect the diligence process to areas that warrant further evaluation. In most cases, an extensive financial model is constructed to test how cash flows vary under different business scenarios, enriching OHA’s understanding of business strengths, weaknesses and performance outlook for the company and financing options. The process is iterative with the model output prompting further research into the company’s business and market and with the results of that research driving refinements to the model. Moreover, OHA believes that its existing deep industry and company knowledge combined with its rigorous process and often advantaged engagement with borrowers and sponsors enable due diligence that is proprietary and differentiated relative to its peers.

Investment decisions for the Company will be made by its Investment Committee. In reaching their decisions, the Investment Committee members will seek to draw upon all relevant expertise developed throughout their careers and across the Firm for any given investment, with primary input coming from industry team members, asset class specialists and other OHA portfolio managers.

Structuring/Execution: OHA believes its scale, integrated approach, structuring expertise and flexibility across capital structures position it to move quickly and drive transaction processes and optimal outcomes for all parties. In many cases, OHA has accumulated information on a specific company or investment opportunity over multiple years prior to making an investment, positioning it to execute more quickly than other potential financing providers. OHA typically works with lender groups that are small and seeks true partnerships between the lenders and sponsors and management teams, reinforcing its ability to drive transaction processes. OHA believes that its demonstrated ability to lead transactions is a potential source of incremental return as it allows OHA to influence deal terms and structures to the benefit of the Company. OHA further believes that benefits of its private solutions to borrowers, including process and customization advantages, better position it to structure legal documentation with a certain degree of downside protection in addition to negotiating attractive pricing. OHA’s breadth and expertise also often enable it to offer multiple financing solutions increasing the opportunity to develop a structure that satisfies borrower objectives and OHA’s return and downside protection priorities.

OHA is actively involved in structuring and negotiates pricing, covenants and other terms directly with the sponsor and/or company. Industry teams work alongside our highly experienced and dedicated in-house documentation experts to ensure we are securing the protections we require for completed investments. Every investment memorandum contains a detailed covenant analysis which is discussed in depth with the Investment Committee. If the team is unable to negotiate changes to weaker documentation relative to OHA’s high standard, OHA often declines the investment opportunity on that basis.

Monitoring/Management: Once an investment is made, OHA continuously monitors the activities and the financial condition of each portfolio company with the consistent analytical rigor of its credit underwriting process to proactively manage risk and optimize investment results. The monitoring process benefits from OHA’s industry-specialist model as the same team that underwrote the investment monitors it until exited, which OHA believes leads to greater connectivity with the borrowers, advantaged access to company information, increased accountability and enhanced ability to anticipate and manage borrower challenges. Maintaining team consistency between the underwriting and post-investment phases ensures seamless monitoring of a company. The industry-specialist team is responsible for staying abreast of all news flow and keeping the portfolio managers informed of all relevant and material developments on the names they cover. In many cases, monitoring also involves significant dialogue with management and may involve more direct involvement with

13

management and decision making, potentially including participation in management meetings and/or board level discussion. Typically, research analysts will attempt to meet with issuer management teams several times during the year. In addition, analysts will seek to leverage the breadth of their knowledge and their industry contacts to stay abreast of trends and anticipate how changes at suppliers and customers might impact the portfolio. OHA continues to leverage its role as a trusted financing partner to enhance this dialogue with management teams.

OHA believes that its distressed investment expertise, which it has developed and honed in the North American and European markets since its inception, provides it with a distinct advantage monitoring investments. If one of OHA’s performing credit investments encounters difficulty, OHA’s distressed team will work directly with the relevant industry team to re-evaluate the company and capital structure from a distressed investing perspective and implement a strategy to optimize results. The industry team continues to maintain responsibility for their investment, sharing their accumulated knowledge and monitoring the investment through its entire life. OHA believes this collaborative approach is critical to forming a comprehensive understanding of a company’s options in a stressed or distressed scenario, with the goals of preserving capital and capitalizing on opportunities to enhance returns if possible. OHA believes this is a key differentiating factor that has historically benefited performance across its strategies.

Valuation Process: Each month, we will value investments in our portfolio. Such values will be disclosed each quarter in reports filed with the SEC. Investments for which market quotations are readily available are recorded at such market quotations. With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Board has designated the Adviser as the valuation designee to determine the fair value of such investments.

Managerial Assistance: As a BDC, we must offer, and provide upon request, significant managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies except where the Company purchases securities of an issuer in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. The Administrator will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. To the extent fees are paid for these services, we, rather than the Adviser, will retain any fees paid for such assistance.

Investment Committee

Investment decisions generally require consensus approval of the Investment Committee. The Investment Committee will meet regularly to vet new investment opportunities, and evaluate strategic initiatives and actions taken by the Adviser on our behalf. The day-to-day management of investments approved by the Investment Committees will be overseen by the portfolio managers.

All of the Investment Committee members have ownership and financial interests in, and may receive compensation and/or profit distributions from, the Adviser. None of the Investment Committee members receive any direct compensation from us.

Allocation of Investment Opportunities

General

OHA provides investment management services to investment funds, client accounts and proprietary accounts that OHA may establish.

The Adviser and its affiliates will share any investment and sale opportunities with its other clients and the Company in accordance with the Advisers Act and firm-wide allocation policies, which generally provide for allocations to be determined in a fair and equitable manner under the circumstances taking into account a variety of factors. Subject to the Advisers Act, certain other clients may receive certain priority or other allocation rights with respect to certain investments, subject to various conditions set forth in such other clients’ respective governing agreements.

In addition, as a BDC regulated under the 1940 Act, the Company is subject to certain limitations relating to co-investments and joint transactions with affiliates, which likely in certain circumstances limit the Company’s ability to make investments or enter into other transactions alongside other clients.

14

Co-Investment Relief

The Company and the Adviser have obtained an exemptive order (the “Co-Investment Exemptive Order”) from the SEC that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. Pursuant to such Co-Investment Exemptive Order, the Board may establish objective criteria (“Board Criteria”) clearly defining co-investment opportunities in which the Company will have the opportunity to participate with one or more listed or private OHA-managed BDCs and other public or private OHA funds that target similar assets. If an investment falls within the Board Criteria, the Company will have an opportunity to participate. The Company may determine to participate or not to participate, depending on whether the Adviser determines that the investment is appropriate for the Company (e.g., based on its investment strategy). The co-investment would generally be allocated to us, any other OHA BDCs and the other OHA funds that target similar assets pro rata based on available capital in the applicable asset class. If the Adviser determines that such investment is not appropriate for us, the investment will not be allocated to us, but the Adviser will be required to report such investment and the rationale for its determination for us to not participate in the investment to the Board at the next quarterly board meeting.

Competition

We will compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds, mezzanine funds, performing and other credit funds, and funds that invest in CLOs, structured notes, derivatives and other types of collateralized securities and structured products), as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. These other BDCs and investment funds might be reasonable investment alternatives to us and may be less costly or complex with fewer and/or different risks than we have. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, have begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested, including making investments in large private U.S. borrowers. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in large private U.S. borrowers may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms or structure. If we are forced to match our competitors’ pricing, terms or structure, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant part of our competitive advantage stems from the fact that the market for investments in large private U.S. borrowers is underserved by traditional commercial banks and other financial sources. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in this target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many of our competitors have greater experience operating under, or are not subject to, the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC.

Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the “JOBS Act.” As an emerging growth company, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and disclosure requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

•have an auditor attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

•submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholder advisory votes pursuant to the “say on frequency” and “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; or

•disclose certain executive compensation related items, such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private

15

companies. This means that an emerging growth company can delay adopting certain accounting standards until such standards are otherwise applicable to private companies.

We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of: (1) the last date of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more; (2) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; or (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined under Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

We do not believe that being an emerging growth company will have a significant impact on our business or the Offering. We have elected to opt in to the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards available to emerging growth companies. Also, because we are not a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer under Section 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and will not be for so long as our common shares are not traded on a securities exchange, we will not be subject to auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act even once we are no longer an emerging growth company. In addition, so long as we are externally managed by the Adviser and we do not directly compensate our executive officers, or reimburse the Adviser or its affiliates for the salaries, bonuses, benefits and severance payments for persons who also serve as one of our executive officers or as an executive officer of the Adviser, we do not expect to include disclosures relating to executive compensation in our periodic reports or proxy statements and, as a result, do not expect to be required to seek shareholder approval of executive compensation and golden parachute compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 14A(a) and (b) of the Exchange Act.

Employees

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement and the Administrator or its affiliates pursuant to the Administration Agreement. Each of our executive officers is employed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Our day-to-day investment operations are managed by the Adviser. The services necessary for the sourcing and administration of our investment portfolio are provided by investment professionals employed by the Adviser or its affiliates. The investment team will focus on origination, non-originated investments and transaction development and the ongoing monitoring of our investments. In addition, we will reimburse the Administrator for its costs, expenses and allocable portion of overhead, including compensation paid by the Administrator (or its affiliates) to the Company’s chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs as well as other administrative personnel (based on the percentage of time such individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to the business and affairs of the Company).

Regulation as a BDC

The following discussion is a general summary of the material prohibitions and descriptions governing BDCs generally. It does not purport to be a complete description of all of the laws and regulations affecting BDCs.

Qualifying Assets. Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than Qualifying Assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, Qualifying Assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of Qualifying Assets relevant to our business are any of the following:

(1)Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an Eligible Portfolio Company (as defined below), or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an Eligible Portfolio Company, or from any other

16

person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An “Eligible Portfolio Company” is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

a.is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

b.is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly-owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

c.satisfies any of the following:

i.does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

ii.has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

iii.is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies, including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the Eligible Portfolio Company; or

iv.is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million.

(2)Securities of any Eligible Portfolio Company controlled by the Company.

(3)Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

(4)Securities of an Eligible Portfolio Company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and the Company already owns 60% of the outstanding equity of the Eligible Portfolio Company.

(5)Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

(6)Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

In addition, a BDC must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.

Significant Managerial Assistance. A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as Qualifying Assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its Trustees, officers or employees, offers to provide and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company through monitoring of portfolio company operations, selective participation in Board and management meetings, consulting with and advising a portfolio company’s officers or other organizational or financial guidance.

Temporary Investments. Pending investment in other types of Qualifying Assets, as described above, our investments can consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which are referred to herein, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets would be Qualifying Assets.

Warrants. Under the 1940 Act, a BDC is subject to restrictions on the issuance, terms and amount of warrants, options or rights to purchase shares that it may have outstanding at any time. In particular, the amount of shares that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase shares cannot exceed 25% of the BDC’s total outstanding shares.

17

Leverage and Senior Securities; Coverage Ratio. We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of shares senior to our common shares if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least equal 150% immediately after each such issuance. On June 9, 2023, our sole shareholder approved the adoption of this 150% threshold pursuant to Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act and such election became effective the following day. As defined in the 1940 Act, asset coverage of 150% means that for every $100 of net assets we hold, we may raise $200 from borrowing and issuing senior securities. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we will be required to make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our shareholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We are also permitted to borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes, which borrowings would not be considered senior securities.

We have established and intend to establish one or more credit facilities and/or subscription facilities or enter into other financing arrangements in the future to facilitate investments and the timely payment of our expenses. It is anticipated that any such credit facility will bear interest at floating rates at to be determined spreads over the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) (or other applicable reference rate). We cannot assure shareholders that we will be able to enter into a credit facility. Shareholders will indirectly bear the costs associated with any borrowings under a credit facility or otherwise. In connection with a credit facility or other borrowings, lenders may require us to pledge assets and may ask us to comply with positive or negative covenants that could have an effect on our operations. In addition, from time to time, our losses on leveraged investments may result in the liquidation of other investments held by us.

We may enter into a total return swap (“TRS”) agreement. A TRS is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements. The Company would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation. To the extent the Company segregates liquid assets with a value equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under TRS transactions, enters into offsetting transactions or otherwise covers such TRS transactions in accordance with applicable SEC guidance, the leverage incurred through TRS will not be considered a borrowing for purposes of the Company’s overall leverage limitation.

We may also create leverage by securitizing our assets (including in CLOs) and retaining the equity portion of the securitized vehicle. We may also from time to time make secured loans of our marginable securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions.

Code of Ethics. We and the Adviser have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code are permitted to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. Investors may read and copy this code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Investors may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. Investors may also obtain copies of the codes of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Affiliated Transactions. We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from conducting certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our Trustees who are not interested persons and, in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. The Company and the Adviser have obtained an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions.

Other. We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act, and be subject to the periodic reporting and related requirements of the Exchange Act.

We are also required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we will be prohibited from protecting any Trustee or officer

18

against any liability to our shareholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We are also required to designate a chief compliance officer and to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and to review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation.

We are not permitted to change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of such company’s shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company.

Advisory Agreement

The Adviser provides management services to us pursuant to the Advisory Agreement. Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for the following:

•determining the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes in accordance with our investment objective, policies and restrictions;

•identifying investment opportunities and making investment decisions for us, including negotiating the terms of investments in, and dispositions of, portfolio securities and other instruments on our behalf;

•monitoring our investments;

•performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies;

•exercising voting rights in respect of portfolio securities and other investments for us;

•serving on, and exercising observer rights for, boards of directors and similar committees of our portfolio companies;

•negotiating, obtaining and managing financing facilities and other forms of leverage; and

•providing us with such other investment advisory and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of capital.

The Adviser’s services under the Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities, and it intends to do so, so long as its services to us are not impaired.

Resource Sharing Agreement

Under a resource sharing agreement (the “Resource Sharing Agreement”) between the Adviser and OHA, OHA provides the Adviser with experienced investment professionals and access to the resources of OHA. These resources and personnel enable the Adviser to fulfill its obligations under the Advisory Agreement. Through the Resource Sharing Agreement, our Adviser benefits from the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of OHA’s investment professionals.

Compensation of Adviser

We pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Advisory Agreement consisting of two components: a management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by the shareholders.

Management Fee

The management fee is payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate of 1.25% of the value of our net assets as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the applicable month. For purposes of the Advisory Agreement, net assets means our total assets less the fair value of our liabilities, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). In addition, the Adviser agreed to waive its management fee for the first six months following the effective date of the Company’s registration statement.

Incentive Fee

19

The incentive fee consists of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. A portion of the incentive fee is based on a percentage of our income and a portion is based on a percentage of our capital gains, each as described below.

Incentive Fee Based on Income

The portion based on our income is based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns attributable to each class of the Company’s common shares. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns” means, as the context requires, either the dollar value of, or percentage rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter from, interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses accrued for the quarter (including the management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, and any interest expense or fees on any credit facilities or outstanding debt and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the incentive fee and any distribution or shareholder servicing fees). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns include, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero-coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns do not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. For purposes of computing the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, the calculation methodology will look through total return swaps as if the Company owned the referenced assets directly. The impact of expense support payments and recoupments are also excluded from Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter, is compared to a “hurdle rate” of return of 1.25% per quarter (5.0% annualized).

We will pay the Adviser an incentive fee quarterly in arrears with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in each calendar quarter as follows:

•No incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns attributable to the applicable share class do not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.25% per quarter (5.0% annualized);

•100% of the dollar amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns attributable to the applicable share class, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than a rate of return of 1.43% (5.72% annualized). We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 1.43%) as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with approximately 12.5% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 1.43% in any calendar quarter; and

•12.5% of the dollar amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns attributable to the applicable share class, if any, that exceed a rate of return of 1.43% (5.72% annualized). This reflects that once the hurdle rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 12.5% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns thereafter are allocated to the Adviser.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets per quarter)

0%	1.25%	1.43%
ß 0% à	ß 100% à	ß 12.5% à

Percentage of each Class’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

Allocated to Quarterly Incentive Fee

20

These calculations are pro-rated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the relevant quarter. Investors should be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to the Adviser with respect to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a calendar quarter in which we incur an overall loss taking into account capital account losses. For example, if we receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in excess of the quarterly hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that calendar quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.

The Adviser agreed to waive the incentive fee based on income for the first six months following the effective date of the Company’s registration statement.

Incentive Fee Based on Capital Gains

The second component of the incentive fee, the capital gains incentive fee, is payable at the end of each calendar year in arrears. The amount payable equals:

•12.5% of cumulative realized capital gains attributable to the applicable share class from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fee on capital gains as calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Each year, the fee paid for the capital gains incentive fee is net of the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fee by the applicable share class for all prior periods. We will accrue, but will not pay, a capital gains incentive fee with respect to unrealized appreciation because a capital gains incentive fee would be owed to the Adviser if we were to sell the relevant investment and realize a capital gain. In no event will the capital gains incentive fee payable pursuant to the Advisory Agreement be in excess of the amount permitted by the Advisers Act, including Section 205 thereof.

For purposes of computing the Company’s incentive fee on income and the incentive fee on capital gains, the calculation methodology will look through derivative financial instruments or swaps as if we owned the reference assets directly. The fees that are payable under the Advisory Agreement for any partial period will be appropriately prorated.

Administration Agreement

Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator provides, or oversees the performance of, administrative and compliance services, including, but not limited to, maintaining financial records, overseeing the calculation of NAV, compliance monitoring (including diligence and oversight of our other service providers), preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC and other regulators, preparing materials and coordinating meetings of our Board, managing the payment of expenses, the payment and receipt of funds for investments and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others and providing office space, equipment and office services. We reimburse the Administrator for the fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. Such reimbursement will include the Company’s allocable portion of compensation, overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) the Company’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for the Company; and (iii) any personnel of OHA or any of its affiliates, subject to the limitations described in Advisory and Administration Agreements. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse the Administrator for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party. The Administrator has hired a sub-administrator to assist in the provision of administrative services. The sub-administrator will receive compensation for its sub-administrative services under a sub-administration agreement.

The amount of the reimbursement payable to the Administrator will be the lesser of (1) the Administrator’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. The Administrator will be required to allocate

21

the cost of such services to us based on factors such as time spent, assets under management, usage rates, proportionate holdings, a combination thereof or other reasonable methods determined by the Administrator. We will not reimburse the Administrator for any services for which it receives a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of the Administrator.

Certain Terms of the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement

Each of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement has been approved by the Board. Unless earlier terminated as described below, each of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the Independent Trustees (as defined below). We may terminate the Advisory Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice, and the Administration Agreement upon 120 days’ written notice, without payment of any penalty. The decision to terminate either agreement may be made by a majority of the Board or the shareholders holding a majority of our outstanding voting securities, which means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities. In addition, without payment of any penalty, the Adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreement upon 120 days’ written notice and the Administrator may terminate the Administration Agreement upon 120 days’ written notice. The Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related SEC guidance and interpretations in the event of its assignment.

OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC (in its capacity as the Adviser and the Administrator) shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any act or omission or any loss suffered by the Company in connection with the matters to which the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement, respectively, relate, provided that OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC (in its capacity as the Adviser and the Administrator) shall not be protected against any liability to the Company or its shareholders to which it would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations (“disabling conduct”). Each of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement provide that, absent disabling conduct, OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC (in its capacity as the Adviser and the Administrator) and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) will be entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC’s services under the Advisory Agreement and its services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as adviser or administrator for us. OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC (in its capacity as the Adviser and the Administrator) shall not be liable under their respective agreements with us or otherwise for any loss due to the mistake, action, inaction, negligence, dishonesty, fraud or bad faith of any broker or other agent; provided, that such broker or other agent shall have been selected, engaged or retained and monitored by OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC (in its capacity as the Adviser and the Administrator) in good faith, unless such action or inaction was made by reason of disabling conduct, or in the case of a criminal action or proceeding, where OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC (in its capacity as the Adviser and the Administrator) had reasonable cause to believe its conduct was unlawful. In addition, we will not provide for indemnification of an Indemnified Party for any liability or loss suffered by such Indemnified Party, nor will we provide that an Indemnified Party be held harmless for any loss or liability suffered by us, unless: (1) we have determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in our best interest; (2) the Indemnified Party was acting on our behalf or performing services for us; (3) such liability or loss was not the result of (i) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the Indemnified Party is OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC (in its capacity as the Adviser and the Administrator), an affiliate of OHA or one of our officers or (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the Indemnified Party is a trustee of the Company who is not also an officer of the Company or the Adviser or an Affiliate of the Adviser; and (4) the indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of our net assets and not from our shareholders.

Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement

We have entered into an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement with the Adviser (the “Expense Support Agreement”). Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, the Adviser is obligated to advance all of our Other Operating Expenses (each, a “Required Expense Payment”) to the effect that such expenses do not exceed 1.00% (on an annualized basis) of the Company’s NAV. “Other Operating Expenses” means the Company’s organization and offering expenses, professional fees, trustee fees, administration fees, and other general and administrative expenses (including the Company’s allocable portion of compensation, overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses

22

incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, excluding base management and incentive fees owed to the Adviser, shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees, interest expense, financing fees and costs, interest expense and extraordinary expenses. Any Required Expense Payment must be paid by the Adviser to us in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds and/or offset against amounts due from us to the Adviser or its affiliates.

The Adviser may also elect to pay may elect to pay certain additional expenses on our behalf (each, a “Voluntary Expense Payment” and together with a Required Expense Payment, the “Expense Payments”), provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest expense or shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees of the Company. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser has committed to pay must be paid by the Adviser to us in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment was made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from us to the Adviser or its affiliates.

Following any calendar month in which Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to the Company’s shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar month (the amount of such excess being hereinafter referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), we shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof, to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar month have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by the Company shall be referred to herein as a “Reimbursement Payment.” “Available Operating Funds” means the sum of: (i) our net investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains reduced by net long-term capital losses), (ii) our net capital gains (including the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above). The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any calendar month will equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar month that have not been previously reimbursed by the Company to the Adviser; provided that the Adviser may waive its right to receive all or a portion of any Reimbursement Payment in any particular calendar month, in which case such waived amount will remain unreimbursed Expense Payments reimbursable in future months pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement.

No Reimbursement Payment for any quarter will be made if: (1) the “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” (as defined below) declared by us at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, (2) our “Operating Expense Ratio” (as defined below) at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is greater than the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (3) the Company’s Other Operating Expenses at the time of such Reimbursement Payment exceeds 1.00% of the Company’s NAV. Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” means the annualized rate (based on a 365-day year) of regular cash distributions per share exclusive of returns of capital, distribution rate reductions due to distribution and shareholder servicing fees, and declared special dividends or special distributions, if any. The “Operating Expense Ratio” is calculated by dividing Operating Expenses, less organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to the Adviser, shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees, interest expense, financing fees and costs and extraordinary expenses by our net assets. “Operating Expenses” means all of the Company’s operating costs and expenses incurred, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for investment companies.

The Company’s obligation to make a Reimbursement Payment shall automatically become a liability of the Company on the last business day of the applicable calendar month, except to the extent the Adviser has waived its right to receive such payment for the applicable month. The Reimbursement Payment for any calendar month shall be paid by the Company to the Adviser in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds as promptly as possible following such calendar month and in no event later than forty-five days after the end of such calendar month.

Distributions

We have declared distributions each month beginning in August 2023 through the date of this report and expect to continue to pay regular monthly distributions. Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of our Board, considering factors such as our earnings, cash flow, capital needs and general financial condition and the requirements of Delaware law. As a result, our distribution rates and payment frequency may vary from time to time.

23

Our Board’s discretion as to the payment of distributions will be directed, in substantial part, by its determination to cause us to comply with the RIC requirements. To maintain our treatment as a RIC, we generally are required to make aggregate annual distributions to our shareholders of at least 90% of investment company taxable income.

The per share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D, and Class I shares generally differ because of different class-specific shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees that are deducted from the gross distributions for each share class. Specifically, distributions on Class S shares will be lower than Class D shares and Class I shares, and distributions on Class D shares will be lower than Class I shares because we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to the Class S shares (compared to Class D shares and Class I shares), and we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing fees with respect to Class D shares (compared to Class I shares).

There is no assurance we will pay distributions in any particular amount, if at all. We may fund any distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations, including, without limitation, the sale of assets, borrowings, net proceeds from the current offering or return of capital, and we have no limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources. The use of borrowings to pay distributions is subject to the limitations in Section 5.4(f) of the Company’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) and Section VI.K. of the NASAA’s Omnibus Guidelines Statement of Policy adopted on March 29, 1992 and as amended on May 7, 2007 and from time to time (the “Omnibus Guidelines”). The extent to which we pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations will depend on various factors, including the level of participation in our distribution reinvestment plan, how quickly we invest the proceeds from this and any future offering and the performance of our investments. Funding distributions from the sales of assets, borrowings, return of capital or proceeds of this offering will result in us having less funds available to acquire investments. As a result, the return investors realize on their investment may be reduced. Doing so may also negatively impact our ability to generate cash flows. Likewise, funding distributions from the sale of additional securities will dilute an investor’s interest in us on a percentage basis and may impact the value of an investor’s investment especially if we sell these securities at prices less than the price an investor paid for shares. We believe the likelihood that we pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations will be higher in the early stages of the Offering but over time, we intend to fund distributions fully from cash flow from operations.

From time to time, we may also pay special interim distributions in the form of cash or common shares at the discretion of our Board.

Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees

The following table shows the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees we pay the Managing Dealer with respect to the Class S, Class D and Class I on an annualized basis as a percentage of our NAV for such class.

	Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee as a % of NAV
Class S shares		0.85 %
Class D shares		0.25 %
Class I shares		—

The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears, calculated using the NAV of the applicable class as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month. The Managing Dealer will reallow (pay) all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to participating brokers and servicing brokers for ongoing shareholder services performed by such brokers, and will waive shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the extent a broker is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services. Because the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to Class S shares and Class D shares are calculated based on the aggregate NAV for all of the outstanding shares of each such class, it reduces the NAV with respect to all shares of each such class, including shares issued under our distribution reinvestment plan.

Eligibility to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee is conditioned on a broker providing the following ongoing services with respect to the Class S or Class D shares: assistance with recordkeeping, answering investor inquiries regarding us, including regarding distribution payments and reinvestments, helping investors understand their investments upon their request, and assistance with share repurchase requests. If the applicable broker is not eligible to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee due to failure to provide these services, the Managing Dealer

24

will waive the shareholder servicing fee and/or distribution that broker would have otherwise been eligible to receive. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are ongoing fees that are not paid at the time of purchase.

Distribution Reinvestment Plan

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan, pursuant to which we will reinvest all cash distributions declared by the Board on behalf of our shareholders who do not elect to receive their distributions in cash as provided below. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and we declare, a cash distribution or other distribution, then our shareholders who have not opted out of our distribution reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares, rather than receiving the cash distribution or other distribution. Distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each participating shareholder’s account to three decimal places.

Share Repurchase Program

As of the date of this annual report, we have commenced a share repurchase program in which we intend to repurchase, in each quarter, up to 5% of our common shares outstanding (by number of shares) as of the close of the previous calendar quarter. Our Board may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program if it deems such action to be in our best interest and the best interest of our shareholders. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each quarter. We intend to conduct such repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act. All shares purchased pursuant to the terms of each tender offer will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.

Under our share repurchase program, to the extent we offer to repurchase shares in any particular quarter, we expect to repurchase shares pursuant to tender offers using a purchase price equal to the NAV per share as of the last calendar day of the applicable quarter, except that shares that have not been outstanding for at least one year will be repurchased at 98% of such NAV (an “Early Repurchase Deduction”). The one-year holding period is measured as of the subscription closing date immediately following the prospective repurchase date. The Early Repurchase Deduction may be waived, at our discretion, in the case of repurchase requests arising from the death, divorce or qualified disability of the holder. The Early Repurchase Deduction will be retained by us for the benefit of remaining shareholders.

Valuation Procedures

We conduct the valuation of our investments, upon which our NAV is based, at all times consistent with GAAP and the 1940 Act. We value our investments in accordance with ASC 820, which defines fair value as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the applicable measurement date. ASC 820 prioritizes the use of observable market prices or values derived from such prices over entity-specific inputs. Due to the inherent uncertainties of valuation, certain estimated fair values may differ significantly from the values that would have been realized had a ready market for these investments existed, and these differences could be material.

Investments that are listed or traded on an exchange and are freely transferrable are valued at either the closing price (in the case of securities and futures) or the mean of the closing bid and offer (in the case of options) on the principal exchange on which the investment is listed or traded. Investments for which other market quotations are readily available will typically be valued at those market quotations. To validate market quotations, we will utilize a number of factors to determine if the quotations are representative of fair value, including the source and number of the quotations. Where it is possible to obtain reliable, independent market quotations from a third-party vendor, we will use these quotations to determine the value of our investments. We utilize mid-market pricing (i.e., mid-point of average bid and ask prices) to value these investments. The Adviser obtains these market quotations from independent pricing services, if available; otherwise from at least two principal market makers or primary market dealers. To assess the continuing appropriateness of pricing sources and methodologies, the Adviser regularly performs price verification procedures and issues challenges as necessary to independent pricing services or brokers, and any differences are reviewed in accordance with the valuation procedures. The Adviser does not adjust the prices unless it has a reason to believe market quotations are not reflective of the fair value of an investment.

Where prices or inputs are not available, or, in the judgment of the Adviser, not reliable, valuation approaches based on the facts and circumstances of the particular investment will be utilized. Securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available, as will be the case for a substantial portion of our investments, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by, and under the oversight of, the Board, based on,

25

among other things, the input of the Adviser, the Company’s audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) and independent valuation firms engaged at the direction of the Board to review our investments. These valuation approaches involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the investments or market and the investments’ complexity.

With respect to the quarterly valuation of investments, we undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter in connection with determining the fair value of our investments for which reliable market quotations are not readily available as of the last calendar day of each quarter, which includes, among other procedures, the following:

•The valuation process begins with each investment being preliminarily valued by the Adviser’s valuation team in conjunction with the Adviser’s investment professionals responsible for each portfolio investment;

•In addition, independent valuation firms engaged by the Adviser prepare quarter-end valuations of each such investment that was originated or purchased prior to the first calendar day of the quarter and (ii) is not a de minimis investment, as determined by the Adviser. The independent valuation firms provide a final range of values on such investments to the Adviser. The independent valuation firms also provide analyses to support their valuation methodology and calculations;

•The Adviser’s Valuation Committee reviews each valuation recommendation to confirm they have been calculated in accordance with the valuation policy and compares such valuations to the independent valuation firms’ valuation ranges to ensure the Adviser’s valuations are reasonable; and

•The Adviser’s Valuation Committee determines the fair value of each investment in the portfolio in good faith.

•The Board and Audit Committee periodically review the valuation process and provide oversight in accordance with the requirements of Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act.

When we determine our NAV as of the last day of a month that is not also the last day of a calendar quarter, the Adviser’s valuation team will prepare preliminary fair value estimates for each investment consistent with the methodologies set forth in the valuation policy. If an individual asset for which reliable market quotations are not readily available is known by the Adviser’s valuation team to have experienced a significant observable change5 since the most recent quarter end, an independent valuation firm may from time-to-time be asked by the Adviser’s valuation team to provide an independent fair value range for such asset. The independent valuation firm will provide a final range of values for each such investment to the Adviser’s Valuation Committee, along with analyses to support its valuation methodology and calculations.

As part of the valuation process, the Adviser will take into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of our investments for which reliable market quotations are not readily available, many of which are loans, including and in combination, as relevant, of: (i) the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company, generally based on an analysis of discounted cash flows, publicly traded comparable companies and comparable transactions, (ii) the nature and realizable value of any collateral, (iii) the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow, (iv) the markets in which the portfolio company does business, and (v) overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity or debt sale occurs, the Adviser will consider whether the pricing indicated by the external event corroborates its valuation.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Adviser are set forth below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by the Adviser, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, the Adviser has a duty to monitor corporate events and to vote proxies, as well as a duty to cast votes in the best interest of clients and not subrogate client interests to its own interests. Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act places specific requirements on registered investment advisers with proxy voting authority.

5 A significant observable event generally refers to the material loss of physical assets, a payment default or payment deferral, a bankruptcy filing or a liquidity event relating to the interests held or the issuer.

26

Proxy Policies

The Adviser’s policies and procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that the Adviser votes proxies in the best interest of the Company and addresses how it will resolve any conflict of interest that may arise when voting proxies and, in so doing, to maximize the value of the investments made by the Company, taking into consideration the Company’s investment horizons and other relevant factors. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although the Adviser will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients’ portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Decisions on how to vote a proxy generally are made by the Adviser. The Investment Committee and the members of the investment team covering the applicable security often have the most intimate knowledge of both a company’s operations and the potential impact of a proxy vote’s outcome. Decisions are based on a number of factors which may vary depending on a proxy’s subject matter, but are guided by the general policies described in the proxy policy. In addition, the Adviser may determine not to vote a proxy after consideration of the vote’s expected benefit to clients and the cost of voting the proxy. To ensure that its vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, the Adviser will require the members of the Investment Committee to disclose any personal conflicts of interest they may have with respect to overseeing the Company’s investment in a particular company.

Proxy Voting Records

Investors may obtain information, without charge, regarding how we voted proxies with respect to our portfolio securities by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Chief Compliance Officer, OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC, 1 Vanderbilt Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

Reporting Obligations and Available Information

The Company will furnish the Shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, quarterly reports, and such other periodic reports as the Company determines to be appropriate or as may be required by law. The Company is required to comply with all periodic reporting, proxy solicitation and other applicable requirements under the Exchange Act. Shareholders and the public may view materials the Company files with the SEC free of charge on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov) and on the Company’s website (www.ocreditfund.com).

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and the purchase, ownership and disposition of our shares. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to shareholders in light of their particular circumstances. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion applies only to U.S. shareholders that hold our shares as capital assets. A U.S. shareholder is an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. corporation, a trust if it (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person, or any estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source. If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change, or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, investors in pass-through entities, U.S. shareholders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold our shares as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address the application of the Medicare tax on net investment income or the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, or any tax consequences attributable to persons being required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to our shares as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement. Prospective investors, including a partner in a partnership that will hold our shares, should consult their tax advisors with

27

regard to the U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of our shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction.

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

The Company intends to elect, and intends to qualify each taxable year thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

To qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to RICs under Subchapter M of the Code, the Company must, among other things: (1) have an election in effect to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year; (2) have filed with its return for the taxable year an election to be a RIC or have made such election for a previous taxable year; (3) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies; and (b) net income derived from an interest in certain publicly-traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each, a “Qualified Publicly-Traded Partnership”); and (4) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year of the Company (a) at least 50% of the value of the Company’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other RICs, and other securities for purposes of this calculation limited, in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Company’s total assets, and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Company’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers which the Company controls and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly-Traded Partnerships (described in 3(b) above).

As a RIC, the Company generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income and its net tax-exempt income for such taxable year. Generally, the Company intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gains, if any.

Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Company must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year and (iii) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. For these purposes, the Company will be deemed to have distributed any income or gains on which it paid U.S. federal income tax.

A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of any calendar year if it is declared by the Company in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Company during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

If the Company failed to qualify as a RIC or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, the Company would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income (including distributions of net capital gain), even if such income were distributed to its shareholders, and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of individual and other non-corporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, the Company could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.

While the Company generally intends to qualify as a RIC for each taxable year, it is possible that as we ramp up our portfolio, we may not satisfy the diversification requirements described above, and thus may not qualify as a RIC, for the

28

taxable year ending December 31, 2024. In such case, however, we anticipate that the associated tax liability would not be material, and that such non-compliance would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, although there can be no assurance in this regard.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors

Investing in our shares involves a number of significant risks. The following information is a discussion of the material risk factors associated with an investment in our shares specifically, as well as those factors generally associated with an investment in a company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours. In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, investors should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in our shares. The risks below are not the only risks we face, but do represent the known material risks and uncertainties that we believe are most significant to our business, operating results, financial condition, prospects and forward-looking statements. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such cases, the NAV of our shares could decline, and investors may lose all or part of their investment.

Risks Relating to an Investment in the Company

The Company May Not be Able to Meet its Investment Objective. The Adviser cannot provide assurances that it will be able to identify, choose, make or realize investments of the type targeted for the Company. There is also no guarantee that the Adviser will be able to source attractive investments for the Company within a reasonable period of time. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to generate returns for the investors or that returns will be commensurate with the risks of the investments. The Company may not be able to achieve its investment objective and investors may lose some or all of their invested capital. The failure by the Company to obtain indebtedness on favorable terms or in the desired amount will adversely affect the returns realized by the Company and impair the Company’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

The Company is Dependent on the Investment Team. The success of the Company depends in substantial part on the skill and expertise of the investment team. Although the Adviser believes the success of the Company is not dependent upon any particular individual, there can be no assurance that the members of the investment team will continue to be affiliated with the Adviser throughout the life of the Company or will continue to be available to manage the Company. The unavailability of members of the investment team to manage the Company’s investment program could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

The Company’s Investments are Illiquid and There are Restrictions on Withdrawal. An investment in the Company is suitable only for certain sophisticated investors that have no need for immediate liquidity in respect of their investment and who can accept the risks associated with investing in illiquid investments.

Our shares are illiquid investments for which there is not and will likely not be a secondary market. Liquidity for our shares will be limited to participation in our share repurchase program, which we have no obligation to maintain. When we make quarterly repurchase offers pursuant to the share repurchase program, we will offer to repurchase shares at a price that is estimated to be equal to our NAV per share on the last day of such quarter, which may be lower than the price that you paid for our shares. As a result, to the extent an investor paid a price that includes the related sales load and to the extent the investor has the ability to sell the investor’s shares pursuant to our share repurchase program, the price at which the investor may sell shares may be lower than the amount the investor paid in connection with the purchase of shares.

The Company Has Limited Operating History. The Company is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC with limited operating history. As a result, prospective investors have a limited track record or history on which to base their investment decision. There can be no assurance that the results achieved by similar strategies managed by OHA or its affiliates will be achieved for the Company. Past performance should not be relied upon as an indication of future results. Moreover, the Company is subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that it will not achieve its investment objective and that the value of an investor’s investment could decline substantially or that the investor will suffer a complete loss of its investment in the Company.

The Adviser and the members of the investment team have limited prior experience managing a BDC, and the investment philosophy and techniques used by the Adviser to manage a BDC may differ from the investment philosophy

29

and techniques previously employed by the Adviser, its affiliates, and the members of the investment team in identifying and managing past investments. In addition, the 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs and RICs that do not apply to the other types of investment vehicles. For example, under the 1940 Act, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of qualifying U.S. private companies or thinly traded public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the time of investment. The Adviser’s and the members of the investment team’s limited experience in managing a portfolio of assets under such constraints may hinder their respective ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and, as a result, achieve the Company’s investment objective.

Investors Have No Right to Control the Company’s Operations. The Company is managed exclusively by the Adviser. Company investors will not make decisions with respect to the management, disposition or other realization of any investment, the day-to-day operations of the Company, or any other decisions regarding the Company’s business and affairs, except for limited circumstances. Specifically, Company investors will not have an opportunity to evaluate for themselves the relevant economic, financial and other information regarding investments by the Company or receive any financial information issued directly by the portfolio companies that is available to the Adviser. Company investors should expect to rely solely on the ability of the Adviser with respect to the Company’s operations.

The Company’s Assets are Subject to Recourse. The assets of the Company, including any investments made by and any capital held by the Company are available to satisfy all liabilities and other obligations of the Company, as applicable. If the Company becomes subject to a liability, parties seeking to have the liability satisfied may have recourse to the Company’s assets generally and may not be limited to any particular asset, such as the investment giving rise to the liability.

The Company Borrows Money, Which Magnifies the Potential for Gain or Loss on Amounts and May Increase the Risk of Investing With Us. Borrowings, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increase the risks associated with investing in our securities. We currently borrow under credit facilities and in the future may borrow from, or issue senior securities to, banks, insurance companies, funds, institutional investors and other lenders and investors. Lenders and holders of such senior securities will have fixed dollar claims on our consolidated assets that will be superior to the claims of our common shareholders or any preferred shareholders. If the value of our consolidated assets increases, then leveraging would cause the net asset value per share of our shares to increase more sharply than it would have had we not incurred leverage.

Conversely, if the value of our consolidated assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not incurred leverage. Similarly, any increase in our consolidated income in excess of consolidated interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net income to increase more than it would had we not incurred leverage, while any decrease in our consolidated income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not incurred leverage. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distribution payments on our shares. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful.

As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $558.6 million of outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities. The weighted average stated interest rate on our total principal amount of outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2023 was 7.9% (excluding deferred financing costs, deferred issuance costs and unused fees). We intend to continue borrowing under the credit facilities in the future and we may increase the size of the credit facilities or issue debt securities or other evidences of indebtedness (although there can be no assurance that we will be successful in doing so).

Our ability to service our debt depends largely on our financial performance and is subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. The amount of leverage that we employ at any particular time will depend on our Adviser’s and our Board’s assessments of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We are currently allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as calculated pursuant to the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% after such borrowing (i.e., we are able to borrow up to two dollars for every dollar we have in assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities issued by us).

The credit facilities impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that could hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or to make the distributions required to maintain our status as a RIC. A failure to renew the credit facilities or to add new or replacement debt facilities or to issue additional debt securities or other evidences of indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

30

The following table illustrates the effect on return to a holder of our shares of the leverage created by our use of borrowing at the weighted average stated interest rate of 7.9% (excluding deferred financing costs, deferred issuance costs and unused fees) as of December 31, 2023, together with (a) our total value of net assets as of December 31, 2023; (b) approximately $558.6 million in aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and (c) hypothetical annual returns on our portfolio of minus 10% to plus 10%.

	Assumed Return on Portfolio (Net of Expenses) (1)
	-10%		-5%		0%		5%		10%
Corresponding Return to Common Shareholders (2)	(24.5)	%	(15.4)	%	(6.3)	%	2.8	%	12.0	%

(1) The assumed portfolio return is required by SEC regulations and is not a prediction of, and does not represent, our projected or actual performance. Actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing in the table. Pursuant to SEC regulations, this table is calculated as of December 31, 2023. As a result, it has not been updated to take into account any changes in assets or leverage since December 31, 2023.

(2) In order to compute the “Corresponding Return to Common Shareholders,” the “Assumed Return on Portfolio” is multiplied by the total value of our assets at December 31, 2023 to obtain an assumed return to us. From this amount, the interest expense (calculated by multiplying the weighted average stated interest rate of 7.9% (excluding deferred financing costs, deferred issuance costs and unused fees) by the approximately $558.6 million of principal debt outstanding) is subtracted to determine the return available to shareholders. The return available to shareholders is then divided by the total value of our net assets as of December 31, 2023 to determine the “Corresponding Return to Common Shareholders.”

Based on our outstanding indebtedness of $558.6 million as of December 31, 2023 and the effective weighted average annual interest rate of 7.9% as of that date (excluding deferred financing costs, deferred issuance costs and unused fees), our investment portfolio would have been required to experience an annual return or at least 3.44% to cover annual interest payments on the outstanding debt.

There Can be No Assurance the Company Will be Able to Obtain Leverage. The Company currently employs, and in the future, will continue to seek to regularly employ, a significant amount of direct or indirect leverage in a variety of forms through borrowings, derivatives and other financial instruments as part of its investment program. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain indebtedness at all or to the desired degree or that indebtedness will be accessible by the Company at any time or in connection with any particular investment. If indebtedness is available to the Company, there can be no assurance that such indebtedness will be available in the desired amount or on terms favorable to the Company and/or terms comparable to terms obtained by competitors. The terms of any indebtedness are expected to vary based on the counterparty, timing, size, market interest rates, other fees and costs, duration, advance rates, eligible investments, ability to borrow in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and Company investor creditworthiness and composition. Moreover, market conditions or other factors may cause or permit the amount of leverage employed by the Company to fluctuate over the Company’s life. Furthermore, the Company may seek to obtain indebtedness on an investment-by-investment basis, and leverage may not be available or may be available on less desirable terms in connection with particular investments. The instruments and borrowing utilized by the Company to leverage its investments may be collateralized by other assets of the Company.

The Company currently does, and it is expected that the Company will continue to in the future, directly or indirectly incur indebtedness collateralized by the Company’s assets. As a BDC, with certain limited exceptions, the Company is only be permitted to borrow amounts such that the Company’s asset coverage ratio, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% (equivalent to $2 of debt outstanding for each $1 of equity) after such borrowing. If the Company is unable to obtain and maintain the desired amount of borrowings on favorable terms, the Adviser may seek to realize the Company’s investments earlier than originally expected.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to the Availability of Asset-Based Leverage. The Company is expected to utilize asset-based leverage in acquiring investments on a deal-by-deal basis and/or portfolio-wide basis. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain indebtedness with respect to any particular investment or portfolio of investments. If indebtedness is available in connection with a particular investment or portfolio of investments, there can be no assurance that such indebtedness will be on terms favorable to the Company and/or terms comparable to terms obtained by competitors, including with respect to costs, duration, size, advance rates and interest rates. Moreover, market conditions or other factors may cause or permit the amount of leverage employed by the Company to fluctuate over its life. For example, if leverage is obtained later in the Company’s life, the Company may immediately deploy such leverage in order to achieve the desired borrowing ratio, which may involve making distributions of borrowed funds. If the

31

Company is unable to, or not expected to be able to, obtain indebtedness in connection with a particular investment or portfolio of investments, the Company may determine not to make the investment(s) or may invest a different proportion of its available capital in such investment(s). This may affect the ability of the Company to make investments, could adversely affect the returns of the Company and may impair its ability to achieve its investment objective. In addition, the lender may impose certain diversification or other requirements in connection with asset-based leverage (in addition to the limits imposed under the 1940 Act and other applicable law), and these restrictions are expected to impact the ability of the Company to participate in certain investments or the amount of the Company’s participation in certain investments.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Use of Leverage. The Company will seek to employ direct or indirect leverage in a variety of forms, including through borrowings, derivatives, and other financial instruments as part of its investment program, which leverage is expected to be secured by the Company’s assets. The greater the total leverage of the Company relative to its assets, the greater the risk of loss and possibility of gain due to changes in the values of its investments. The extent to which the Company uses leverage may have other significant consequences to Company investors, including, the following: (i) greater fluctuations in the net assets of the Company; (ii) use of cash flow (including capital contributions) for debt service and related costs and expenses, rather than for additional investments, distributions, or other purposes; (iii) to the extent that the Company’s cash proceeds are required to meet principal payments, the Company investors may be allocated income (and therefore incur tax liability) in excess of cash available for distribution; (iv) in certain circumstances the Company may be required to harvest investments prematurely or in unfavorable market conditions to service its debt obligations, and in such circumstances the recovery the Company receives from such harvests may be significantly diminished as compared to the Company’s expected return on such investments; (v) limitation on the Company’s flexibility to make distributions to Company investors or result in the sale of assets that are pledged to secure the indebtedness; (vi) increased interest expense if interest rate levels were to increase significantly; (vii) during the term of any borrowing, the Company’s returns may be materially reduced by increased costs attributable to regulatory changes; and (viii) banks and dealers that provide financing to the Company may apply discretionary margin, haircut, financing and collateral valuation policies. Changes by banks and dealers in any of the foregoing may result in large margin calls, loss of financing and forced liquidations of positions at disadvantageous prices. There can also be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient cash flow or be able to liquidate sufficient assets to meet its debt service obligations. As a result, the Company’s exposure to losses, including a potential loss of principal, as a result of which Company investors could potentially lose all or a portion of their investments in the Company, may be increased due to the use of leverage and the illiquidity of the investments generally. Similar risks and consequences apply with respect to indebtedness related to a particular asset or portfolio of assets.

To the extent that the Company enters into multiple financing arrangements or a portfolio-wide financing arrangement, such arrangements may contain cross-default provisions that could magnify the effect of a default. If a cross-default provision were exercised, this could result in a substantial loss for the Company.

As a BDC, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred shares that we may issue in the future, of at least 150%. As defined in the 1940 Act, asset coverage of 150% means that for every $100 of net assets we hold we may raise $200 from borrowing and issuing senior securities. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we will be required to make provisions to prohibit any dividend distribution to our shareholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the dividend distribution or repurchase. If this ratio were to fall below 150%, we could not incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations and investment activities. Moreover, our ability to make distributions to you may be significantly restricted or we may not be able to make any such distributions whatsoever. The amount of leverage that we will employ will be subject to oversight by our Board, a majority of whom are Independent Trustees with no material interests in such transactions.

Although borrowings by the Company have the potential to enhance overall returns that exceed the Company’s cost of funds, they will further diminish returns (or increase losses on capital) to the extent overall returns are less than the Company’s cost of funds. In addition, borrowings by the Company may be secured by the shareholders’ investments as well as by the Company’s assets and the documentation relating to such borrowing may provide that during the continuance of a default under such borrowing, the interests of the investors may be subordinated to such borrowing.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Seller Financing. It is possible the Company will utilize seller financing (i.e., make investments that are financed, in whole or in part, by the Company borrowing from the sellers of said investments or their affiliates) and other one-off financing solutions on a case-by-case basis. Providers of seller financing may be motivated to sell a particular asset, and may be willing to provide a prospective purchaser of such asset with more

32

favorable pricing and/or greater amounts of leverage than would otherwise be the case if such purchaser sought financing from unrelated, third-party providers of leverage. To the extent that the Company is able to obtain seller financing in connection with a particular investment, the Company could seek to employ more leverage than would otherwise be the case in the absence of such seller financing. While the Company’s use of seller financing could increase the potential return to Company investors to the extent that there are gains associated with such investment, such use of seller financing will increase risks associated with the use of leverage generally, including the risks associated with such investment, including the risk of loss of that investment and the exposure of such investment to adverse economic factors such as deteriorations in overall conditions in the economy or the real estate markets or in the condition of the particular issuer.

The Adviser May be Required to Expedite Investment Decisions.  Investment analyses and decisions by the Adviser may be required to be undertaken on an expedited basis to take advantage of investment opportunities.  In such cases, the information available to the Adviser at the time of making an investment decision may be limited.  Therefore, no assurance can be given that the Adviser will have knowledge of all circumstances that may adversely affect an investment.  In addition, the Adviser may rely upon independent consultants and other sources in connection with its evaluation of proposed investments, and no assurance can be given as to the accuracy or completeness of the information provided by such independent consultants or other sources or to the Company’s right of recourse against them in the event errors or omissions do occur.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Insurance. The Adviser has purchased and maintains an omnibus insurance policy which includes coverage in respect of the Company, the Adviser and their affiliates, as well as other clients, including certain of their respective indemnified persons (which omnibus insurance policy or policies may provide coverage to the Adviser and its affiliates, as applicable, for events unrelated to the Company).  The premiums for such shared insurance policies generally are borne by the clients covered by such policies, and such shared insurance policies have an overall cap on coverage for all the insured parties thereunder.  To the extent an insurable event results in claims in excess of such cap, the Company may not receive as much in insurance proceeds as it would have received if separate insurance policies had been purchased for each insured party.  Similarly, insurable events may occur sequentially in time while subject to a single overall cap.  To the extent insurance proceeds for one such event are applied towards a cap and the Company experiences an insurable loss after such event, the Company’s receipts from such insurance policy may also be diminished.  Insurance policies covering the Company, the premiums of which are paid in whole or in part by the Company, may provide insurance coverage to indemnified persons for conduct that would not be covered by indemnification.  In addition, the Company may need to initiate litigation in order to collect from an insurance provider, which may be lengthy and expensive for the Company and which ultimately may not result in a financial award.  In addition, the Adviser may cause the Company to purchase and maintain insurance coverage that provides coverage to the Company, certain indemnified persons, or the Adviser, in which case, the premiums would be borne by the Company.

While the Adviser expects to allocate insurance expenses in a manner it determines to be fair and equitable, taking into account any factors it deems relevant to the allocation of such expenses, because of the uncertainty of whether claims will arise in the future and the timing and the amount that may be involved in any such claim, the determination of how to allocate such expenses may require the Adviser to take into consideration facts and circumstances that are subjective in nature.  It is unlikely that the Adviser will be able to accurately allocate the expenses of any such insurance policies based on the actual claims related to a particular client, including the Company.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Indemnification. The Company is required to indemnify the Adviser, the members of the Board and each other person indemnified under the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Company (as amended or restated from time to time, the “Declaration of Trust”) and the Bylaws of the Company (as amended or restated from time to time, the “Bylaws”) for liabilities incurred in connection with the Declaration of Trust, the Bylaws, the Advisory Agreement and the Company’s activities, except in certain circumstances. Subject to the limits on indemnification under Section 17(h) of the 1940 Act, the Company’s Declaration of Trust provides that the Company shall not indemnify such persons to the extent liability and losses are the result of, negligence or misconduct in the case of an officer, employee, controlling person or agent of the Company, or gross negligence or willful misconduct in the case of a Trustee. Subject to the limits on indemnification under Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act, the Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser shall not be protected against any liability to the Company or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the Adviser’s part in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations. In addition, the Managing Dealer Agreement provides that the Company’s indemnification obligations under the Managing Dealer Agreement are also subject to the limits on indemnification under Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act and the provisions to Article II.G of the Omnibus Guidelines. The Company will also indemnify certain other service providers, including the Administrator and the Company’s auditors, as well as consultants and sourcing, operating and joint venture partners. Such liabilities may be material and may have an adverse effect on the

33

returns to the Company investors. The indemnification obligation of the Company would be payable from the assets of the Company. The application of the indemnification and exculpation standards may result in Company investors bearing a broader indemnification obligation in certain cases than they would in the absence of such standards. As a result of these considerations, even though such provisions will not act as a waiver on the part of any investor of any of its rights which are not permitted to be waived under applicable law, the Company may bear significant financial losses even where such losses were caused by the negligence or other conduct of such indemnified persons.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Certain Proceedings and Investigations. The Adviser and its affiliates and/or the Company may be subject to claims (or threats of claims), and governmental investigations, examinations, requests for information, audits, inquiries, subpoenas and other regulatory or civil proceedings. The outcome of any investigation, action or proceeding may materially adversely affect the value of the Company, including by virtue of reputational damage to the Adviser and may be impossible to anticipate. Any such investigation, action or proceeding may continue without resolution for long periods of time and may consume substantial amounts of the Adviser’s time and attention, and that time and the devotion of these resources to any investigation, action or proceeding may, at times, be disproportionate to the amounts at stake in such investigation, action or proceeding. The unfavorable resolution of such items could result in criminal or civil liability, fines, settlements, charges, penalties or other monetary or non-monetary remedies or sanctions that could negatively impact the Adviser and/or the Company. In addition, such actions and proceedings may involve claims of strict liability or similar risks against the Company in certain jurisdictions or in connection with certain types of activities. In some cases, the expense of such investigations, actions or proceedings and paying any amounts pursuant to settlements or judgments would be borne by the Company.

The Company is Not Registered as an Investment Company Under the 1940 Act.  While the Company is not registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act, it will be subject to regulation as a BDC under the 1940 Act and will be required to adhere to the provisions of the 1940 Act applicable to BDCs.   The shares have not been recommended by any U.S. federal or state, or any non-U.S., securities commission or regulatory authority.  Furthermore, the foregoing authorities have not confirmed the accuracy or determined the adequacy of this annual report.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Portfolio Valuation. The Board has designated the Adviser as the “valuation designee” to determine the valuation of the Company’s investments. The Adviser as the valuation designee will (1) periodically assess and manage valuation risks; (2) establish and apply fair value methodologies; (3) test fair value methodologies; (4) oversee and evaluate third-party pricing services; (5) provide the Board with reporting required under Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act; and (6) maintain recordkeeping requirements under Rule 31a-4. The Adviser, subject to the oversight of the Board, determines the valuation of the Company’s investments. It is expected that the Company will have a limited ability to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing most of its investments, which may require the Adviser to make a fair value determination, in accordance with valuation policies established by the Board, of the Company’s debt investments on a valuation date. Further, because of the overall size and concentrations in particular markets, the maturities of positions that may be held by the Company from time to time and other factors, the liquidation values of the Company’s investments may differ significantly from the interim valuations of these investments derived from the valuation methods described herein. If the Adviser’s valuation should prove to be incorrect, the stated value of the Company’s investments could be adversely affected. Absent bad faith or manifest error, valuation determinations of the Adviser will be conclusive and binding on the Company investors. Valuations of our portfolio, which will affect the amount of the management fee and incentive fee and our performance results, may involve uncertainties and judgmental determinations. Further, the methodology for the calculation of the management fee and incentive fee creates a potential conflict of interest for the Adviser in recommending valuations.

Valuation of the types of assets in which the Company invests are inherently subjective.  In addition, the Adviser may have an interest in determining higher valuations in order to be able to present better performance to prospective investors.  In certain cases, the Company may hold an investment in an issuer experiencing distress or going through bankruptcy.  In such a situation, the Adviser may continue to place a favorable valuation on such investment due to the Adviser’s determination that the investment is sufficiently secured despite the distressed state or bankruptcy of the issuer.  However, no assurances can be given that this assumption is justified or that such valuations will be accurate in the long-term.  In addition, an investment in a portfolio company may not be permanently written-off or permanently written down despite its distressed state or covenant breach until such portfolio company experiences a material corporate event (e.g., bankruptcy or partial sale) which establishes an objective basis for such revised valuation.  In these circumstances, the Adviser has an interest in delaying any such write-offs or write-downs to maintain a higher management fee base and thus, management fees paid to the Adviser.

34

In addition, the Company may rely on third-party valuation agents to verify the value of certain investments. An investment may not have a readily ascertainable market value and accordingly, could potentially make it difficult to determine a fair value of an investment and may yield an inaccurate valuation.  Further, because of the Adviser’s knowledge of the investment, the valuation agent may defer to the Adviser’s valuation even where such valuation may not be accurate or the determination thereof involved a conflict of interest.  An inaccurate valuation of an investment could have a substantial impact on the Company.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Rights Against Third Parties, Including Third-Party Service Providers. The Company is reliant on the performance of third-party service providers, including auditors, legal advisors, lenders, bankers, brokers, consultants, sourcing, operating and joint venture partners and other service providers (collectively, “Service Providers”). Further information regarding the duties and roles of certain of these Service Providers is provided in this annual report. The Company may bear the risk of any errors or omissions by such Service Providers. In addition, misconduct by such Service Providers may result in reputational damage, litigation, business disruption and/or financial losses to the Company. Each Company investor’s contractual relationship in respect of its investment in shares of the Company is with the Company only and Company investors are not in contractual privity with the Service Providers. Therefore, generally, no Company investor will have any contractual claim against any Service Provider with respect to such Service Provider’s default or breach. Accordingly, Company investors must generally rely upon the Adviser to enforce the Company’s rights against Service Providers. In certain circumstances, which are generally not expected to prevail, Company investors may have limited rights to enforce the Company’s rights on a derivative basis or may have rights against Service Providers if they can establish that such Service Providers owe duties to the Company investors. In addition, Company investors will have no right to participate in the day-to-day operation of the Company and decisions regarding the selection of Service Providers. Rather, the Adviser will select the Company’s Service Providers and determine the retention and compensation of such providers without the review by or consent of the Company investors. The Company investors must therefore rely on the ability of the Adviser to select and compensate Service Providers and to make investments and manage and dispose of investments.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Lack of Diversification. The Company is classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that the Company is not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of its assets that it may invest in securities of a single issuer. To the extent that the Company assumes large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, its NAV may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. The Company may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. Beyond the Company’s asset diversification requirements as a RIC under the Code, the Company does not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and its investments could be concentrated in relatively few portfolio companies. Although the Company is classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, it maintains the flexibility to operate as a diversified investment company. To the extent that the Company operates as a non-diversified investment company, it may be subject to greater risk.

During the period of time in which the Company is deploying its initial capital, the Company may make a limited number of investments. In addition, the Company does not have fixed guidelines for diversification by industry or type of security, and investments may be concentrated in only a few industries or types of securities. Further, if the expected amount of leverage is not obtained or deployed, the Company may be more concentrated in an investment than originally anticipated. As a result, the Company’s investments may be concentrated and the poor performance of a single investment may have pronounced negative consequences to the Company and the aggregate returns realized by the Company investors.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Consultation with Sourcing and Operating Partners.  In certain circumstances, sourcing and operating partners may be aware of and consulted in advance in relation to certain investments made by the Company.  While sourcing and operating partners will be subject to confidentiality obligations, they are not restricted from engaging in any activities or businesses that may be similar to the business of the Company or competitive with the Company.  In particular, sourcing and operating partners may use information available to them as sourcing and operating partners of the Adviser in a manner that conflicts with the interests of the Company.  Except in limited circumstances, the sourcing and operating partners are generally not obligated to account to the Adviser for any profits or income earned or derived from their activities or businesses or inform the Adviser of any business opportunity that may be appropriate for the Company.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to the Timing of Realization of Investments.  The Adviser, in its discretion, may seek to realize the Company’s investments earlier than originally expected, which may be accomplished

35

through one or more transactions, including, subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act, transactions with another investment fund or account sponsored or managed by OHA (collectively “Other OHA Investors”), which will be for a price equal to the fair value of such investment.  The value of such investment, subject to approval by the Board, will be determined by the Adviser and verified by one or more third-party valuation agents.  The Adviser may seek such realizations in order to support the Company’s target risk/return profile with respect to the Company’s unrealized investments, taking into account such factors as the Company’s expense ratio relative to such assets and the availability of, or repayment obligations with respect to, any credit facilities.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to the Use of Proceeds.  While the Company generally intends to make all distributions of net proceeds in accordance with “Use of Proceeds,” the amount and timing of distributions from the Company to the Company investors will be at the discretion of the Board, who may also direct that amounts available for distribution be retained in the Company (i) to be used to satisfy, or establish reserves for, the Company’s current or anticipated obligations (including management fees, incentive fees and any other expenses) or (ii) for reinvestment of the cost basis of an investment.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the timing and amount of distributions from the Company.

The Company May be Required to Disclose Information Regarding Company Investors.  The Company, the Adviser or their respective affiliates, Service Providers, or agents may from time to time be required or may, in their discretion, determine that it is advisable to disclose certain information about the Company and the Company investors, including investments held directly or indirectly by the Company and the names and level of beneficial ownership of certain of the Company investors, to (i) regulatory or taxing authorities of certain jurisdictions, which have or assert jurisdiction over the disclosing party or in which the Company directly or indirectly invests, or (ii) any lenders, counterparty of, or service provider to, the Adviser or the Company (and its subsidiaries).  Disclosure of confidential information under such circumstances will not be regarded as a breach of any duty of confidentiality and, in certain circumstances, the Company, the Adviser or any of their affiliates, Service Providers or agents, may be prohibited from disclosing to any Company investor that any such disclosure has been made.

The Company is Subject to Operational Risks.  The Company is subject to operational risk, including the possibility that errors may be made by the Adviser or its affiliates and Service Providers in certain transactions, calculations or valuations on behalf of, or otherwise relating to, the Company. Company investors may not be notified of the occurrence of an error or the resolution of any error.  Generally, the Adviser, its affiliates and Service Providers will not be held accountable for such errors, and the Company may bear losses resulting from such errors.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Exposure to Material Non-Public Information.  OHA conducts a broad range of private and public debt investment businesses generally without internal information barriers in the ordinary course.  As a result, from time to time, OHA (in its capacity as investment manager of investment vehicles, funds or accounts or in connection with investment activities on its own behalf) receives material non-public information with respect to issuers of publicly-traded securities or other securities in connection with, among other examples, acquisitions, refinancings, restructurings of such issuers which OHA reviews or participates in, oftentimes unrelated to its management of the Company.  In such circumstances, the Company may be prohibited, by law, contract or by virtue of OHA’s policies and procedures, from (i) selling all or a portion of a position in such issuer, thereby potentially incurring trading losses as a result, (ii) establishing an initial position or taking any greater position in such issuer, and (iii) pursuing other investment opportunities related to such issuer.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Technology Systems.  The Company depends on the Adviser to develop and implement appropriate systems for its activities.  The Company may rely on computer programs to evaluate certain securities and other investments, to monitor their portfolios, to trade, clear and settle securities transactions and to generate asset, risk management and other reports that are utilized in the oversight of the Company’s activities.  In addition, certain of the Company’s and the Adviser’s operations interface with or depend on systems operated by third parties, including loan servicers, custodians and administrators, and the Adviser may not always be in a position to verify the risks or reliability of such third-party systems.  For example, the Company and the Adviser generally expect to provide statements, reports, notices, updates, requests and any other communications in electronic form, such as email or posting on a web-based reporting site or other internet service, in lieu of or in addition to sending such communications as hard copies via fax or mail.  These programs or systems may be subject to certain defects, failures or interruptions, including, but not limited to, those caused by ‘hacking’ or other security breaches, computer ‘worms,’ viruses and power failures.  Such failures could cause settlement of trades to fail, lead to inaccurate accounting, recording or processing of trades and cause inaccurate reports, which may affect the Company’s ability to monitor its investment portfolio and its risks.  Any such

36

defect or failure could cause the Company to suffer financial loss, disruption of its business, liability to clients or third parties, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Cybersecurity.  The Company, the Adviser and their Service Providers are subject to risks associated with a breach in cybersecurity.  Cybersecurity is a generic term used to describe the technology, processes and practices designed to protect networks, systems, computers, programs and data from both intentional cyber-attacks and hacking by other computer users as well as unintentional damage or interruption that, in either case, can result in damage and disruption to hardware and software systems, loss or corruption of data and/or misappropriation of confidential information.  For example, information and technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from computer viruses, network failures, computer and telecommunication failures, infiltration by unauthorized persons and security breaches, usage errors by their respective professionals, power outages and catastrophic events such as fires, tornadoes, floods, hurricanes and earthquakes. Such damage or interruptions to information technology systems may cause losses to a Company investor by interfering with the processing of investor transactions, affecting the Company’s ability to calculate net asset value or impeding or sabotaging the investment process.  The Company may also incur substantial costs as the result of a cybersecurity breach, including those associated with forensic analysis of the origin and scope of the breach, increased and upgraded cybersecurity, identity theft, unauthorized use of proprietary information, litigation, adverse investor reaction, the dissemination of confidential and proprietary information and reputational damage.  Any such breach could expose the Company and the Adviser to civil liability as well as regulatory inquiry and/or action (and the Adviser may be indemnified by the Company in connection with any such liability, inquiry or action).  In addition, any such breach could cause substantial withdrawals from the Company. Company investors could also be exposed to losses resulting from unauthorized use of their personal information. While the Adviser has implemented various measures to manage risks associated with cybersecurity breaches, including establishing a business continuity plan and systems designed to prevent cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks (including any ongoing breaches) have not been identified. Cyber incidents, developments and disruptions to financial, economic, public health, labor and other global market conditions can obstruct the regular functioning of business workforces (including requiring employees to work from external locations or from their homes) or cause business slowdowns or temporary suspensions of business activities, each of which can negatively impact Company service providers and Company operations. In addition, work-from-home arrangements by the Company, the Adviser or their service providers could increase all of the above risks, create additional data and information accessibility concerns, and make the Company, the Adviser or their service providers susceptible to operational disruptions, any of which could adversely impact their operations. Furthermore, the Company may be appealing targets for cybersecurity threats such as hackers and malware. Similar types of cybersecurity risks also are present for portfolio companies in which the Company invests, which could affect their business and financial performance, resulting in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and causing the Company’s investments in such portfolio companies to lose value.

The Company is currently operating in a period of capital markets disruption, significant volatility and economic uncertainty. The global capital markets are experiencing a period of disruption and instability resulting in increasing spreads between the yields realized on riskier debt securities and those realized on risk-free securities, lack of liquidity in parts of the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market. Highly disruptive market conditions have resulted in increasing volatility and illiquidity in the global credit, debt and equity markets generally. The duration and ultimate effect of such market conditions cannot be accurately forecasted. Extreme uncertainty regarding economic markets is resulting in declines in the market values of potential investments and declines in the market values of investments after they are made or acquired by the Company and affecting the potential for liquidity events involving such investments or portfolio companies. During periods of market disruption, portfolio companies may be more likely to seek to draw on unfunded commitments the Company has made, and the risk of being unable to fund such commitments is heightened during such periods. Applicable accounting standards require the Company to determine the fair value of its investments as the amount that would be received in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. While most of the Company’s investments are not publicly traded, as part of the Company’s valuation process the Company considers a number of measures, including comparison to publicly traded securities. As a result, volatility in the public capital markets can adversely affect the Company’s investment valuations.

Various social and political tensions around the world may contribute to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties worldwide. In particular, the consequences of the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, may impact portfolio companies.

37

A prolonged period of market illiquidity may cause the Company to reduce the volume of loans and debt securities originated and/or fund and adversely affect the value of the Company’s portfolio investments, which could have a material and adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.  General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and our investment returns and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our investment objective and our net investment income.

Because we borrow money and may issue debt securities or preferred stock to make investments, our net investment income is dependent upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds or pay interest or dividends on such debt securities or preferred stock and the rate at which we invest these funds. In a period of rising interest rates, our interest income will increase as the majority of our portfolio bears interest at variable rates while our cost of funds will also increase, to a lesser extent, with the net impact being an increase to our net investment income. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, we may earn less interest income from investments and our cost of funds will also decrease, to a lesser extent, resulting in lower net investment income. From time to time, we may also enter into certain hedging transactions to mitigate our exposure to changes in interest rates and to more closely align the interest rates of the Company’s liabilities with the Company’s investment portfolio. However, we cannot assure investors that such transactions will be successful in mitigating our exposure to interest rate risk. There can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

Rising interest rates may also increase the cost of debt for our underlying portfolio companies, which could adversely impact their financial performance and ability to meet ongoing obligations to us. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in our common shares less attractive if we are not able to pay dividends at a level that provides a similar return, which could reduce the value of our common stock.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Risks Associated with Sourcing, Operating or Joint Venture Partners.  OHA has in the past, and could in the future, work with sourcing, operating and/or joint venture partners, including with respect to particular types of investments or particular sectors or regions.  These arrangements may be structured as joint ventures or contractual service provider relationships.  Where such a partner is engaged, the Adviser may not have the opportunity to diligence the individual investments in which the Company participates and, instead, will be relying on its contractual relationship with, and ongoing diligence of, the sourcing or joint venture partner whose interests may differ from those of the Company.  In certain circumstances, the Adviser may commit to invest in a pre-agreed amount of investments negotiated by the sourcing partner and/or joint venture partner and/or the Adviser may commit to invest in one or more transactions for which the sourcing partner and/or joint venture partner led the due diligence and negotiation processes and the Adviser is given only a limited opportunity to perform due diligence and participate in negotiation of transactional terms.  Company investors should be aware that sourcing, operating and joint venture partners are not expected to owe any fiduciary duties to the Company or the Company investors.

The Company may pay retainers, closing, monitoring, performance or other fees to sourcing, operating and joint venture partners.  Such retainer fees may be netted against a closing fee, if applicable, in connection with the related investment.  However, if no such investment is consummated, the Company will bear any retainer amounts as an expense.  In addition, to the extent the compensation of a sourcing, operating or joint venture partner is based on the performance of the relevant investments, the sourcing, operating or joint venture partner may have an incentive to seek riskier investments than it would have under a different compensation structure.  In this regard, a sourcing, operating or joint venture partner may receive incentive compensation at the expense of the Company.  The expenses of sourcing, operating and joint venture partners may be substantial.  In certain circumstances, the Company or a portfolio company in which the Company invests may pay fees to sourcing, operating and/or joint venture partners in consideration for services, including where the Adviser may have otherwise provided those services without charge.  In other circumstances, sourcing, operating and/or joint venture partners may receive certain third-party fees (such as upfront fees, commitment fees, origination fees, amendment fees, ticking fees and break-up fees as well as prepayment premiums) in respect of an investment, and no such fees will offset or otherwise reduce the management fee payable by Company investors.  The existence of such fees may result in the Company paying fees twice, once to the Adviser in the form of management fees and once to the sourcing, operating or joint venture partners to service or manage the same assets.

Sourcing, operating and/or joint venture partners may invest in the Company.  Joint ventures may give rise to additional risks, including tax risks, and structures utilized in context of joint ventures, including for legal, tax and regulatory reasons, may adversely affect the Company’s pre-tax returns.

38

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Electronic Delivery of Certain Documents.  The Company investors will be deemed to consent to electronic delivery or posting to the Administrator’s website or other service of: (i) certain closing documents such as the Declaration of Trust, the Bylaws and the Subscription Agreements; (ii) any notices or communications required or contemplated to be delivered to the Company investors by the Company, the Adviser, or any of their respective affiliates, pursuant to applicable law or regulation; (iii) certain tax-related information and documents; and (iv) drawdown notices and other notices, requests, demands, consents or other communications and any financial statements, reports, schedules, certificates or opinions required to be provided to the Company investors under any agreements.  There are certain costs and possible risks associated with electronic delivery.  Moreover, the Adviser cannot provide any assurance that these communication methods are secure and will not be responsible for any computer viruses, problems or malfunctions resulting from the use of such communication methods. See “– The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Technology Systems” and “The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Cybersecurity” above.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Handling of Mail.  Mail addressed to the Company and received at its registered office will be forwarded unopened to the forwarding address supplied by the Company to be processed.  None of the Company, the Adviser or any of their trustees, officers, advisors or Service Providers will bear any responsibility for any delay howsoever caused in mail reaching the forwarding address.

The Company is Subject to General Credit Risks. The Company may be exposed to losses resulting from default and foreclosure of any such loans or interests in loans in which it has invested. Therefore, the value of underlying collateral, the creditworthiness of borrowers and the priority of liens are each of great importance in determining the value of the Company’s investments. In the event of foreclosure, the Company or an affiliate thereof may assume direct ownership of any assets collateralizing such foreclosed loans. The liquidation proceeds upon the sale of such assets may not satisfy the entire outstanding balance of principal and interest on such foreclosed loans, resulting in a loss to the Company. Any costs or delays involved in the effectuation of loan foreclosures or liquidation of the assets collateralizing such foreclosed loans will further reduce proceeds associated therewith and, consequently, increase possible losses to the Company. In addition, no assurances can be made that borrowers or third parties will not assert claims in connection with foreclosure proceedings or otherwise, or that such claims will not interfere with the enforcement of the Company’s rights.

The Prices of the Company’s Investments Can be Volatile. The prices of the Company’s investments can be volatile. In addition, price movements may also be influenced by, among other things, changing supply and demand relationships, trade, fiscal, monetary and exchange control programs and national and international political and economic events and policies. In addition, governments from time to time intervene in certain markets. Such intervention often is intended directly to influence prices and may cause or contribute to rapid fluctuations in asset prices, which may adversely affect the Company’s returns.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Syndication and/or Transfer of Investments. The Company, directly or through the use of one or more subsidiary investment vehicles, may originate and/or purchase certain debt assets, including ancillary equity assets (“Assets”). The Company may also purchase certain Assets (including, participation interests or other indirect economic interests) that have been originated by other affiliated or unaffiliated parties and/or trading on the secondary market. The Company may, in certain circumstances, originate or purchase such Assets with the intent of syndicating and/or otherwise transferring a significant portion thereof, including to one or more offshore funds or accounts managed by the Adviser or any of its affiliates. In such instances, the Company will bear the risk of any decline in value prior to such syndication and/or other transfer. In addition, the Company will also bear the risk of any inability to syndicate or otherwise transfer such Assets or such amount thereof as originally intended, which could result in the Company owning a greater interest therein than anticipated.

The Company May Need to Raise Additional Capital. The Company may need additional capital to fund new investments and grow its portfolio of investments once it has fully invested the net proceeds of this offering. Unfavorable economic conditions could increase the Company’s funding costs or limit its access to the capital. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit the Company’s ability to grow. In addition, the Company is required to distribute at least 90% of its net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to investors to maintain its qualification as a RIC. As a result, these earnings will not be available to fund new investments. An inability on the Company’s part to access the capital successfully could limit its ability to grow its business and execute its business strategy fully and could decrease its earnings, if any, which would have an adverse effect on the value of its securities.

The Company is Subject to Counterparty Risks. To the extent that contracts for investment will be entered into between the Company and a market counterparty as principal (and not as agent), the Company is exposed to the risk that

39

the market counterparty may, in an insolvency or similar event, be unable to meet its contractual obligations to the Company. The Company may have a limited number of potential counterparties for certain of its investments, which may significantly impair the Company’s ability to reduce its exposure to counterparty risk. In addition, difficulty reaching an agreement with any single counterparty could limit or eliminate the Company’s ability to execute such investments altogether. Because certain purchases, sales, hedging, financing arrangements and other instruments in which the Company will engage are not traded on an exchange but are instead traded between counterparties based on contractual relationships, the Company is subject to the risk that a counterparty will not perform its obligations under the related contracts. Although the Company intends to pursue its remedies under any such contracts, there can be no assurance that a counterparty will not default and that the Company will not sustain a loss on a transaction as a result.

The Company is Dependent on Key Personnel. The Company depends on the continued services of its investment team and other key management personnel. If the Company were to lose any of these officers or other management personnel, such a loss could result in operating inefficiencies and lost business opportunities, which could have a negative effect on the Company’s operating performance. Further, we do not intend to separately maintain key person life insurance on any of these individuals.

Under the Resource Sharing Agreement, OHA has agreed to provide our Adviser with experienced investment professionals necessary to fulfill its obligations under the Advisory Agreement. The Resource Sharing Agreement, however, may be terminated by either party on 60 days’ notice. We cannot assure shareholders that OHA will fulfill its obligations under the Resource Sharing Agreement. We also cannot assure shareholders that our Adviser will enforce the Resource Sharing Agreement if OHA fails to perform, that such agreement will not be terminated by either party or that we will continue to have access to the investment professionals of OHA and its affiliates or their information and deal flow.

The Board May Make Certain Changes in the Company’s Investment Objective, Operating Policies or Strategies Without Prior Notice or Investor Approval.  The Company’s Board has the authority to modify or waive certain of the Company’s operating policies and strategies without prior notice (except as required by the 1940 Act) and without investor approval. However, absent investor approval, the Company may not change the nature of its business so as to cease to be, or withdraw its election as, a BDC. Under Delaware law, the Company also cannot be dissolved without prior investor approval. The Company cannot predict the effect any changes to its current operating policies and strategies would have on its business, operating results and value of its stock. Nevertheless, the effects may adversely affect the Company’s business and impact its ability to make distributions.

The Board May Make Certain Changes to the Company’s Declaration of Trust Without Prior Investor Approval. Our Board may, without shareholder vote, subject to certain exceptions, amend or otherwise supplement the Declaration of Trust by making an amendment, a Declaration of Trust supplemental thereto or an amended and restated Declaration of Trust, including without limitation to classify the Board, to impose advance notice bylaw provisions for Trustee nominations or for shareholder proposals, to require super-majority approval of transactions with significant shareholders or other provisions that may be characterized as anti-takeover in nature.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Allocation of Investment Opportunities and Related Conflicts.  The Company generally is prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with its affiliates without prior approval of the Independent Trustees and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting securities is an affiliate of the Company for purposes of the 1940 Act, and the Company generally is prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of the Independent Trustees. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of the Company’s affiliates, which could include investments in the same issuers (whether at the same or different times), without prior approval of the Independent Trustees and, in some cases, the SEC. If a person acquires more than 25% of the Company’s voting securities, the Company will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit the Company’s ability to transact business with the Company’s officers or Trustees or their affiliates. These prohibitions will affect the manner in which investment opportunities are allocated between the Company and other funds managed by OHA or its affiliates. Most importantly, the Company generally is prohibited from co-investing with Other OHA Accounts or affiliates of the Adviser in OHA-originated loans and financings unless the Company co-invests in accordance with the applicable regulatory guidance or with the Co-Investment Exemptive Order. Accordingly, while the Adviser intends to allocate suitable opportunities among the Company and Other OHA Accounts or affiliates of the Adviser based on the principles described above, the prohibition on co-investing with affiliates could significantly limit the scope of investment opportunities available to the Company. In particular, the decision by OHA to allocate an opportunity to one or more Other OHA Investors or to an affiliate of the Adviser, or the existence of a prior co-investment structure,

40

might cause the Company to forgo an investment opportunity that it otherwise would have made. Similarly, the Company generally may be limited in its ability to invest in an issuer in which an Other OHA Investor or affiliate of the Adviser had previously invested.  The Company may in certain circumstances also be required to sell, transfer or otherwise reorganize assets in which the Company has invested with Other OHA Accounts or affiliates of the Adviser at times that the Company may not consider advantageous.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Distributions. The Company intends to pay monthly distributions to shareholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot guarantee that we will make distributions, and if we do we may fund such distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations, including, without limitation, the sale of assets, borrowings, net proceeds from the current offering or return of capital, and although we generally expect to fund distributions from cash flow from operations, we have not established limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources. The Company cannot guarantee that it will achieve investment results that will allow it to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. If the Company is unable to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to it as a BDC, or if the Company violates certain debt financing agreements, its ability to pay distributions to shareholders could be limited. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of the Company’s Board and will depend on the Company’s earnings, financial condition, maintenance of RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations, compliance with debt financing agreements and such other factors as the Board may deem relevant from time to time. The distributions the Company pays to investors in a year may exceed the Company’s taxable income for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Investors who periodically receive the payment of a distribution from a RIC consisting of a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be under the impression that they are receiving a distribution of RIC’s net ordinary income or capital gains when they are not. Accordingly, investors should read carefully any written disclosure accompanying a distribution from the Company and the information about the specific tax characteristics of the Company’s distributions provided to investors after the end of each calendar year, and should not assume that the source of any distribution is the Company’s net ordinary income or capital gains.

The Board Has the Discretion to Not Repurchase Shares, to Suspend the Share Repurchase Program, and to Cease Repurchases. Our Board may not adopt a share repurchase program, and if such a program is adopted, may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time in its discretion. You may not be able to sell your shares at all in the event our Board amends, suspends or terminates the share repurchase program, absent a liquidity event, and we currently do not intend to undertake a liquidity event, and we are not obligated by our charter or otherwise to effect a liquidity event at any time. We will notify you of such developments in our quarterly reports or other filings. If less than the full amount of shares requested to be repurchased in any given repurchase offer are repurchased, funds will be allocated pro rata based on the total number of shares being repurchased without regard to class. The share repurchase program has many limitations and should not be relied upon as a method to sell shares promptly or at a desired price.

Provisions in Our Declaration of Trust Could Make it More Difficult for a Potential Acquirer to Acquire Us. Our Declaration of Trust contains provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. Our Board may, without shareholder action, authorize the issuance of shares in one or more classes or series, including preferred shares; our Board may, without shareholder action, amend our Declaration of Trust to increase the number of our shares, of any class or series, that we will have authority to issue; and our Declaration of Trust provides that, if any class of our shares is listed on a national securities exchange, our Board will be divided into three classes of Trustees serving staggered terms of three years each. These provisions may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our shares and could entrench management. In particular, a classified Board with three-year staggered terms could delay the ability of shareholders to change the membership of a majority of the Board.

The Timing of Repurchase May be Disadvantageous. In the event a shareholder chooses to participate in our share repurchase program, the shareholder will be required to provide us with notice of intent to participate prior to knowing what the NAV per share of the class of shares being repurchased will be on the repurchase date. Although a shareholder will have the ability to withdraw a repurchase request prior to the repurchase date, to the extent a shareholder seeks to sell shares to us as part of our periodic share repurchase program, the shareholder will be required to do so without knowledge of what the repurchase price of our shares will be on the repurchase date.

Our Business is Dependent on Bank Relationships and Recent Strain on the Banking System May Adversely Impact Us. The financial markets recently have encountered volatility associated with concerns about the banking industry, especially small and regional banks who may have significant losses associated with investments that make it difficult to

41

fund demands to withdraw deposits and other liquidity needs. Although the federal government has announced measures to assist these banks and protect depositors, some banks have already been impacted, including suffering bank failures, and others may be materially and adversely impacted. Our business is dependent on bank relationships and we are proactively monitoring the financial health of such bank relationships. Continued strain on the banking system may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to the Company’s Investments

Our investments may be risky and, subject to compliance with our 80% test, there is no limit on the amount of any such investments in which we may invest.

Risks Associated with Portfolio Companies.

•The Company is Subject to General Risks. A fundamental risk associated with the Company’s investment strategy is that the companies in whose debt the Company invests will be unable to make regular payments (e.g., principal and interest payments) when due, or at all, or otherwise fail to perform.  Portfolio companies could deteriorate as a result of, among other factors, an adverse development in their business, poor performance by their management teams, a change in the competitive environment, an economic downturn or legal, tax or regulatory changes.  Portfolio companies that the Adviser expects to remain stable may in fact operate at a loss or have significant variations in operating results, may require substantial additional capital to support their operations or to maintain their competitive position, or may otherwise have a weak financial condition or be experiencing financial distress.

•The Company’s Portfolio Companies May be Highly Leveraged.  Portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, and there may be no restriction on the amount of debt a portfolio company can incur.  Substantial indebtedness may add additional risk with respect to a portfolio company, and could (i) limit its ability to borrow money for its working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, strategic initiatives or other purposes; (ii) require it to dedicate a substantial portion of its cash flow from operations to the repayment of its indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available to it for other purposes; (iii) make it more highly leveraged than some of its competitors, which may place it at a competitive disadvantage; and/or (iv) subject it to restrictive financial and operating covenants, which may preclude it from favorable business activities or the financing of future operations or other capital needs.  In some cases, proceeds of debt incurred by a portfolio company could be paid as a dividend to shareholders rather than retained by the portfolio company for its working capital.  Leveraged companies are often more sensitive to declines in revenues, increases in expenses, and adverse business, political, or financial developments or economic factors such as a significant rise in interest rates, a severe downturn in the economy or deterioration in the condition of such companies or their industries.  A leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.

If a portfolio company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow to meet principal and interest payments to its lenders, it may be forced to take other actions to satisfy such obligations under its indebtedness.  These alternative measures may include reducing or delaying capital expenditures, selling assets, seeking additional capital, or restructuring or refinancing indebtedness.  Any of these actions could significantly reduce the value of the Company’s investment(s) in such portfolio company.  If such strategies are not successful and do not permit the portfolio company to meet its scheduled debt service obligations, the portfolio company may also be forced into liquidation, dissolution or insolvency, and the value of the Company’s investment in such portfolio company could be significantly reduced or even eliminated.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Issuer/Borrower Fraud.  Of paramount concern in originating loans is the possibility of material misrepresentation or omission on the part of borrowers or guarantors.  Such inaccuracy or incompleteness may adversely affect the valuation of the collateral underlying the loans or may adversely affect the ability of the Company or its affiliates to perfect or effectuate a lien on the collateral securing the loan.  The Company or its affiliates will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of representations made by borrowers to the extent reasonable, but cannot guarantee such accuracy or completeness.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Due to its Reliance on Company Management.  The Adviser generally will seek to monitor the performance of investments in operating companies either through interaction with the board of the applicable company and/or by maintaining an ongoing dialogue with the company’s management team and/or sponsor.  However, the Company generally will not be in a position to control any borrower by virtue of

42

investing in its debt and the portfolio company’s management will be primarily responsible for the operations of the company on a day-to-day basis.  Although it is the intent of the Company to invest in companies with strong management teams, there can be no assurance that the existing management team, or any new one, will be able to operate the company successfully.  In addition, the Company is subject to the risk that a borrower in which it invests may make business decisions with which the Company disagrees and the management of such borrower, as representatives of the common equity holders, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve the interests of the debt investors, including the Company.  Furthermore, in exercising its investment discretion, the Adviser may in certain circumstances commit funds of the Company to other entities that will be given a mandate to make certain investments consistent with the Company’s investment objective and that may earn a performance-based fee on those investments.  Once such a commitment is made, such entities will have full control over the investment of such funds, and the Adviser will cease to have such control.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Environmental Matters.  Ordinary operation or the occurrence of an accident with respect to the portfolio companies in which the Company invest could cause major environmental damage, which may result in significant financial distress to the Company’s investments and any portfolio company holding such assets, even if covered by insurance.  Certain environmental laws and regulations may require that an owner or operator of an asset address prior environmental contamination, which could involve substantial cost and other liabilities.  The Company (and the Company investors) may therefore be exposed to substantial risk of loss from environmental claims arising in respect of its investments.  Furthermore, changes in environmental laws or regulations or the environmental condition of an investment may create liabilities that did not exist at the time of its acquisition and that could not have been foreseen.  Even in cases where the Company are indemnified by the seller with respect to an investment against liabilities arising out of violations of environmental laws and regulations, there can be no assurance as to the financial viability of the seller to satisfy such indemnities or the ability of the Company to achieve enforcement of such indemnities.  See also “– Risk Arising from Provision of Managerial Assistance; Control Person Liability” below.

•The Value of Certain Portfolio Investments May Not be Readily Determinable. Many of the Company’s portfolio investments will take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of loans, securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable and will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Adviser, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of the Company’s investments. Most, if not all, of the Company’s investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) will be classified as Level 3 assets under Topic 820 of the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification, as amended, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). This means that the Company’s portfolio valuations will be based on unobservable inputs and the Company’s assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. The inputs into the determination of fair value of portfolio investments will require significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data are available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. The Company has retained the services of one or more independent service providers to review the valuation of these loans and securities. The types of factors that may be taken into account in determining the fair value of investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly-traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these loans and securities existed. The Company’s NAV could be adversely affected if determinations regarding the fair value of the Company’s investments were materially higher than the values that the Company ultimately realizes upon the disposal of such loans and securities. In addition, the method of calculating the management fee and incentive fee may result in conflicts of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and investors on the other hand, with respect to the valuation of investments.

•The Company May Elect Not to or May be Unable to Make Follow-On Investments in Portfolio Companies. Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, the Company may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in order to:

◦increase or maintain in whole or in part the Company’s equity ownership percentage;

43

◦exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or

◦attempt to preserve or enhance the value of the Company’s investment.

The Company may elect not to make follow-on investments or otherwise lack sufficient funds to make those investments.

The Company has the discretion to make any follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. The failure to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and the Company’s initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for the Company to increase its participation in a successful operation. Even if the Company has sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, it may elect not to make a follow-on investment because it may not want to increase its concentration of risk, because it prefers other opportunities or because it is inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements, or compliance with the requirements for maintenance of its RIC status.

•The Company May Be Subject to Risks Due to Not Holding Controlling Equity Interests in Portfolio Companies. The Company does not generally intend to take controlling equity positions in the Company’s portfolio companies. To the extent that the Company does not hold a controlling equity interest in a portfolio company, it will be subject to the risk that such portfolio company may make business decisions with which the Company disagrees, and the shareholders and management of such portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to the Company’s interests. Due to the lack of liquidity for the debt and equity investments that the Company typically holds in portfolio companies, the Company may not be able to dispose of its investments in the event it disagrees with the actions of a portfolio company, and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of its investments.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Defaults by Portfolio Companies. A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by the Company or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of the time when the loans are due and foreclosure on the portfolio company’s assets representing collateral for its obligations. This could trigger cross defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt that the Company holds and the value of any equity securities the Company owns. The Company may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company.

•The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Third-Party Litigation. The Company’s investment activities subject it to the normal risks of becoming involved in litigation initiated by third parties. This risk is somewhat greater where the Company exercises control or influence over a company’s direction. The expense of defending against claims by third parties and paying any amounts pursuant to settlements or judgments would, absent willful misconduct or gross negligence by the Adviser, be borne by the Company (to the extent not borne by the portfolio companies) and would reduce net assets. The Adviser and others are indemnified in connection with such litigation, subject to certain conditions.

The Company is Subject to Risks Related to Reliance on Projections.  The Company may rely upon projections developed by the Adviser concerning an investment’s future performance, outcome and cash flow.  Projections are inherently subject to uncertainty and factors beyond the control of the Adviser.  The inaccuracy of certain assumptions, the failure to satisfy certain requirements and the occurrence of other unforeseen events could impair the ability of an investment to realize projected values, outcomes and cash flow.

Economic Conditions May Have Adverse Effects on the Company and the Portfolio Companies.  The Company and the portfolio companies in which the Company invests may be adversely affected by deteriorations in the financial markets and economic conditions throughout the world, some of which may magnify the risks described in herein and have other adverse effects.  Deteriorating market conditions could result in increasing volatility and illiquidity in the global credit, debt and equity markets generally.  The duration and ultimate effect of adverse market conditions cannot be forecast, nor is it known whether or the degree to which such conditions may remain stable or worsen.  Deteriorating market conditions and uncertainty regarding economic markets generally could result in declines in the market values of potential investments or declines in the market values of investments after they are acquired by the Company.  Such declines could lead to weakened investment opportunities for the Company, could prevent the Company from successfully meeting its investment objective or could require the Company to dispose of investments at a loss while such unfavorable market conditions prevail.  In addition, the investment opportunities of the Company may be dependent in part upon the consummation of

44

leveraged buyouts and other private equity sponsored transactions, recapitalizations, refinancings, acquisitions and structured transactions.  If fewer of these transactions occur than the Adviser expects, there may be limited investment opportunities for the Company. Periods of prolonged market stability may also adversely affect the investment opportunities available to the Company.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Reduced Investment Opportunities.  The Adviser believes that periods of volatility and instability in the credit markets can create significant investment opportunities for the Company. The Adviser expects periods of market volatility to occur from time to time. If the credit markets remain stable for a prolonged period, there may be reduced investment opportunities for the Company and/or the Company may not be able acquire investments on favorable terms.  Periods of prolonged market stability may also adversely affect the investment opportunity set available to the Company.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Investments in Undervalued Assets.  The Company may invest in undervalued loans and other assets as part of its investment strategy.  The identification of investment opportunities in undervalued loans and other assets is a difficult task, and there is no assurance that such opportunities will be successfully recognized or acquired.  While investments in undervalued assets offer the opportunity for above-average capital appreciation, these investments involve a high degree of financial risk and can result in substantial or complete losses.

The Company may incur substantial losses related to assets purchased on the belief that they were undervalued by their sellers, if they were not in fact undervalued at the time of purchase.  In addition, the Company may be required to hold such assets for a substantial period of time before realizing their anticipated value, and there is no assurance that the value of the assets would not decline further during such time.  Moreover, during this period, a portion of the Company’s assets would be committed to those assets purchased, thus preventing the Company from investing in other opportunities.  In addition, the Company may finance such purchases with borrowed funds and thus will have to pay interest on such borrowed amounts during the holding period.

The Company Operates in a Competitive Debt Environment.  The business of investing in debt investments is highly competitive and involves a high degree of uncertainty.  Market competition for investment opportunities includes traditional lending institutions, including commercial and investment banks, as well as a growing number of non-traditional participants, such as private credit funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, mezzanine funds, and other private investors, as well as BDCs, and debt-focused competitors, such as issuers of collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, and other structured loan funds. Some competitors may have access to greater amounts of capital and to capital that may be committed for longer periods of time or may have different return thresholds than the Company, and thus these competitors may have advantages not shared by the Company.  In addition, competitors may have incurred, or may in the future incur, leverage to finance their debt investments at levels or on terms more favorable than those available to the Company.  Furthermore, competitors may offer loan terms that are more favorable to borrowers, such as less onerous borrower financial and other covenants, borrower rights to cure defaults, and other terms more favorable to borrowers than current or historical norms. Strong competition for investments could result in fewer investment opportunities for the Company, as certain of these competitors have established or are establishing investment vehicles that target the same or similar investments that the Company intends to purchase.

Over the past several years, many investment funds have been formed with investment objectives similar to those of the Company, and many such existing funds have grown in size and have added larger successor funds to their platform.  These and other investors may make competing offers for investment opportunities identified by the Adviser which may affect the Company’s ability to participate in attractive investment opportunities and/or cause the Company to incur additional risks when competing for investment opportunities. Moreover, identifying attractive investment opportunities is difficult and involves a high degree of uncertainty. The Adviser may identify an investment that presents an attractive investment opportunity but may not be able to complete such investment in a manner that meets the objectives of the Company.  The Company may incur significant expenses in connection with the identification of investment opportunities and investigating other potential investments that are ultimately not consummated, including expenses related to due diligence, transportation and legal, accounting and other professional services as well as the fees of other third-party advisors.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Illiquidity of the Company’s Assets and Distributions In Kind.  The Company invests primarily in private illiquid debt, loans and other assets for which no (or only a limited) liquid market exists or that are subject to legal or other restrictions on transfer and are difficult to sell in a secondary market.  In some cases, the Company may be prohibited from selling such investments for a period of time or otherwise be restricted from disposing of such investments.  The market prices, if any, for such assets tend to be volatile, and may fluctuate due to a

45

variety of factors that are inherently difficult to predict.  Furthermore, the types of investments made may require a substantial length of time to liquidate due to the lack of an established market for such investments or other factors.  As a result, there is a significant risk that the Company may be unable to realize its investment objective by sale or other disposition at attractive prices or will otherwise be unable to complete any exit strategy.  Accordingly, the Adviser is unable to predict with confidence what, if any, exit strategies will ultimately be available for any given asset.  Exit strategies which appear to be viable when an investment is initiated may be precluded by the time the investment is ready to be realized due to economic, legal or other reasons, and the Company may not be able to sell assets when the Company desires to do so or to realize what the Adviser perceives to be the fair value of its assets in the event of a sale.  Further, although the Adviser may at the time of making investments expect a certain portion of such investments to be refinanced or repaid before maturity, depending on economic conditions, interest rates and other variables, borrowers may not finance or repay loans early.  Restricted securities may sell at a price lower than similar securities that are not subject to restrictions on resale.  In addition, in times of extreme market disruption, there may be no market at all for one or more asset classes, potentially resulting in the inability of the Company to dispose of its assets for an indefinite period of time.  Even if investments are successful, they are unlikely to produce a realized return to Company investors for a period of years.  Furthermore, a portion of interest on investments may be paid in kind rather than in cash to the Company and, in certain circumstances, the Company may exit investments through distributions in kind to Company investors, after which the Company investors will bear the risk of holding the investments and must make their own disposition decisions.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Priority of Repayment of Debt Investments.  The characterization of an investment as senior debt or senior secured debt does not mean that such debt will necessarily have repayment priority with respect to all other obligations of a portfolio company.  Portfolio companies may have, and/or may be permitted to incur, other debt and liabilities that rank equally with or senior to the senior loans in which the Company invests.  If other indebtedness is incurred that ranks in parity in right of payment or proceeds of collateral with respect to debt securities in which the Company invests, the Company would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors in the event of a liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, dissolution or bankruptcy of such a portfolio company.  Where the Company holds a first lien to secure senior indebtedness, the portfolio companies may be permitted to issue other senior loans with liens that rank junior to the first liens granted to the Company.  The intercreditor rights of the holders of such other junior lien debt may, in any liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, dissolution or bankruptcy of such a portfolio company, affect the recovery that the Company would have been able to achieve in the absence of such other debt.

Even where the senior loans held by the Company are secured by a perfected lien over a substantial portion of the assets of a portfolio company and its subsidiaries, the portfolio company and its subsidiaries will often be able to incur a substantial amount of additional indebtedness, which may have an exclusive lien over particular assets.  For example, debt and other liabilities incurred by non-guarantor subsidiaries of portfolio companies will be structurally senior to the debt held by the Company.  Accordingly, any such debt and other liabilities of such subsidiaries would, in the event of liquidation, dissolution, insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy of such subsidiary, be repaid in full before any distributions to an obligor of the loans held by the Company.  Furthermore, these other assets over which other lenders have a lien may be substantially more liquid or valuable than the assets over which the Company has a lien.  The Company also invests in second-lien secured debt, which compounds the risks described in this paragraph.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Certain Guarantees.  The Company may invest in debt that is guaranteed by a subsidiary of the issuer.  In some circumstances, guarantees of secured debt issued by subsidiaries of a portfolio company and held by the Company may be subject to fraudulent conveyance or similar avoidance claims made by other creditors of such subsidiaries under applicable insolvency laws.  As a result, such creditors may take priority over the claims of the Company under such guarantees.  Under federal or state fraudulent transfer law, a court may void or otherwise decline to enforce such debt and the Company would no longer have any claim against such portfolio company or the applicable guarantor.  In addition, the court might direct the Company to disgorge any amounts already received from the portfolio company or a guarantor.  In some cases, significant subsidiaries of portfolio companies may not guarantee the obligations of the portfolio company; in other cases, a portfolio company may have the ability to release subsidiaries as guarantors of the portfolio company’s obligations.  The repayment of such investments may depend on cash flow from subsidiaries of a portfolio company that are not themselves guarantors of the portfolio company’s obligations.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Secured Loans.  Most of the loans held by the Company are secured.  These investments may be subject to the risk that the Company’s security interests in the underlying collateral are not properly or fully perfected.  Compounding these risks, the collateral securing debt investments will often be subject to casualty or devaluation risks.

46

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Senior Secured Debt and Unitranche Debt.  When the Company invests in senior secured term debt and unitranche debt, it will generally take a security interest in the available assets of these portfolio companies, including equity interests in their subsidiaries.  There is a risk that the collateral securing the Company’s investments may decrease in value over time or lose its entire value, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital.  Also, in some circumstances, the Company’s security interest could be subordinated to claims of other creditors.  In addition, any deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including any inability on its part to raise additional capital, may result in the deterioration in the value of the related collateral.  Consequently, the fact that debt is secured does not guarantee that the Company will receive principal and interest payments according to the investment terms or at all, or that the Company will be able to collect on the investment should the Company be forced to enforce its remedies.

The Company is Subject to Business and Credit Risks.  Investments made by the Company generally will involve a significant degree of financial and/or business risk.  The securities in which the Company invests may pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest, and may include zero coupon obligations or interest that is paid-in-kind (which tend to increase business and credit risks if an investment becomes impaired because there would be little to no realized proceeds through cash interest payments prior to such impairment).  These types of securities are subject to the risk of the issuer’s inability to make principal and interest payments on its obligations (i.e., credit risk) and are also subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (i.e., market risk).

Business risks may be more significant in smaller portfolio companies or those that are embarking on a build-up or operating turnaround strategy.  Such companies may have no or short operating histories, new technologies and products and their management teams may have limited experience working together, all of which enhance the difficulty of evaluating these investment opportunities.  The management of such companies will need to implement and maintain successful finance personnel and other operational strategies and resources in order to become and remain successful.  Other substantial operational risks to which such companies are subject include uncertain market acceptance of the company’s services, a potential regulatory risk for new or untried and/or untested business models (if applicable), products and services to the extent they relate to regulated activities in the relevant jurisdiction, high levels of competition among similarly situated companies, lower capitalizations and fewer financial resources and the potential for rapid organizational or strategic change.  Such companies will have no or short operating histories on which to judge future performance and in many cases, if operating, will have negative cash flow.

The Company’s Investments May be Affected by Force Majeure Events. The instruments in which the Company invests may be affected by force majeure events (i.e., events beyond the control of the party claiming that the event has occurred, including, without limitation, acts of God, fire, flood, earthquakes, outbreaks of an infectious disease, pandemic or any other serious public health concern, war, terrorism and labor strikes).  Some force majeure events may adversely affect the ability of a portfolio company to perform its obligations until it is able to remedy the force majeure event.  In addition, the cost to a portfolio company of repairing or replacing damaged assets resulting from such force majeure event could be considerable.  Additionally, a major governmental intervention into industry, including the nationalization of an industry or the assertion of control over one or more companies or its assets, could result in a loss, including if the Company’s investment in such issuer is cancelled, unwound or acquired (which could be without what the Adviser considers to be adequate compensation). Certain force majeure events (such as war or an outbreak of an infectious disease) could have a broader negative impact on the world economy and international business activity generally, or in any of the countries in which the Company may invest specifically. To the extent the Company is exposed to investments in issuers that as a group are exposed to such force majeure events, the Company’s risks and potential losses are enhanced.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Infectious Diseases and Pandemics.  Certain illnesses spread rapidly and have the potential to significantly adversely affect the global economy.  Outbreaks such as the severe acute respiratory syndrome, avian influenza, H1N1/09, and, most recently, the coronavirus (COVID-19), or other similarly infectious diseases may have material adverse impacts on the Company, the Adviser, their respective affiliates and portfolio companies. Actual pandemics, or fear of pandemics, can trigger market disruptions or economic turndowns with the consequences described above.  The Adviser cannot predict the likelihood of disease outbreaks occurring in the future nor how such outbreaks may affect the Company’s investments.

The outbreak of disease epidemics may result in the closure of the Adviser’s and/or a portfolio company’s offices or other businesses, including office buildings, retail stores and other commercial venues and could also result in (a) the lack of availability or price volatility of raw materials or component parts necessary to a portfolio company’s business which

47

may adversely affect the ability of a portfolio company to perform its obligations, (b) disruption of regional or global trade markets and/or the availability of capital, (c) the availability of leverage, including an inability to obtain indebtedness at all or to the Company’s desired degree, and less favorable timing of repayment and other terms with respect to such leverage, (d) trade or travel restrictions which impact a portfolio company’s business and/or (e) a general economic decline and have an adverse impact on the Company’s value, the Company’s investments, or the Company’s ability to make new investments.

If a future pandemic occurs (including a recurrence of COVID-19) during a period when the Company expects to be harvesting its investments, the Company may not achieve its investment objective or may not be able to realize its investments.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Inflation and Deflation. Certain of the Company’s portfolio companies may be impacted by inflation, which may, in turn, impact the valuation of such portfolio companies. If such portfolio companies are unable to pass any increases in their costs along to their customers, it could adversely affect their results and their ability to pay interest and principal on our loans, particularly if interest rates rise in response to inflation. While the Federal Reserve raised interest rates throughout 2022 and 2023, it has held interest rates steady towards the end of 2023 and indicated that interest rate cuts may occur in 2024. In addition, any projected future decreases in our portfolio companies’ operating results due to inflation could adversely impact the fair value of those investments. Inflation rates may change frequently and significantly as a result of various factors, including unexpected shifts in the domestic or global economy and changes in monetary or economic policies (or expectations that these policies may change). The Company’s investments may not keep pace with inflation, which would adversely affect the real value of Company shareholders’ investment in the Company. This risk is greater for fixed-income instruments with longer maturities. Any decreases in the fair value of our investments could result in future unrealized losses and therefore reduce our net assets resulting from operations.

Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time. Deflation may have an adverse effort on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Company’s assets.

The Company May Invest in Loans with Limited Amortization Requirements.  The Company may invest in loans that have limited mandatory amortization requirements.  While such a loan may obligate a portfolio company to repay the loan out of asset sale proceeds or with annual excess cash flow, such requirements may be subject to substantial limitations and/or “baskets” that would allow a portfolio company to retain such proceeds or cash flow, thereby extending the expected weighted average life of the investment.  In addition, a low level of amortization of any debt over the life of the investment may increase the risk that a portfolio company will not be able to repay or refinance the loans held by the Company when they come due at their final stated maturity.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Potential Early Redemption of Some Investments.  The terms of loans in which the Company invests may be subject to early redemption features, refinancing options, prepayment options or similar provisions which, in each case, could result in the issuer repaying the principal of an obligation held by the Company earlier than expected, either with no or a nominal prepayment premium.  This may happen when there is a decline in interest rates, or when the borrower’s improved credit or operating or financial performance allows the refinancing of certain classes of debt with lower cost debt or when general credit market conditions improve.  Assuming an improvement in the credit market conditions, early repayments of the debt held by the Company could increase.  There is no assurance that the Company will be able to reinvest proceeds received from prepayments in assets that satisfy its investment objective, and any delay in reinvesting such proceeds may materially affect the performance of the Company.  Conversely, if the prepayment does not occur within the expected timeframe or if the debt does not otherwise become liquid, the Company may make distributions in kind.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Licensing Requirements.  Certain banking and regulatory bodies or agencies in or outside the United States may require the Company, the Adviser and/or certain employees of the Adviser to obtain licenses or authorizations to engage in many types of lending activities including the origination of loans.  It may take a significant amount of time and expense to obtain such licenses or authorizations and the Company may be required to bear the cost of obtaining such licenses and authorizations.  There can be no assurance that any such licenses or authorizations would be granted or, if granted, whether any such licenses or authorizations would impose restrictions on the Company.  Such licenses or authorizations may require the disclosure of confidential information about the Company, Company investors or their respective affiliates, including the identity, financial information and/or information regarding the Company investors and their officers and trustees.  The Company may not be willing or able to comply with these

48

requirements.  Alternatively, the Adviser may be compelled to structure certain potential investments in a manner that would not require such licenses and authorizations, although such transactions may be inefficient or otherwise disadvantageous for the Company and/or any relevant portfolio company, including because of the risk that licensing authorities would not accept such structuring alternatives in lieu of obtaining a license or authorization.  The inability of the Company or the Adviser to obtain necessary licenses or authorizations, the structuring of an investment in an inefficient or otherwise disadvantageous manner, or changes in licensing regulations, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to implement its investment program and achieve its intended results.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Minority Investments and Joint Ventures.  The Company could make minority equity investments in entities in which the Company does not control the business or affairs of such entities.  In addition, the Company could co-invest with other parties through partnerships, joint ventures or other entities and the Adviser may share management fees, incentive fees and/or other forms of compensation with such parties.  It is possible that in some cases the Company will have control over, or significant influence on, the decision making of joint ventures.  However, in other cases, in particular with respect to certain terms, amendments and waivers related to the underlying loans, the joint venture partner may have controlling or blocking rights (including because certain decisions require unanimous approval of the joint venture partners) or a tie vote among joint venture partners may be resolved by an appointed third party.  Where a joint venture partner or third party has controlling or blocking rights or decision-making power with respect to a joint venture matter, there can be no assurance that the matter will be resolved in the manner desired by the Company.  In addition, these types of voting arrangements may slow the decision-making process and hinder the joint venture’s ability to act quickly.

Cooperation among joint venture partners or co-investors on existing and future business decisions will be an important factor for the sound operation and financial success of any joint venture or other business in which the Company is involved.  In particular, a joint venture partner or co-investor may have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with those of the Company, and the Company may not be in a position to limit or otherwise protect the value of one or more of the Company’s investments.  Disputes among joint venture partners or co-investors over obligations, expenses or other matters could have an adverse effect on the financial conditions or results of operations of the relevant businesses.  In addition, the Company may in certain circumstances be liable for actions of its joint venture partners.

In certain cases, conflicts of interest may arise between the Company and a joint venture partner, for example, because the joint venture partner has invested in a different level of the issuer’s capital structure or because the joint venture partner has different investment goals or timelines.  There can be no assurance that a joint venture partner with divergent interests from the Company will cause the joint venture to be managed in a manner that is favorable to the Company.  In addition, it is anticipated that the Company could be invested in debt instruments issued by a joint venture entity while one or more other clients managed by OHA will be invested in equity interests in such entity or vice versa, which presents certain potential conflicts of interest with respect to the capital structure of such entity.

The Company is Subject to Risks from Provision of Managerial Assistance and Control Person Liability.  The Company may obtain rights to participate in the governance of certain of the Company’s portfolio companies.  In such instances, the Company typically will designate board members to serve on the boards of portfolio companies.  The designation of representatives and other measures contemplated could expose the assets of the Company to claims by a portfolio company, its security holders and its creditors, including claims that the Company is a controlling person and thus is liable for securities laws violations and other liabilities of a portfolio company.  The exercise of control over a company may impose additional risks of liability for environmental damage, product defects, failure to supervise management, violation of governmental regulations (including securities laws) or other types of liability in which the limited liability generally characteristic of business ownership may be ignored.  If these liabilities were to arise, the Company might suffer a significant loss.  These measures also could result in certain liabilities in the event of the bankruptcy or reorganization of a portfolio company, could result in claims against the Company if the designated board members violate their fiduciary or other duties to a portfolio company or fail to exercise appropriate levels of care under applicable corporate or securities laws, environmental laws or other legal principles, and could expose the Company to claims that it has interfered in management to the detriment of a portfolio company.  While the Adviser intends to operate the Company in a way that will minimize the exposure to these risks, the possibility of successful claims cannot be precluded, nor can there be any assurance as to whether laws, rules, regulations and court decisions will be expanded or otherwise applied in a manner that is adverse to portfolio companies and the Company and the Company investors.

The Company is Subject to Risks of Investments in Certain Countries.  The Company may make investments in a number of different countries, including in emerging markets, some of which may prove unstable.  Depending on the country in which a portfolio company is located, such investments may involve a number of risks, including the risk of

49

adverse political developments such as nationalization, confiscation without fair compensation or war, and the risk of regulations which might prevent the implementation of cost cutting or other operational improvements.

A portion of the Company’s assets may be invested in loans denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar or the price of which is determined with references to such currencies.  As a result, any fluctuation in exchange rates will affect the value of investments.  To the extent it holds non-U.S. dollar-denominated assets, the Company generally expects to employ hedging techniques designed to reduce the risk of adverse movements in currency exchange rates.  Furthermore, the Company may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies.

Investments in corporations or assets in certain countries may require significant government approvals under corporate, securities, exchange control, foreign investment and other similar laws.  In addition, such investments may give rise to taxes in local jurisdictions, for which a Company investor may not be entitled to any corresponding credit or tax benefit to a Company investor.  Such investments may also give rise to tax filing obligations for Company investors in these jurisdictions, although the Adviser may structure such investments so as to prevent such obligations from being imposed on Company investors. Also, some governments from time to time may impose restrictions intended to prevent capital flight, which may, for example, involve punitive taxation (including high withholding taxes) on certain securities or asset transfers or the imposition of exchange controls making it difficult or impossible to exchange or repatriate the local currency.  In addition, the laws of various countries governing business organizations, bankruptcy and insolvency may make legal action difficult and provide little, if any, legal protection for investors.

The availability of information within developing countries and emerging market jurisdictions, including information concerning their economies and the securities of companies in such countries, and the amount of government supervision and regulation of private companies in developing countries, generally is more limited than is the case in more developed countries.  The accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices of certain countries may not be equivalent to those employed in more developed countries and may differ in fundamental respects.  Accordingly, the Company’s ability to conduct due diligence in connection with their investments and to monitor the investments may be adversely affected by these factors.  The Company may not be in a position to take legal or management control of its investments in certain countries.  It may have limited legal recourse in the event of a dispute, and remedies might have to be pursued in the courts of the country in question where it may be difficult to obtain and enforce a judgment. These risks are likely to be more pronounced for investments in companies located in emerging markets. The Company may have limited rights and few practical remedies in emerging markets and the ability of U.S. authorities to bring enforcement actions in emerging markets may be limited.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to the Euro, the Eurozone and Brexit. The United Kingdom left the European Union single market and customs union under the terms of a new trade agreement on December 31, 2020 (“Brexit”), which became effective May 1, 2021 and many aspects of the United Kingdom and European Union trade relationship remain subject to further negotiation. The agreement governs the new relationship between the United Kingdom and European Union with respect to trading goods and services, but critical aspects of the relationship remain unresolved and subject to further negotiation and agreement. It is not currently possible to determine the full extent to which Brexit will impact financial markets and, potentially, Company investments. Political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the United Kingdom and in wider European markets may continue for some time. In particular, the United Kingdom’s decision to leave the European Union may lead to a call for similar referenda in other European jurisdictions, which may cause increased economic volatility in the European and global markets.

This mid- to long-term uncertainty may have an adverse effect on the economy generally and on the ability of the Company to execute its strategy and to receive attractive returns. In particular, currency volatility may mean that the returns of the Company are adversely affected by market movements and may make it more difficult, or more expensive, for the Company to execute prudent currency hedging policies. Potential decline in the value of the British pound sterling and/or the euro against other currencies, along with the potential downgrading of the United Kingdom’s sovereign credit rating, may also have an impact on the performance of investments located in the United Kingdom or Europe.

In light of the above, no definitive assessment can currently be made regarding the impact that Brexit will have on the Company, the portfolio companies or the investments.

The Company is Subject to Risks Related to the Invasion of Ukraine. On February 24, 2022, Russia launched a full-scale military invasion of Ukraine. In response, countries worldwide, including the United States, have imposed sanctions against Russia on certain businesses and individuals, including, but not limited to, those in the banking, import and export sectors. In particular, U.S. sanctions prohibit any “new investment” in Russia which is defined to include any new

50

purchases of Russian securities. U.S. persons also are required to freeze securities issued by certain Russian entities identified on the List of Specially Designated Nationals, which includes several large publicly traded Russian banks and other companies. Russia has issued various countermeasures that affect the ability of non-Russian persons to trade in Russian securities. This invasion has led, is currently leading, and for an unknown period of time will continue to lead to disruptions in local, regional, national, and global markets and economies affected thereby. These disruptions caused by the invasion have included, and may continue to include political, social, and economic disruptions and uncertainties that may affect our business operations or the business operations of our portfolio companies. Sanctions have and could further result in Russia taking counter measures or retaliatory actions, which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities. Moreover, disruptions caused by Russian military action or other actions (including cyberattacks and espionage) or resulting actual and threatened responses to such activity, including cyberattacks on the Russian government, Russian companies, or Russian individuals, including politicians, may impact Russia’s economy and Russian issuers of securities in which the Company invests.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to its Hedging Strategy and Policies.  The Company generally expects to employ hedging or other risk management techniques designed to reduce the risk of adverse interest rate or currency movements, credit market risk and certain other risks.  There can be no assurance that any hedging transactions will be successful or comprehensive.  For example, the Company may not be able to or may elect not to hedge interest payments in foreign currencies.  Similarly, the Company may hedge certain credit markets generally in order to seek to provide overall risk reduction to the Company. The variable degree of correlation between price movements of hedging instruments and price movements in the position being hedged creates the possibility that losses on the hedge may be greater, or gains smaller, than losses or gains, as the case may be, in the value of the underlying position.  While the transactions implementing such hedging strategies may reduce certain risks, such transactions themselves may entail certain other risks, such as the risk that counterparties to such transactions may default on their obligations and the risk that the prices and/or cash flows being hedged behave differently than expected.  Thus, while the Company may benefit from the use of hedging mechanisms, unanticipated changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity prices, securities prices or credit market movements may result in a poorer overall performance for the Company than if it had not entered into such hedging transactions.  Additionally, hedging transactions will add to the cost of an investment, may require ongoing cash payments to counterparties, may subject the Company to the risk that the counterparty defaults on its obligations, and may produce different economic or tax consequences to the Company investors than would apply if the Company had not entered into such hedging transactions.  The Company may engage in short selling and use derivative instruments (including commodities hedging instruments) in implementing hedging transactions, including futures contracts, forward contracts, and options.  Furthermore, upon the bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation of any counterparty, the Company may be deemed to be a general unsecured creditor of such counterparty and could suffer a total loss with respect to any positions and/or transactions with such counterparty.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Derivatives.  Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to individual debt or equity instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities, related indexes and other assets.  The Company may, directly or indirectly, use various derivative instruments including options contracts, futures contracts, forward contracts, options on futures contracts, indexed securities and swap agreements for hedging and risk management purposes. The Company also may use derivative instruments to approximate or achieve the economic equivalent of an otherwise permitted investment (as if the Company directly invested in the loans, claims or securities of the subject issuer) or if such instruments are related to an otherwise permitted investment. The Company’s use of derivative instruments involves investment risks and transaction costs to which the Company would not be subject absent the use of these instruments and, accordingly, may result in losses that would not occur if such instruments had not been used.  The use of derivative instruments may entail risks including, among others, leverage risk, volatility risk, duration mismatch risk, correlation risk and counterparty risk.

Changes in Interest Rates May Adversely Affect the Company’s Investments.  Many loans, especially fixed rate loans, decline in value when long-term interest rates increase.  Declines in market value may ultimately reduce earnings or result in losses to the Company, which may negatively affect cash available for distribution to Company investors.  In addition, in a low interest rate environment, borrowers may be less likely to prepay their debts and loans may therefore remain outstanding for a longer period of time.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Contingent Liabilities.  The Company is expected to incur contingent liabilities in connection with an investment from time to time.  For example, in connection with the disposition of an investment, the Company may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the underlying assets or business, or be responsible for the contents of disclosure documents.  These arrangements may result in the incurrence of accrued expenses, liabilities or contingencies for which the Company may establish reserves or escrow

51

accounts. The Company also expects to invest in a delayed draw or revolving credit facility.  If the borrower subsequently draws down on the facility, the Company would be obligated to fund the amounts due.  The Company may incur numerous other types of contingent liabilities.  There can be no assurance that the Company will adequately reserve for its contingent liabilities and that such liabilities will not have an adverse effect on the Company.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to High Yield Debt.  The Company may invest a portion of its assets in “higher yielding” (and, therefore, generally higher risk) debt securities when the Adviser believes that debt securities offer opportunities for capital appreciation.  In most cases, such debt will be rated below “investment grade” or will be unrated and face ongoing uncertainties and exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions and the issuer’s failure to make timely interest and principal payments.  There are no restrictions on the credit quality of the Company’s loans.  The market for high-yield securities has experienced periods of volatility and reduced liquidity.  The market values of certain of these debt securities may reflect individual corporate developments.  It is likely that a general economic recession or a major decline in the demand for products and services, in which the obligor operates, could have a materially adverse impact on the value of such securities.  In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the value and liquidity of these debt securities.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Investments in Unsecured Debt.  The Company may invest a portion of its committed capital in unsecured indebtedness, whereas all or a significant portion of the issuer’s senior indebtedness may be secured.  In such situations, the ability of the Company to influence a portfolio company’s affairs, especially during periods of financial distress or following an insolvency, is likely to be substantially less than that of senior creditors.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Subordinated Loans.  The Company may acquire and/or originate subordinated loans.  If a borrower defaults on a subordinated loan or on debt senior to the Company’s loan, or in the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower, the loan held by the Company will be satisfied only after the senior loans are repaid in full.  Under the terms of typical subordination agreements, senior creditors may be able to block the acceleration of the subordinated debt or the exercise by holders of subordinated debt of other rights they may have as creditors.  Accordingly, the Company may not be able to take the steps necessary or sufficient to protect its investments in a timely manner or at all.  In addition, subordinated loans may not always be protected by financial covenants or limitations upon additional indebtedness, may have limited liquidity and may not be rated by a credit rating agency.  If a borrower declares bankruptcy, the Company may not have full or any recourse to the assets of the borrower, or the assets of the borrower may not be sufficient to satisfy the loan.  Further, the Adviser’s ability to amend the terms of the Company’s loans, assign its loans, accept prepayments, exercise its remedies (through “standstill periods”) and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings may be limited by intercreditor arrangements.  In addition, the risks associated with subordinated loan securities include a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or in general economic conditions (including a sustained period of rising interest rates or an economic downturn) may adversely affect the borrower’s ability to pay principal and interest on its loan.  Many obligors on subordinated loan securities are highly leveraged, and specific developments affecting such obligors, including reduced cash flow from operations or the inability to refinance debt at maturity, may also adversely affect such obligors’ ability to meet debt service obligations.  The level of risk associated with investments in subordinated loans increases if such investments are loans of distressed or below investment grade issuers.  Default rates for subordinated loan securities have historically been higher than has been the case for investment grade securities.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Non-Recourse Obligations.  The Company may invest in non-recourse obligations of issuers.  Such obligations are payable solely from proceeds collected in respect of collateral pledged by an issuer to secure such obligations.  None of the owners, officers, directors or incorporators of the issuers, board members, any of their respective affiliates or any other person or entity will be obligated to make payments on the obligations.  Consequently, the Company, as holder of the obligations, must rely solely on distributions of proceeds of collateral debt obligations and other collateral pledged to secure obligations for payments due in respect of principal thereof and interest thereon.  If distributions of such proceeds are insufficient to make payments on the obligations, no other assets will be available for such payments and following liquidation of all the collateral, the obligations of the issuers to make such payments will be extinguished.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Publicly Traded Securities.  Although not the investment focus of the Company, the Company is not prohibited from investing in publicly traded equity and debt securities.  These investments are subject to certain risks, including the risk of loss from counterparty defaults, the risks arising from the volatility of the global fixed-income and equity markets, movements in the stock market and trends in the overall economy, increased obligations to disclose information regarding such companies, increased likelihood of shareholder litigation against such companies’ board members, which may include OHA personnel, regulatory action by the SEC and increased costs

52

associated with each of the aforementioned risks. When buying a publicly traded security or other publicly traded instruments, the Company may be unable to obtain financial covenants or other contractual rights that the Company might otherwise be able to obtain in making privately negotiated investments.  Moreover, the Company may not have the same access to information in connection with investments in publicly traded securities or other publicly traded instruments, either when investigating a potential investment or after making an investment, as compared to a privately negotiated investment.  Publicly traded securities that are rated by rating agencies are often reviewed and may be subject to downgrade, which generally results in a decline in the market value of such security.  Furthermore, the Company may be limited in its ability to make investments and to sell existing investments in public securities or other publicly traded instruments because OHA may have material, non-public information regarding the issuers of those securities or as a result of other OHA policies.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will make investments in public securities or other publicly traded instruments or, if it does, as to the amount it will invest.  The inability to sell such securities or instruments in these circumstances could materially adversely affect the investment results of the Company.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Originating Loans to Companies in Distressed Situations.  As part of its lending activities, the Company or its affiliates may originate loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, including companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization and liquidation proceedings.  Although the terms of such financing may result in significant financial returns to the Company, they involve a substantial degree of risk.  Issuers of lower-rated securities generally are more vulnerable to real or perceived economic changes, political changes or adverse industry developments.  If an issuer’s financial condition deteriorates, accurate financial and business information may be limited or unavailable.  In addition, lower-rated investments may be thinly traded and there may be no established secondary or public market.  The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful financing to companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties is unusually high.  There is no assurance that the Company will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing the Company’s loans or the prospects for a successful reorganization or similar action.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Investments that May Become Distressed.  The Company may make investments that become distressed due to factors outside the control of the Adviser.  There is no assurance that there will be sufficient collateral to cover the value of the loans and/or other investments purchased by the Company or that there will be a successful reorganization or similar action of the company or investment which becomes distressed.  In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a company in which the Company invests, the Company may lose its entire investment, may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than the Company’s original investment and/or may be required to accept payment over an extended period of time.  Under such circumstances, the returns generated from the Company’s investments may not compensate the Company investors adequately for the risks assumed.  For example, under certain circumstances, a lender who has inappropriately exercised control of the management and policies of a debtor may have its claims subordinated, or disallowed, or may be found liable for damage suffered by parties as a result of such actions.  In addition, under circumstances involving a portfolio company’s insolvency, payments to the Company and distributions by the Company to the Company investors may be reclaimed if any such payment or distribution is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance or a preferential payment.  Investments in restructurings involving non-U.S. portfolio companies may be subject to various laws enacted in the countries of their issuance for the protection of creditors.  These considerations will differ depending on the country in which each portfolio company is located or domiciled.

Troubled company and other asset-based investments require active monitoring and may, at times, require participation in business strategy or reorganization proceedings by the Adviser.  To the extent that the Adviser becomes involved in such proceedings, the Company may have participated more actively in the affairs of the company than that assumed generally by a passive investor.  In addition, involvement by the Adviser in an issuer’s or portfolio company’s reorganization proceedings could result in the imposition of restrictions limiting the Company’s ability to liquidate its position in the issuer and/or portfolio company.  Such investments would likely take more time to realize before generating any returns and may not pay Current proceeds during the course of reorganization, which would delay the return of capital to Company investors.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Acquisitions of Portfolios of Loans.  The Company may invest in portfolios of loans.  The Company is unlikely to be able to evaluate the credit or other risks associated with each of the underlying borrowers or negotiate the terms of underlying loans as part of its acquisition but instead must evaluate and negotiate with respect to the entire portfolio of loans or, in the case where the Company invests in contractual obligations to purchase portfolios of loans subsequently originated by a third party, with respect to the origination and credit selection processes of such third party rather than based on characteristics of a static portfolio of loans.  As a result, one or more of the underlying loans in a portfolio may not include some of the characteristics, covenants and/or protections generally

53

sought when the Company acquires or originates individual loans.  Furthermore, while some amount of defaults are expected to occur in portfolios, defaults in or declines in the value of investments in excess of these expected amounts may have a negative impact on the value of the portfolio and may reduce the return that the Company receives in certain circumstances.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Revolver, Delayed-Draw and Line of Credit Investments.  The Company is expected to, from time to time, incur contingent liabilities in connection with an investment.  For example, the Company expects to participate in one or more investments that are structured as “revolvers,” “delayed-draws” or “lines of credit.”  These types of investments generally have funding obligations that extend over a period of time, and if the portfolio company subsequently draws down on the revolver or delayed-draw facility or on the line of credit, the Company would be obligated to fund the amounts due.  However, there can be no assurance that a borrower will ultimately draw down on any such loan, in which case the Company may never fund the investment (in full or in part), which may result in the Company not fully deploying its capital.  There can be no assurance that the Company will adequately reserve for its contingent liabilities and that such liabilities will not have an adverse effect on the Company.

It is possible that a revolver, delayed-draw or line of credit investment would be bifurcated by the Adviser into separate investments, with certain investors (which may or may not include the Company) participating in the initial drawdowns and other investors (which may or may not include the Company) participating in the later drawdowns.  In this situation, it is possible that investors that participate in the initial funding of an investment may receive certain economic benefits in connection with such initial funding, such as original issue discount (“OID”), closing payments, or commitment fees and these benefits are expected to be allocated based on participation in the initial funding, regardless of participation in future funding obligations.  Conversely, the investors participating only in the later funding obligations will have the benefit of the most recent portfolio company performance information in evaluating their investment whereas the investors that participated in the initial drawdowns (which may or may not include the Company) will be obligated in any event to fund such later funding obligations.  In certain cases, the Company may participate in the initial funding of an investment, but may not participate in later-arising funding obligations (i.e., the revolver, delayed-draw or line of credit portions) related to such investment, including because of capacity limitations that an investment vehicle may have for making new revolver, delayed-draw investments or lines of credit or because OHA forms a new investment fund focused on investing in revolvers, delayed-draw investments and lines of credit.  As a result, the Company may be allocated a smaller or larger portion of revolver, delayed-draw investments or lines of credit than other investors participating in the loan.  Where the Company and any other participating investors have not participated in each funding of an investment on a pro rata basis, conflicts of interest may arise between the Company and the other investors as the interests of the Company and the other investors may not be completely aligned with respect to such investment.  In addition, a revolver, delayed draw investment or line of credit may be senior to the rest of the loan or to the initial funding, and as a result, the interests of the Company may not be aligned with other participating investors.  There can be no assurance that the Company will adequately reserve for its contingent liabilities and that such liabilities will not have an adverse effect on the Company.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Subordinated Debt Tranches.  The Company may make investments in securities, including senior or subordinated and equity tranches, issued by CLOs, including CLOs for which OHA or its subsidiary acts as collateral manager.  Investments in CLO securities are complex and are subject to a number of risks related to, among other things, changes in interest rates, the rate of defaults and recoveries in the collateral pool, prepayment rates, terms of loans purchased to replace loans in the collateral pool which have pre-paid, the exercise of remedies by more senior tranches and the possibility that no market will exist when the Company seeks to sell its interests in CLO securities.  If a CLO fails to satisfy one of the coverage tests provided in its indenture, all distributions on those CLO securities held by the Company will cease until that CLO brings itself back into compliance with such coverage tests.  CLO securities represent leveraged investments in the underlying collateral held by the CLO issuer.  The use of leverage creates risk for the holders because the leverage increases their exposure to losses with respect to the collateral.  As a result, the occurrence of defaults with respect to only a small portion of the collateral could result in the substantial or complete loss of the investment in the CLO securities.  Payments of principal of, and interest on, debt issued by CLOs, and dividends and other distributions on subordinated and equity tranches of a CLO, are subject to priority of payments.  CLO equity is subordinated to the prior payment of all obligations under debt securities.  Further, in the event of default under any debt securities issued by a CLO, and to the extent that any elimination, deferral or reduction in payments on debt securities occurs, such elimination will be borne first by CLO equity and then by the debt securities in reverse order of seniority.  Thus, the greatest risk of loss relating to defaults on the collateral held by CLOs is borne by the CLO equity.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Forming CLOs. To finance investments, we may securitize certain of our secured loans or other investments, including through the formation of one or more CLOs, while retaining all or

54

most of the exposure to the performance of these investments. This would involve contributing a pool of assets to a special purpose entity and selling debt interests in such entity on a non-recourse or limited-recourse basis to purchasers.

If we create a CLO, we will depend in part on distributions from the CLO’s assets out of its earnings and cash flows to enable us to make distributions to shareholders. The ability of a CLO to make distributions will be subject to various limitations, including the terms and covenants of the debt it issues. Also, a CLO may take actions that delay distributions in order to preserve ratings and to keep the cost of present and future financings lower or the CLO may be obligated to retain cash or other assets to satisfy over-collateralization requirements commonly provided for holders of the CLO’s debt, which could impact our ability to receive distributions from the CLO. If we do not receive cash flow from any such CLO that is necessary to satisfy the annual distribution requirement for maintaining RIC status, and we are unable to obtain cash from other sources necessary to satisfy this requirement, we may not maintain our qualification as a RIC, which would have a material adverse effect on an investment in the shares.

In addition, a decline in the credit quality of loans in a CLO due to poor operating results of the relevant borrower, declines in the value of loan collateral or increases in defaults, among other things, may force a CLO to sell certain assets at a loss, reducing their earnings and, in turn, cash potentially available for distribution to us for distribution to shareholders. To the extent that any losses are incurred by the CLO in respect of any collateral, such losses will be borne first by us as owner of equity interests in the CLO.

The collateral manager for a CLO that we create may be the Company, the Adviser or an affiliate, and such collateral manager may be entitled to receive compensation for structuring and/or management services. To the extent the Adviser or an affiliate other than the Company serves as collateral manager and the Company is obligated to compensate the Adviser or the affiliate for such services, we, the Adviser or the affiliate will implement offsetting arrangements to assure that we, and indirectly, our shareholders, pay no additional fees to the Adviser or the affiliate in connection therewith. To the extent the Company serves as collateral manager, the Company will receive no fees for providing such collateral management services.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Covenant-Lite Loans.  Although the Company generally expects the transaction documentation of some portion of the Company’s investments to include covenants and other structural protections, a portion of the Company’s investments may be composed of so-called “covenant-lite loans.”  Generally, covenant-lite loans either do not have certain maintenance covenants that would require the issuer to maintain debt service or other financial ratios or do not contain common restrictions on the ability of the issuer to change significantly its operations or to enter into other significant transactions that could affect its ability to repay such loans.  Ownership of covenant-lite loans may expose the Company to different risks, including with respect to liquidity, price volatility and ability to restructure loans, than is the case with loans that have financial maintenance covenants.  As a result, the Company’s exposure to losses may be increased, which could result in an adverse impact on the issuer’s ability to comply with its obligations under the loan.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Investing in Equity.  Although not a focus of its investment strategy, the Company could from time to time make equity investments.  The value of these securities generally will vary with the performance of the issuer and movements in the equity markets.  As a result, the Company may suffer losses if it invests in equity of issuers whose performance diverges from the Adviser’s expectations or if equity markets generally move in a single direction and the Company has not hedged against such a general move.  Equity investments generally will not feature any structural or contractual protections or payments that the Company may seek in connection with its debt investments.  In addition, investments in equity may give rise to additional taxes and/or risks and the Company may hold these investments through entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other taxable structures which may reduce the return from such investments.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Investing in Convertible Securities.  Although not a focus of its investment strategy, the Company could from time to time make investments in convertible securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula.  A convertible security entitles its holder to receive interest that is generally paid or accrued on debt or a dividend that is paid or accrued on preferred stock, in each case, until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.  Because of their embedded equity component, the value of convertible securities is sensitive to changes in equity volatility and price and a decrease in equity volatility and price could result in a loss for the Company.  The debt characteristic of convertible securities also exposes the Company to changes in interest rates and credit spreads.  The value of the convertible securities may fall when interest rates rise or credit spreads widen.  The conversion value of a convertible

55

security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock.  If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value.  To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value.  A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security.  Generally, the amount of the premium decreases as the convertible security approaches maturity.  A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.  If a convertible security held by the Company is called for redemption, the Company will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party.  Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to achieve its investment objective.  The Company’s exposure to these risks may be unhedged or only partially hedged.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Investing in Structured Credit Instruments. The Company may invest in structured credit instruments.  Structured securities are extremely complex and are subject to risks related to, among other things, changes in interest rates, the rate of defaults in the collateral pool, the exercise of redemption rights by more senior tranches and the possibility that a liquid market will not exist in when the Company seeks to sell its interest in a structured security.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Assignments and Participations.  The Company may acquire investments directly, by way of assignment or indirectly by way of participation.  The purchaser of an assignment of a loan obligation typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the selling institution and becomes a lender under the loan or credit agreement with respect to the loan obligation.  In contrast, participations acquired in a portion of a loan obligation held by a selling institution typically result in a contractual relationship only with such selling institution, not with the obligor.  Therefore, holders of indirect participation interests are subject to additional risks not applicable to a holder of a direct assignment interest in a loan.  In purchasing a participation, the Company generally would have no right to enforce compliance by the obligor with the terms of the loan or credit agreement or other instrument evidencing such loan obligation, nor any rights of set-off against the obligor, and the Company may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the loan obligation in which it has purchased the participation.  As a result, the Company would assume the credit risk of both the obligor and the selling institution, which would remain the legal owner of record of the applicable loan.  In the event of the insolvency of the selling institution, the Company may be treated as a general creditor of the selling institution in respect of the participation, may not benefit from any set-off exercised by the selling institution against the obligor and may be subject to any set-off exercised by the obligor against the selling institution.  Assignments and participations are typically sold strictly without recourse to the selling institution, and the selling institution generally will make no representations or warranties about the underlying loan, the portfolio companies, the terms of the loans or any collateral securing the loans.  Certain loans have restrictions on assignments and participations which may negatively impact the Company’s ability to exit from all or part of its investment in a loan.  In addition, if a participation interest is purchased from a selling institution that does not itself retain any portion of the applicable loan, such selling institution may have limited interests in monitoring the terms of the loan agreement and the continuing creditworthiness of the borrower.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Fraudulent Conveyances and Voidable Preferences by Issuers.  Under U.S. legal principles, in a lawsuit brought by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors of an issuer of indebtedness (including a bankruptcy trustee), if a court were to find that the issuer did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring the indebtedness or for granting security, and that after giving effect to such indebtedness or such security, the issuer (a) was insolvent, (b) was engaged in a business for which the remaining assets of such issuer constituted unreasonably small capital or (c) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, such court could determine to invalidate and avoid, in whole or in part, the obligation underlying an investment of the Company as a constructive fraudulent conveyance.  The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary.  Generally, an issuer would be considered insolvent at a particular time if the sum of its debts was then greater than all of its property at a fair valuation, or if the present fair saleable value of its assets was then less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liabilities on its existing debts as they became absolute and matured.  There can be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply to determine whether the issuer was “insolvent” after giving effect to the incurrence of the indebtedness in which the Company invested or that, regardless of the method of valuation, a court would not determine that the issuer was “insolvent” upon giving effect to such incurrence.

In addition, it is possible a court may invalidate, in whole or in part, the indebtedness underlying an investment of the Company as a fraudulent conveyance, subordinate such indebtedness to existing or future creditors of the obligor or recover amounts previously paid by the obligor in satisfaction of such indebtedness.  Moreover, in the event of the insolvency of an issuer of a portfolio company, payments made on its indebtedness could be subject to avoidance as a

56

“preference” if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as one year) before the portfolio company becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy case.

Even if the Company does not engage in conduct that would form the basis for a successful cause of action based upon fraudulent conveyance or preference law, there can be no assurance as to whether any lending institution or other party from which the Company may acquire such indebtedness, or any prior holder of such indebtedness, has not engaged in any such conduct (or any other conduct that would subject such indebtedness to disallowance or subordination under insolvency laws) and, if it did engage in such conduct, as to whether such creditor claims could be asserted in a U.S. court (or in the courts of any other country) against the Company so that the Company’s claim against the issuer would be disallowed or subordinated.

The Company is Subject to Risks Related to Bankruptcy.  One or more of the issuers of an investment held by the Company may become involved in bankruptcy or similar proceedings.  There are a number of significant risks inherent in the bankruptcy process.  First, many events in a bankruptcy are adversarial and beyond the control of the creditors.  While creditors generally are afforded an opportunity to object to significant actions, there can be no assurance that a court would not approve actions which may be contrary to the interests of the Company.  Reorganizations can be contentious and adversarial.  Participants may use the threat of, as well as actual, litigation as a negotiating technique.  Second, the duration of a bankruptcy case can only be roughly estimated.  The bankruptcy process can involve substantial legal, professional and administrative costs to the company and the Company, it is subject to unpredictable and lengthy delays, and during the process the company’s competitive position may erode, key management may depart and the company may not be able to invest adequately.  In some cases, the company may not be able to reorganize and may be required to liquidate assets.  Any of these factors may adversely affect the return on a creditor’s investment.  Third, U.S. bankruptcy law permits the classification of “substantially similar” claims in determining the classification of claims in a reorganization for purpose of voting on a plan of reorganization.  Because the standard for classification is vague, there exists a significant risk that the Company’s influence with respect to a class of securities can be lost by the inflation of the number and the amount of claims in, or other gerrymandering of, the class.  Fourth, in the early stages of the bankruptcy process it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made.  In addition, certain administrative costs and claims that have priority by law over the claims of certain creditors (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.  Fifth, a bankruptcy may result in creditors and equity holders losing their ranking and priority as such if they are considered to have taken over management and functional operating control of a debtor.  Sixth, the Company may purchase creditor claims subsequent to the commencement of a bankruptcy case, and it is possible that such purchase may be disallowed by a court if it determines that the purchaser has taken unfair advantage of an unsophisticated seller, which may result in the rescission of the transaction (presumably at the original purchase price) or forfeiture by the purchaser.

Further, several judicial decisions in the United States have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lenders or bondholders on the basis of various evolving legal theories (collectively termed “lender liability”).  Generally, lender liability is founded upon the premise that an institutional lender or bondholder has violated an implied or contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or issuer or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower or issuer resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or issuer or its other creditors or shareholders.  Because of the nature of certain of the investments, the Company could be subject to allegations of lender liability.  Because of the potential of the Adviser to have investments in several positions in the same, different or overlapping levels of a portfolio company’s capital structure, the Company may be subject to claims from creditors of a portfolio company that the investments should be equitably subordinated to the payment of other obligations of the portfolio company by reason of the conduct of the Company, the Adviser or their respective affiliates.  In addition, under certain circumstances, a U.S. bankruptcy court could also recharacterize claims held by the Company as equity interests, and thereby subject such claims to the lower priority afforded equity claims in certain restructuring scenarios.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Exit Financing.  The Company may invest in portfolio companies that are in the process of exiting, or that have recently exited, the bankruptcy process.  Post-reorganization securities typically entail a higher degree of risk than investments in securities that have not undergone a reorganization or restructuring.  Moreover, post-reorganization securities can be subject to heavy selling or downward pricing pressure after the completion of a bankruptcy reorganization or restructuring.  If the Adviser’s evaluation of the anticipated outcome of an investment situation should prove incorrect, the Company could experience a loss.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Bankruptcy Involving Non-U.S. Companies.  Investment in the debt of financially distressed companies domiciled outside the United States involves additional risks.  Bankruptcy law and process may differ substantially from that in the United States, resulting in greater uncertainty as to the rights of creditors, the enforceability of such rights, reorganization timing and the classification, seniority and treatment of claims.  In certain

57

developing countries, although bankruptcy laws have been enacted, the process for reorganization remains highly uncertain, while other developing countries may have no bankruptcy laws enacted, adding further uncertainty to the process for reorganization.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Creditors’ Committee and/or Board Participation.  In connection with some of the investments, the Company may, but is not obligated to, seek representation on official and unofficial creditors’ committees and/or boards (or comparable governing bodies) of the portfolio companies.  While such representation may enable the Adviser to enhance the value of the investments, it may also prevent the Company from disposing of the investments in a timely and profitable manner, because serving on a creditors’ committee increases the possibility that the Company will be deemed an “insider” or a “fiduciary” of the portfolio company.  If the Adviser concludes that its obligations owed to the other parties as a committee or group member conflict with its duties owed to the Company, it may resign from that committee or group, and the Company may not realize the benefits, if any, of participation on the committee or group.  If representation on a creditors’ committee or board causes the Company or the Adviser to be deemed affiliates or related parties of the portfolio company, the securities of such portfolio company held by the Company may become restricted securities, which are not freely tradable.  Participation on a creditors’ committee and/or board representation may also subject the Company to additional liability to which they would not otherwise be subject as an ordinary course, third-party investor.  The Company will indemnify the Adviser or any other person designated by the Adviser for claims arising from such board and/or committee representation, which could adversely affect the return on the investments, subject to certain limitations.  The Company will attempt to balance the advantages and disadvantages of such representation when deciding whether and how to exercise its rights with respect to such portfolio companies, but changes in circumstances could produce adverse consequences in particular situations.

The Company is Subject to Risks of Investments in Special Situations.  The Company’s investments may involve investments in ‘event-driven’ special situations such as recapitalizations, spinoffs, corporate and financial restructurings, litigation or other liability impairments, turnarounds, management changes, consolidating industries and other catalyst-oriented situations.  Investments in such securities are often difficult to analyze, have limited trading histories and have limited in-depth research coverage and, therefore, may present an increased risk of loss to the Company.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Real Estate.  The Company may invest in mortgage-backed securities, individual mortgages and other real estate credit investments.  Investments in mortgage-backed securities are subject to the risks applicable to the risks described above in “– Risks Associated with Subordinated Debt Tranches,” as well as the risks applicable to real estate investments generally.  With respect to particular real estate credit investments, real estate debt instruments that are in default may require a substantial amount of workout negotiations and/or restructuring, which may entail, among other things, a substantial reduction in the interest rate and/or a substantial write-down of the principal of such debt instruments.  Even if a restructuring were successful, a risk exists that upon maturity of such real estate debt instrument, replacement “takeout” financing will not be available.  It is possible that the Adviser may find it necessary or desirable to foreclose on collateral securing one or more real estate debt instruments purchased by the Company.  The foreclosure process can be lengthy, uncertain and expensive.  Real estate risks typically include fluctuations in the real estate markets, slowdown in demand for the purchase or rental of properties, changes in the relative popularity of property types and locations, the oversupply of a certain type of property, changes in regional, national and international economic conditions, adverse local market conditions, the financial conditions of tenants, buyers and sellers of properties, changes in building, environmental, zoning and other laws and other governmental rules and fiscal policies, changes in real property tax rates or the assessed values of the investments, changes in interest rates and the availability or terms of debt financing, changes in operating costs, risks due to dependence on cash flow, environmental claims arising in respect of real estate acquired with undisclosed or unknown environmental problems or as to which inadequate reserves had been established, uninsured casualties, risks due to dependence on cash flow and risks and operating problems arising out of the presence of certain construction materials, unavailability of or increased cost of certain types of insurance coverage, such as terrorism insurance, fluctuations in energy prices, acts of God, natural disasters and uninsurable losses, acts of war (declared and undeclared), terrorist acts, strikes and other factors which are not within the control of the Adviser.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Investments in Portfolio Companies in Regulated Industries.  Certain industries are heavily regulated.  The Company may make loans to borrowers operating in industries that are subject to greater amounts of regulation than other industries generally.  These more highly regulated industries may include, among others, energy and power, gaming and healthcare.  Investments in borrowers that are subject to a high level of governmental regulation pose additional risks relative to loans to other companies generally.  Changes in applicable laws or regulations, or in the interpretations of these laws and regulations, could result in increased compliance costs or the need for additional capital expenditures.  If a portfolio company fails to comply with these requirements, it

58

could also be subject to civil or criminal liability and the imposition of fines.  A portfolio company also could be materially and adversely affected as a result of statutory or regulatory changes or judicial or administrative interpretations of existing laws and regulations that impose more comprehensive or stringent requirements on such company.  Governments have considerable discretion in implementing regulations that could impact a portfolio company’s business, and governments may be influenced by political considerations and may make decisions that adversely affect a portfolio company’s business.  Additionally, certain portfolio companies may have a unionized workforce or employees who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, which could subject any such portfolio company’s activities and labor relations matters to complex laws and regulations relating thereto.  Moreover, a portfolio company’s operations and profitability could suffer if it experiences labor relations problems.  A work stoppage at one or more of any such portfolio company’s facilities could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.  Any such problems additionally may bring scrutiny and attention to the Company, which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to implement its investment objective.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Investments in Original Issue Discount and Payment-In-Kind Instruments.  To the extent that we invest in OID or PIK instruments and the accretion of OID or PIK interest income constitutes a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the requirement to include such non-cash income in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

•the higher interest rates on PIK instruments reflect the payment deferral and increased credit risk associated with these instruments, and PIK instruments generally represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans;

•OID and PIK instruments may have unreliable valuations because the accruals require judgments about collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral;

•an election to defer PIK interest payments by adding them to the principal on such instruments increases our future investment income which increases our net assets and, as such, increases the Adviser’s future base management fees which, thus, increases the Adviser’s future income incentive fees at a compounding rate;

•market prices of PIK instruments and other zero coupon instruments are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and may be more volatile than instruments that pay interest periodically in cash. While PIK instruments are usually less volatile than zero coupon debt instruments, PIK instruments are generally more volatile than cash pay securities;

•the deferral of PIK interest on an instrument increases the loan-to-value ratio, which is a measure of the riskiness of a loan, with respect to such instrument;

•even if the conditions for income accrual under GAAP are satisfied, a borrower could still default when actual payment is due upon the maturity of such loan;

•for accounting purposes, cash distributions to investors representing OID income do not come from paid-in capital, although they may be paid from the offering proceeds. Thus, although a distribution of OID income may come from the cash invested by investors, the 1940 Act does not require that investors be given notice of this fact;

•the required recognition of OID or PIK interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes may have a negative impact on liquidity, as it represents a non-cash component of our investment company taxable income that may require cash distributions to shareholders in order to maintain our ability to maintain tax treatment as a RIC for US federal income tax purposes; and

•OID may create a risk of non-refundable cash payments to the Adviser based on non-cash accruals that may never be realized.

In addition, the part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include interest that accrues prior to being received in cash, such as OID, market discount, and income arising from debt instruments with PIK interest or zero coupon securities. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that provides for such accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible, and the Adviser will have no obligation to refund any fees it received in respect of such accrued income.

59

The Company is Subject to Risks Arising from Entering into a TRS Agreement.  A TRS is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements. For purposes of computing the Company’s incentive fee on income and the incentive fee on capital gains, the calculation methodology will look through derivative financial instruments or swaps as if we owned the reference assets directly.

A TRS is subject to market risk, liquidity risk and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of the TRS and the loans underlying the TRS. In addition, we may incur certain costs in connection with the TRS that could in the aggregate be significant. A TRS is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty.

The Company is Subject to Risks Associated with Repurchase Agreements.  Subject to our investment objective and policies, it is possible the Company could invest in repurchase agreements as a buyer for investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the Company of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Company will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future for the purchase price plus premium (which often reflects the interests). The Company does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Company could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including (1) possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Company seeks to enforce its rights thereto; (2) possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and (3) expenses of enforcing its rights. In addition, as described above, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Company generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the Company’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Company could suffer a loss.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Securities Lending Agreements.  The Company could from time to time make secured loans of our marginable securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least equal 150% (equivalent to $2 of debt outstanding for each $1 of equity) immediately after each such loan. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. However, such loans will be made only to brokers and other financial institutions that are believed by the Adviser to be of high credit standing. Securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, cash or cash equivalents (e.g., negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit) maintained on a daily mark-to-market basis in an amount at least equal at all times to the market value of the securities lent. If the Company enters into a securities lending arrangement, the Adviser, as part of its responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement, will invest the Company’s cash collateral in accordance with the Company’s investment objective and strategies. The Company will pay the borrower of the securities a fee based on the amount of the cash collateral posted in connection with the securities lending program. The borrower will pay to the Company, as the lender, an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on the securities lent.

The Company may invest the cash collateral received only in accordance with its investment objective, subject to the Company’s agreement with the borrower of the securities. In the case of cash collateral, the Company expects to pay a rebate to the borrower. The reinvestment of cash collateral will result in a form of effective leverage for the Company.

Although voting rights or rights to consent with respect to the loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Company, as the lender, will retain the right to call the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned at any time on reasonable notice, and it will do so in order that the securities may be voted by the Company if the holders of such securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters materially affecting the investment. The Company may also call such loans in order to sell the securities involved. When engaged in securities lending, the Company’s performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned and will also reflect the receipt of interest through investment of cash collateral by the Company in permissible investments.

60

Risks Relating to Certain Regulatory and Tax Matters

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Regulations Governing the Company’s Operation as a BDC.  The Company will not generally be able to issue and sell its shares at a price below NAV per share. The Company may, however, sell shares, or warrants, options or rights to acquire the Company’s shares, at a price below the then-current NAV per share of the Company’s shares if the Company’s Board determines that such sale is in the Company’s best interests, and if investors approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which the Company’s securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of the Company’s Board, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If the Company raises additional funds by issuing shares or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, its shares, then the percentage ownership of investors at that time will decrease, and investors may experience dilution.

The Company Must Invest a Sufficient Portion of Assets in Qualifying Assets.  The Company may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of the Company’s total assets are qualifying assets.

The Company believes that most of the investments that it may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, the Company may be precluded from investing in what it believes to be attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If the Company does not invest a sufficient portion of its assets in qualifying assets, it could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent the Company, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of its position) or could require the Company to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If the Company needs to dispose of such investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. The Company may not be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if a buyer is found, the Company may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If the Company does not maintain its status as a BDC, it would be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end management investment company, the Company would be subject to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act which would significantly decrease its operating flexibility.

The Company May Incur Significant Costs as a Result of Being an Exchange Act Reporting Company. As an Exchange Act reporting company, the Company will incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules implemented by the SEC.

The Company is not currently required to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of that statute (“Section 404”), and the Company will not be required to comply with certain of those requirements until it has been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for a specified period of time. However, under current SEC rules, after listing the Company will be required to report on its internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. The Company will be required to review on an annual basis its internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting do not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 that the Company will eventually be required to meet. In the event of a listing, the Company will address its internal controls over financial reporting and establish formal procedures, policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within the Company’s organization.

Prior to a listing, the Company will begin the process of documenting its internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting until the later of the year following its first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date the Company is no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Because the Company does not currently have comprehensive documentation of its internal controls and has not yet tested

61

any internal controls in accordance with Section 404, the Company cannot conclude in accordance with Section 404 that it does not have a material weakness in internal controls or a combination of significant deficiencies that could result in the conclusion that the Company has a material weakness in internal controls. After a listing, the Company will, as a public entity, be required to complete its initial assessment in a timely manner. If the Company is not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance following a listing, the Company’s operations, financial reporting or financial results could be adversely affected. Matters impacting internal controls may cause the Company to be unable to report its financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject the Company to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules, and result in a breach of the covenants under the agreements governing any of the Company’s financing arrangements. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in the Company and the reliability of the Company’s financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of the Company’s financial statements could also suffer if the Company or its independent registered public accounting firm were to report a material weakness in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

New or Modified Laws or Regulations Governing Our Operations May Adversely Affect Our Business.  The Company’s portfolio companies and the Company are subject to regulation by-laws at the U.S. federal, state, and local levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, may change from time to time, including as the result of interpretive guidance or other directives from the U.S. President and others in the executive branch, and new laws, regulations, and interpretations may also come into effect. Any such new or changed laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. The effects of such laws and regulations on the financial services industry will depend, in large part, upon the extent to which regulators exercise the authority granted to them and the approaches taken in implementing regulations. President Biden may support an enhanced regulatory agenda that imposes greater costs on all sectors and on financial services companies in particular.

Future legislative and regulatory proposals directed at the financial services industry that are proposed or pending in the U.S. Congress may negatively impact the operations, cash flows or financial condition of the Company or its portfolio companies, impose additional costs on portfolio companies or the Company intensify the regulatory supervision of the Company or its portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business or the business of its portfolio companies. Laws that apply to the Company, either now or in the future, are often highly complex and may include licensing requirements. The licensing process can be lengthy and can be expected to subject the Company to increased regulatory oversight. Failure, even if unintentional, to comply fully with applicable laws may result in sanctions, fines, or limitations on the ability of the Company or the Adviser to do business in the relevant jurisdiction or to procure required licenses in other jurisdictions, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, if the Company does not comply with applicable laws and regulations, it could lose any licenses that it then holds for the conduct of its business and may be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties.

Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing Company operations, including those associated with RICs, may cause the Company to alter its investment strategy in order to avail itself of new or different opportunities or result in the imposition of corporate-level taxes on us. Such changes could result in material differences to the Company’s strategies and plans and may shift the Company’s investment focus from the areas of expertise of the Adviser to other types of investments in which the Adviser may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and the value of an investor’s investment. If the Company invests in commodity interests in the future, the Adviser may determine not to use investment strategies that trigger additional regulation by the CFTC or may determine to operate subject to CFTC regulation, if applicable. If the Adviser or the Company were to operate subject to CFTC regulation, the Company may incur additional expenses and would be subject to additional regulation.

In addition, certain regulations applicable to debt securitizations implementing credit risk retention requirements that have taken effect in both the U.S. and in Europe may adversely affect or prevent the Company from entering into securitization transactions. These risk retention rules will increase the Company’s cost of funds under, or may prevent the Company from completing, future securitization transactions. In particular, the U.S. Risk Retention Rules require the sponsor (directly or through a majority-owned affiliate) of a debt securitization, such as CLOs, in the absence of an exemption, to retain an economic interest in the credit risk of the assets being securitized in the form of an eligible horizontal residual interest, an eligible vertical interest, or a combination thereof, in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Risk Retention Rules. Given the more attractive financing costs associated with these types of debt securitizations as opposed to other types of financing available (such as traditional senior secured facilities), this increases our financing costs, which increases the financing costs ultimately be borne by the Company’s investors.

62

Over the last several years, there also has been an increase in regulatory attention to the extension of credit outside of the traditional banking sector, raising the possibility that some portion of the non-bank financial sector will be subject to new regulation. While it cannot be known at this time whether any regulation will be implemented or what form it will take, increased regulation of non-bank credit extension by the Biden Administration could negatively impact our operations, cash flows or financial condition, impose additional costs on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of the Company or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes to the Dodd-Frank Act May Adversely Impact the Company. The enactment of the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and other financial regulations curtailed certain investment activities of U.S. banks.  As a result, alternative providers of capital (such as the Company) were able to access certain investment opportunities on a larger scale.  If the restrictions under the Dodd-Frank Act are curtailed or repealed, banks may be subject to fewer restrictions on their investment activities, thereby increasing competition with the Company for potential investment opportunities.  As a result, any changes to the Dodd-Frank Act may adversely impact the Company.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Pay-to-Play Laws, Regulations and Policies.  Many states, their subdivisions and associated pension plans have adopted so-called “pay-to-play” laws, rules, regulations or policies which prohibit, restrict or require disclosure of payments to, and/or certain contacts with, certain politicians or officials associated with public entities by individuals and entities seeking to do business with related entities, including seeking investments by public retirement funds in collective investment funds such as the Company. The SEC also has adopted rules that, among other things, prohibit an investment adviser from providing advisory services for compensation with respect to a government plan investor for two years after the adviser or certain of its executives or employees makes a contribution to certain elected officials or candidates for certain elected offices.  If the Adviser or the Adviser’s respective employees or affiliates violate such pay-to-play laws, rules, regulations or policies, such non-compliance could have an adverse effect on the Company.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to Government Policies, Changes in Laws, and International Trade.  Governmental regulatory activity, especially that of the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, may have a significant effect on interest rates and on the economy generally, which in turn may affect the price of the securities in which the Company plans to invest.  High interest rates, the imposition of credit controls or other restraints on the financing of takeovers or other acquisitions could diminish the number of merger tender offers, exchange offers or other acquisitions, and as a consequence have a materially adverse effect on the activities of the Company.  Moreover, changes in U.S. federal, state, and local tax laws, U.S. federal or state securities and bankruptcy laws or in accounting standards may make corporate acquisitions or restructurings less desirable or make risk arbitrage less profitable.  Amendments to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other relevant laws could also alter an expected outcome or introduce greater uncertainty regarding the likely outcome of an investment situation.

In addition, governmental policies could create uncertainty for the global financial system and such uncertainty may increase the risks inherent to the Company and its activities.  For example, in March 2018, the United States imposed an additional 25% tariff under Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, as amended, on steel products imported into the United States.  Furthermore, in May 2019, the United States imposed a 25% tariff on certain imports from China, and China reacted with tariffs on certain imports from the United States.  These tariffs and restrictions, as well as other changes in U.S. trade policy, have resulted in, and may continue to trigger, retaliatory actions by affected countries, including imposing trade sanctions on certain U.S. products.  A “trade war” of this nature has the potential to increase costs, decrease margins, reduce the competitiveness of products and services offered by current and future portfolio companies and adversely affect the revenues and profitability of companies whose businesses rely on imports and exports.  Prospective Company investors should realize that any significant changes in governmental policies (including tariffs and other policies involving international trade) could have a material adverse impact on the Company and its investments.

The Company is Subject to Risks Relating to General Data Protection Regulations.  In Europe, the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) was made effective on May 25, 2018, introducing substantial changes to current European privacy laws.  It has superseded the existing Data Protection Directive, which is the key European legislation governing the use of personal data relating to living individuals.  The GDPR provides enhanced rights to individuals with respect to the privacy of their personal data and applies not only to organizations with a presence in the European Union which use or hold data relating to living individuals, but also to those organizations that offer services to individual European Union investors.  In addition, although regulatory behavior and penalties under the GDPR remain an area of considerable scrutiny, it does increase the sanctions for serious breaches to the greater of €20 million or 4% of worldwide revenue, the impact of which could be significant.  Compliance with the GDPR may require additional measures, including

63

updating policies and procedures and reviewing relevant IT systems, which may create additional costs and expenses for the Company and therefore the Company investors.  The Company may have indemnification obligations in respect of, or be required to pay the expenses relating to, any litigation or action as a result of any purported breach of the GDPR.  Company investors other than individuals in the European Union may not be afforded the protections of the GDPR.

The Company is Subject to Risk Relating to the Replacement of LIBOR With an Alternative Reference Rate. LIBOR was a leading floating rate benchmark used in loans, notes, derivatives and other instruments or investments. As a result of benchmark reforms, publication of most LIBOR settings has ceased. Some LIBOR settings continue to be published, but only on a temporary, synthetic and non-representative basis. Regulated entities have generally ceased entering into new LIBOR contracts in connection with regulatory guidance and prohibitions. There remains uncertainty regarding the future use of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate, and any potential effects of the transition away from LIBOR on the Company or on certain instruments in which the Company invests are not known. Various financial industry groups and certain regulators have taken actions to establish alternative reference rates (e.g., SOFR, which measures the cost of overnight borrowings through repurchase agreement transactions collateralized with U.S. Treasury securities and is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR with certain adjustments).

Given the inherent differences between LIBOR and rates like SOFR or any other alternative benchmark rates that may be established, there are many uncertainties regarding a transition from LIBOR, including, but not limited to, the need to amend all contracts with LIBOR as the referenced rate and how this will impact the cost of variable rate debt and certain derivative financial instruments. In addition, SOFR or other alternative benchmark rates may fail to gain market acceptance. Any failure of SOFR or alternative benchmark rates to gain market acceptance could adversely affect the return on, value of and market for securities linked to such rates.

At this time, it is not possible to predict the effect of any such changes, any establishment of alternative benchmark rates or any other reforms to LIBOR that may be enacted. The elimination of LIBOR or any other changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR could have an adverse impact on the market for or value of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to the Company or on the Company’s overall financial condition or results of operations. In addition, when LIBOR ceases to exist, the Company may need to renegotiate credit agreements extending beyond the LIBOR phase out date with portfolio companies that continue to utilize LIBOR as a factor in determining the interest rate, in order to replace LIBOR with the new standard that is established, which may have an adverse effect on the Company’s overall financial condition or results of operations. Following the replacement of LIBOR, some or all of these credit agreements may bear interest at a lower interest rate, which could have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations. Moreover, when LIBOR ceases to exist, the Company may need to renegotiate certain terms of its credit facilities. If the Company is unable to do so, amounts drawn under its credit facilities may bear interest at a higher rate, which would increase the cost of its borrowings and, in turn, affect its results of operations. The potential effect of a transition away from LIBOR on the Company or the financial instruments in which the Company invests can be difficult to ascertain, and they may vary depending on factors that include, but are not limited to: (i) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and (ii) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments.

The Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) has issued regulations regarding the tax consequences of the transition from LIBOR or another interbank offered rate (“IBOR”) to a new reference rate in debt instruments and non-debt contracts. Under the regulations, alteration or modification of the terms of a debt instrument to replace an operative rate that uses a discontinued IBOR with a qualified rate (as defined in the regulations) including true up payments equalizing the fair market value of contracts before and after such IBOR transition, to add a qualified rate as a fallback rate to a contract whose operative rate uses a discontinued IBOR or to replace a fallback rate that uses a discontinued IBOR with a qualified rate would not be taxable. The IRS may provide additional guidance, with potential retroactive effect.

The Company is Subject to Risks Arising from Potential Controlled Group Liability.  Under certain circumstances it would be possible for the Company, along with its affiliates, to obtain a controlling interest (i.e., 80% or more) in certain portfolio companies.  This could occur, for example, in connection with a work out of the portfolio company’s debt obligations or a restructuring of the portfolio company’s capital structure.  Based on recent federal court decisions, there is a risk that the Company (along with its affiliates) would be treated as engaged in a “trade or business” for purposes of ERISA’s controlled group rules.  In such an event, the Company could be jointly and severally liable for a portfolio company’s liabilities with respect to the underfunding of any pension plans which such portfolio company sponsors or to which it contributes.  If the portfolio company were not able to satisfy those liabilities, they could become the

64

responsibility of the Company, causing it to incur potentially significant, unexpected liabilities for which reserves were not established.

The Company is Subject to Risks Related to Being an “Emerging Growth Company”. We will be and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (ii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the date of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares and our share price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the 1933 Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We will take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates and may result in less investor confidence.

The Company is Subject to Risks Arising from Compliance with the SEC’s Regulation Best Interest.  Broker-dealers must comply with Regulation Best Interest, which, among other requirements, enhances the existing standard of conduct for broker-dealers and natural persons who are associated persons of a broker-dealer when recommending to a retail customer any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities to a retail customer. Regulation Best Interest imposes a duty of care for broker-dealers to evaluate reasonably available alternatives in the best interests of their clients. There are likely alternatives to us that are reasonably available to an investor, through the investor's broker or otherwise, and those alternatives may be less costly or have a lower investment risk. Among other alternatives, listed BDCs may be reasonable alternatives to an investment in our shares, and may feature characteristics like lower cost, less complexity, and lesser or different risks. Investments in listed securities also often involve nominal or zero commissions at the time of initial purchase. The impact of Regulation Best Interest on broker-dealers participating in our offering cannot be determined at this time, but it may negatively impact whether broker-dealers and their associated persons recommend this offering to retail customers. If Regulation Best Interest reduces our ability to raise capital in this offering, it would harm our ability to create a diversified portfolio of investments and achieve our investment objective and would result in our fixed operating costs representing a larger percentage of our gross income.

Federal Income Tax Risks

The Company is Subject to RIC Qualification Risks. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code, we must, among other things, meet annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. If we do not qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

The Company May Experience Difficulty with Paying Required Distributions.  For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having OID (such as zero coupon securities, debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the OID that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute OID or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discount and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes.

65

Because any OID or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our shareholders in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may not qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment and thus may become subject to corporate-level income tax.  The resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

Some Investments May be Subject to Corporate-Level Income Tax. We may invest in certain debt and equity investments through taxable subsidiaries and the taxable income of these taxable subsidiaries will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. We may invest in certain foreign debt and equity investments which could be subject to foreign taxes (such as income tax, withholding and value added taxes).

Certain Portfolio Investments May Present Special Tax Issues. We invest in debt securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about certain issues related to such investments such as when we may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by us, to the extent necessary, to distribute sufficient income to preserve our tax status as a RIC and minimize the extent to which we are subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

Legislative or Regulatory Tax Changes Could Adversely Affect Investors.  At any time, the federal income tax laws governing RICs or the administrative interpretations of those laws or regulations may be amended. The Biden Administration has enacted significant changes to the existing U.S. tax rules that include, among others, a minimum tax on book income and profits of certain multinational corporations, and there are a number of proposals in the U.S. Congress that would, if enacted, further modify the existing U.S. tax rules. The likelihood of any new legislation being enacted is uncertain. Any new laws, regulations or interpretations may take effect retroactively and could adversely affect the taxation of us and/or our shareholders. Therefore, changes in tax laws, regulations or administrative interpretations or any amendments thereto could diminish the value of an investment in our shares or the value or the resale potential of our investments.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

The Company has processes in place to assess, identify, and manage material risks from cybersecurity threats. The Company’s business is dependent on the communications and information systems of the Adviser and other third-party service providers. The Adviser manages the Company’s day-to-day operations and has implemented a cybersecurity program that applies to the Company and its operations.

Cybersecurity Program Overview

The Adviser has a holistic firm-wide approach to risk management including cyber risk. OHA’s risk management activities are designed to identify, assess, report, and manage risks that could affect the firm and the Company in achieving their objectives and goals. This risk management framework operates across the Adviser’s business lines and includes business operational resiliency and technology related risks, such as cybersecurity. The Company relies on the Adviser to identify risks inherent to cybersecurity, estimate the significance of such risks, assess the likelihood of their occurrence, and implement appropriate measures to mitigate and monitor those risks. As part of this risk identification and assessment framework, key cybersecurity risks applicable to the Company are identified and assessed for adequacy of controls. The Adviser’s management identifies risk inherent to cybersecurity, estimates the significance of the risks, assesses the likelihood of their occurrence, and implements appropriate measures to mitigate and monitor those risks.

The information security team at OHA has a diverse and well-rounded skillset, and various tools are deployed to monitor and manage OHA’s security continuously across a variety of threat scenarios and attack vectors. The team is integrated within the technology organization and liaises with business units, compliance, legal, and technology functions

66

to maintain a security-conscious culture across the business. OHA’s Chief Information Security Officer is a standing member of OHA’s technology leadership and Risk Committee and provides regular reporting on risks and mitigation programs.

OHA has a documented Information Security Incident Response Plan, outlining responsibilities and requirements for remediation and escalation of incidents to internal and external parties. OHA’s process is designed to investigate incidents efficiently, isolate the problem, remediate the disruption, communicate with the affected parties as appropriate, identify the root cause, and recommend improvements to mitigate risk.

The Company relies on the Adviser to implement internal controls to manage cybersecurity risk. The Adviser is responsible for deploying preventive and detective security controls, maintaining information security policies, standards, and guidelines, and working with key technology and corporate stakeholders to enforce and monitor ongoing adherence to security controls. The Chief Information Security Officer periodically reviews the Adviser’s cybersecurity program, strategy, and operational results with OHA’s Risk Committee which is comprised of senior members of OHA management, as well as with the Board annually. This is designed to properly manage cybersecurity risks and to ensure that our enterprise-wide cybersecurity program is aligned with the business needs.

The Adviser’s cybersecurity program includes regular assessments on the effectiveness of risk management processes and mitigation strategies applicable to the Company. Assessments include internal reviews carried out by Adviser’s experienced professionals and consultants. In addition, the Company relies on the Adviser to periodically engage with third-party partners to evaluate cybersecurity measures and risk management processes applicable to the Company, including to perform external network penetration testing on networks on which the Company relies. This complements the Adviser’s internal assessments such as application security testing and vulnerability scanning. OHA participates in various industry threat intelligence information sharing forums to stay current on new and evolving cyber risks.

The Company depends on and engages various third parties, including suppliers, vendors, and service providers, to operate its business. The Company relies on the expertise of the business, compliance, legal, and/or technology functions of the Adviser when identifying and overseeing risks from cybersecurity threats associated with our use of such entities. For example, within the Adviser’s procurement process, vendor assessments, including information security reviews, are performed at onboarding as appropriate. Ongoing monitoring is also performed as appropriate.

Company Board Oversight of Cybersecurity Risks

The Board provides strategic oversight on cybersecurity matters, including risks associated with cybersecurity threats. The Board receives periodic updates from the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer and the Adviser’s Chief Information Security Officer regarding the overall state of the Adviser’s cybersecurity program, information on the current threat landscape, and risks from cybersecurity threats and cybersecurity incidents impacting the Company.

Company Management's Role in Cybersecurity Risk Management

The Company’s management, including the Company’s CCO, and the Chief Information Security Officer of the Adviser, manage the Company’s cybersecurity program. The CCO of the Company oversees the Company’s risk management function generally and relies on the Adviser’s CISO to assist with assessing and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats. The CISO has 15 years of experience in actively managing cybersecurity and information security programs for financial services companies with complex information systems. The CCO has been responsible for this oversight function as CCO to the Company since 2022 and has worked in the financial services industry for 18 years, during which the CCO has gained expertise in assessing and managing risk applicable to the Company.

Assessment of Cybersecurity Risk

The potential impact of risks from cybersecurity threats on the Company are assessed on an ongoing basis, and how such risks could materially affect the Company’s business strategy, operational results, and financial condition are regularly evaluated. During the reporting period, the Company has not identified any risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of previous cybersecurity incidents, that the Company believes have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company, including its business strategy, operational results, and financial condition.

Item 2. Properties

We maintain our principal executive office at 1 Vanderbilt Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, NY 10017. We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operations. We believe that our present facilities are

67

adequate to meet our current needs. If new or additional space is required, we believe that adequate facilities are available at competitive prices in the same area.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us. From time to time, we may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under loans to or other contracts with our portfolio companies. Our business is also subject to extensive regulation, which may result in regulatory proceedings against us. While the outcome of any such future legal or regulatory proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that any such future proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Share Issuances

The Offering consists of three classes of shares of our shares, Class S shares, Class D shares and Class I shares. The share classes have different ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees. Other than the differences in ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees, each class of common shares has the same economics and voting rights. Our common shares are not listed for trading on a stock exchange or other securities market and there is no established public trading market for our common shares. As of March 13, 2024, there were no holders of record of our Class S common shares, no holders of record of our Class D common shares, and 10 holders of record of our Class I common shares. Holders of record exclude holders with only March 1, 2024 subscriptions since the issuance price is not yet finalized at the date of this filing.

We expect to determine our NAV for each class of shares each month as of the last day of each calendar month. The NAV per share for each class of shares is determined by dividing the value of total assets attributable to the class minus liabilities attributable to the class by the total number of shares outstanding of the class at the date as of which the determination is made.

The following table presents our monthly NAV per share for each of the three classes of shares since the Company elected to be regulated as a BDC on June 30, 2023 through December 31, 2023:

	NAV Per Share
	Class S (1)		Class D (1)		Class I
June 30, 2023	$	—	$	—	$	26.33
July 31, 2023	$	—	$	—	$	27.09
August 31, 2023	$	—	$	—	$	27.26
September 30, 2023	$	—	$	—	$	27.49
October 31, 2023	$	—	$	—	$	27.66
November 30, 2023	$	—	$	—	$	27.94
December 31, 2023	$	—	$	—	$	28.00

(1) There were no Class S or Class D shares issued or outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Distributions

We have paid regular monthly distributions each month beginning in August 2023 through the date of this report and we expect to continue paying distributions on a monthly basis. Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of our

68

Board, considering factors such as our earnings, cash flow, capital needs and general financial condition and the requirements of Delaware law. As a result, our distribution rates and frequency may vary from time to time.

Our Board’s discretion as to the payment of distributions will be directed, in substantial part, by its determination to cause us to comply with the RIC requirements. To maintain our treatment as a RIC, we generally are required to make aggregate annual distributions to our shareholders of at least 90% of investment company taxable income.

The per share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D and Class I shares generally differ because of different class-specific shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees that are deducted from the gross distributions for each share class. Specifically, distributions on Class S shares will be lower than Class D shares and Class I shares, and distributions on Class D shares will be lower than Class I shares because we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to the Class S shares (compared to Class D shares and Class I shares), and we are required to pay higher ongoing shareholder servicing fees with respect to Class D shares (compared to Class I shares).

The following tables summarize our distributions declared and payable for the year ended December 31, 2023 (dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):

Date Declared	Record Date	Payment Date	Regular Distribution Per Share		Special Distribution Per Share		Total Distributions
August 8, 2023	August 15, 2023	August 31, 2023	$	0.20	$	—	$	2,290
August 30, 2023	August 31, 2023	September 29, 2023	0.20		—		2,290
September 14, 2023	September 15, 2023	October 30, 2023	0.20		—		2,290
October 27, 2023	October 31, 2023	November 30, 2023	0.20		—		3,596
November 28, 2023	November 30, 2023	December 29, 2023	0.23		—		4,161
December 27, 2023	December 29, 2023	January 31, 2024	0.23		0.23		11,573
Total			$	1.26	$	0.23	$	26,200

There were no Class S or Class D shares issues or outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2023 and, accordingly, no distributions were declared and payable for Class S or Class D shares for such year.

Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fees

The following table shows the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees we pay the Managing Dealer with respect to the Class S, Class D and Class I on an annualized basis as a percentage of our NAV for such class.

	Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee as a % of NAV
Class S shares	0.85 %
Class D shares	0.25 %
Class I shares	—

The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears, calculated using the NAV of the applicable class as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month. The Managing Dealer will reallow (pay) all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to participating brokers and servicing brokers for ongoing shareholder services performed by such brokers, and will waive shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the extent a broker is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services. Because the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to Class S shares and Class D shares are calculated based on the aggregate NAV for all of the outstanding shares of each such class, it reduces the NAV with respect to all shares of each such class, including shares issued under our distribution reinvestment plan.

Eligibility to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee is conditioned on a broker providing the following ongoing services with respect to the Class S or Class D shares: assistance with recordkeeping, answering

69

investor inquiries regarding us, including regarding distribution payments and reinvestments, helping investors understand their investments upon their request, and assistance with share repurchase requests. If the applicable broker is not eligible to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee due to failure to provide these services, the Managing Dealer will waive the shareholder servicing fee and/or distribution that broker would have otherwise been eligible to receive. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are ongoing fees that are not paid at the time of purchase.

Distribution Reinvestment Plan

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan, pursuant to which we will reinvest all cash distributions declared by the Board on behalf of our shareholders who do not elect to receive their distributions in cash as provided below. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and we declare, a cash distribution or other distribution, then our shareholders who have not opted out of our distribution reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares, rather than receiving the cash distribution or other distribution. Distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each participating shareholder’s account to three decimal places.

Share Repurchase Program

As of the date of this annual report, we have commenced a share repurchase program in which we intend to repurchase, in each quarter, up to 5% of our common shares outstanding (by number of shares) as of the close of the previous calendar quarter. Our Board may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program if it deems such action to be in our best interest and the best interest of our shareholders. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each quarter. We intend to conduct such repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act. All shares purchased pursuant to the terms of each tender offer will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.

Under our share repurchase program, to the extent we offer to repurchase shares in any particular quarter, we expect to repurchase shares pursuant to tender offers using a purchase price equal to the NAV per share as of the last calendar day of the applicable quarter, except that shares that have not been outstanding for at least one year will be repurchased at 98% of such NAV. The one-year holding period is measured as of the subscription closing date immediately following the prospective repurchase date. The Early Repurchase Deduction may be waived, at our discretion, in the case of repurchase requests arising from the death, divorce or qualified disability of the holder. The Early Repurchase Deduction will be retained by us for the benefit of remaining shareholders.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, no shares were repurchased.

Senior Securities

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table as of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023:

Class and Year/Period	Total Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Treasury Securities(1) ($ in millions)		Asset Coverage per Unit (2)		Involuntary Liquidating Preference per Unit (3)	Average Market Value per Unit (4)
JPM Credit Facility	$	246.1	$	5,132.3	—	N/A
BNP Credit Facility	312.5		4,041.4		—	N/A
Total Senior Securities	$	558.6	$	2,261.0	—	N/A

(1) Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.

(2) Asset coverage per unit is the ratio of the carrying value of our total assets, less all liabilities excluding indebtedness represented by senior securities in this table, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Asset coverage per unit is expressed in terms of dollar amounts per $1,000 of indebtedness and is calculated on a consolidated basis.

70

(3) The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon our involuntary liquidation in preference to any security junior to it. The “— “in this column indicates information that the SEC expressly does not require to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.

(4) Not applicable because the senior securities are not registered for public trading.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On November 10, 2022, the Company issued 2,000,000 Class I common shares for net proceeds of $50.0 million to an affiliate of the Adviser. The following table summarizes each Class I common share issuance in connection with private placements for the year ended December 31, 2023 (dollar amounts are in thousands). All other Class I common shares issued during the year ended December 31, 2023 were issued pursuant to the Company's Offering. There were no Class S or Class D shares issued for the year ended December 31, 2023.

	Shares Issued	Proceeds
June 30, 2023	9,449,456	$	248,826
September 22, 2023	6,530,360	179,500
Total	15,979,816	$	428,326

Item 6.    Reserved.

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes thereto in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” This discussion contains forward-looking statements, which relate to future events, our future performance or financial condition and involves numerous risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those implied or expressed in any forward-looking statements. Dollar amounts are in thousands, except per share data, percentages and as otherwise noted.

Overview

The Company was initially formed on December 16, 2021 as a Delaware limited liability company and subsequently converted into a Delaware statutory trust on March 2, 2022.  We are an externally managed, closed-end, diversified management investment company that elected to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act on June 30, 2023. The Adviser is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, beginning with our fiscal year (or period) ending December 31, 2023. We have an indefinite term.

The Company's investment objective is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns, predominately in the form of current income, with select investments capturing long-term capital appreciation, while maintaining a strong focus on downside protection. The Company invests primarily in directly originated and customized private financing solutions, including loans and other debt securities with a strong focus on senior secured lending to larger companies. The Company primarily targets investments in first lien loans, unitranche loans, second lien loans and other corporate secured debt. The Company may also invest in equity interests such as common stock, preferred stock, warrants or options, which generally would be obtained as part of providing a broader financing solution. Under normal circumstances, the Company will invest directly or indirectly at least 80% of its total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in private credit. We were formed to make investments and generate returns in the form of current income and long-term capital appreciation. From inception through December 31, 2023, we have invested approximately $1.2 billion in aggregate cost of debt investments prior to any subsequent exits or repayments, including the $521.4 million of debt investments acquired through an in-kind contribution on June 30, 2023.

While most of our investments will be in U.S. companies, from time to time, we also expect to invest in European and other non-U.S. companies. Our portfolio may also include equity interests such as common stock, preferred stock, warrants

71

or options, which generally would be obtained as part of providing a broader financing solution. Under normal circumstances, we will invest directly or indirectly at least 80% of our total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in private credit.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Investments

We focus primarily on senior secured loans and securities of private U.S. companies. The level of investment activity (both the number of investments and the size of each investment) can and will vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount of debt and equity capital available to private companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity for such companies, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make.

Revenues

We generate revenue in the form of interest and fee income on debt investments, capital gains, and dividend income from our equity investments in our portfolio companies. Our senior and subordinated debt investments are expected to bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. As of December 31, 2023, 100% of our debt investments based on fair value in our portfolio were at floating rates. Interest on debt securities is generally payable quarterly or semiannually. In some cases, some of our investments may provide for deferred interest payments or PIK interest. The principal amount of the debt securities and any accrued but unpaid PIK interest generally will become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment and other fees in connection with transactions. Original issue discounts and market discounts or premiums will be capitalized, and we will accrete or amortize such amounts as interest income. We will record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income. Dividend income, if any, will be recognized on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of fees to the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement, our allocable portion of overhead expenses under the Administration Agreement and other operating costs described below.

Except as specifically provided below, all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to us, and the base compensation, salaries, bonus and benefits, rent, utilities, insurance, payroll taxes, bonuses, employee benefits, furnishings, telecommunications and certain information services and certain office expenses, including office supplies and equipment and other similar expenses and the other routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, (individually and collectively, “Overhead”) will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to:

1)investment advisory fees, including management fees and incentive fees, to the Adviser, pursuant to the Advisory Agreement;

2)the Company’s allocable portion of Overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) the Company’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations, treasury and any other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for the Company; and (iii) any personnel of OHA or any of its affiliates providing non-investment related services to the Company; and

3)all other expenses of the Company’s operations, administration and transactions including, without limitation, those relating to:

(1)organization and offering fees, costs and expenses associated with this offering (including legal, accounting (including expenses of in-house legal, accounting, tax and other professionals of the Adviser, inclusive of their allocated Overhead), printing, mailing, subscription processing and filing fees costs and expenses (including “blue sky” laws and regulations) and other offering fees costs and expenses, including fees, costs and expenses associated with technology integration between the Company’s systems and those of participating intermediaries, diligence expenses of participating intermediaries, fees, costs and expenses in connection with

72

preparing the preparation of the Company’s governing documents, offering memoranda, sales materials and other marketing expenses, design and website fees, costs and expenses, fees, costs and expenses of the Company’s escrow agent, transfer agent and sub-transfer agent, fees, costs and expenses to attend retail seminars sponsored by participating intermediaries and fees, costs, expenses and reimbursements for travel, meals, accommodations, entertainment and other similar expenses related to meetings or events with prospective investors, intermediaries, registered investment advisors or financial or other advisors, but excluding the shareholder servicing fees;

(2)all taxes, fees, costs, and expenses, retainers and/or other payments of accountants, legal counsel, advisors (including tax advisors), administrators, auditors (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s financial audit, and with respect to any additional auditing required under The Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and any applicable legislation implemented by an EEA member state in connection with such Directive (the “AIFMD”)), investment bankers, administrative agents, paying agents, depositaries, custodians, trustees, sub-custodians, consultants (including individuals consulted through expert network consulting firms), engineers, senior advisors, industry experts, operating partners, deal sourcers (including personnel dedicated to but not employed by the Adviser), and other professionals (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the costs and charges allocable with respect to the provision of internal legal, tax, accounting, technology, portfolio reconciliation, portfolio compliance and reporting or other services or that are otherwise related to the implementation, maintenance and supervision of the procedures relating to the books and records of the Company and any personnel related thereto, inclusive of their allocated Overhead (including secondees and temporary personnel or consultants that may be engaged on short- or long-term arrangements) as deemed appropriate by the Administrator, with the oversight of the Board, where such internal personnel perform services that would be paid by the Company if outside service providers provided the same services); fees, costs, and expenses herein include (x) fees, costs and expenses for time spent by its in-house attorneys and tax advisors that provide legal advice and/or services to the Company or its portfolio companies on matters related to potential or actual investments and transactions and the ongoing operations of the Company and (y) fees, costs and expenses incurred to provide administrative and accounting services to the Company or its portfolio companies, and fees, costs, expenses and charges incurred directly by the Company or affiliates in connection such services (including Overhead related thereto), in each case, (I) that are specifically charged or specifically allocated or attributed by the Administrator, with the oversight of the Board, to the Company or its portfolio companies and (II) provided that any such amounts shall not be greater than what would be paid to an unaffiliated third party for substantially similar advice and/or services of the same skill and expertise, in accordance with the Adviser’s expense allocation policy);

(3)all fees, costs, expenses of calculating the Company’s NAV, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

(4)all fees, costs, expenses of effecting any sales and repurchases of the shares and other securities;

(5)any fees, costs and expenses payable under any managing dealer and selected intermediary agreements, if any;

(6)all interest and fees, costs and expenses arising out of all borrowings, guarantees and other financings or derivative transactions (including interest, fees and related legal expenses) made or entered into by the Company, including, but not limited to, the arranging thereof and related legal expenses;

(7)all fees, costs and expenses of any loan servicers and other service providers and of any custodians, lenders, investment banks and other financing sources;

(8)all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles, including special purpose vehicles, to hold the Company’s assets for tax or other purposes;

(9)all fees, costs and expenses of derivatives and hedging;

(10)all fees, costs and expenses, including travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, incurred by the Adviser, or members of its investment team, or payable to third parties, in evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, including such expenses related to potential investments that were not consummated, and, if necessary, enforcing the Company’s rights;

73

(11)all fees, costs and expenses (including the allocable portions of Overhead and out-of-pocket expenses such as travel expenses) or an appropriate portion thereof of employees of the Adviser to the extent such expenses relate to attendance at meetings of the Board or any committees thereof;

(12)all fees, costs and expenses, if any, incurred by or on behalf of the Company in developing, negotiating and structuring prospective or potential investments that are not ultimately made, including, without limitation any legal, tax, administrative, accounting, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment, advisory, consulting and printing expenses, reverse termination fees and any liquidated damages, commitment fees that become payable in connection with any proposed investment that is not ultimately made, forfeited deposits or similar payments;

(13)all allocated fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;

(14)all brokerage fees, costs and expenses, hedging fees, costs and expenses, prime brokerage fees, costs and expenses, custodial fees, costs and expenses, agent bank and other bank service fees, costs and expenses; private placement fees, costs and expenses, commissions, appraisal fees, commitment fees and underwriting fees, costs and expenses; fees, costs and expenses of any lenders, investment banks and other financing sources, and other investment costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with evaluating, making, holding, settling, clearing, monitoring or disposing of actual investments (including, without limitation, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment expenses and any expenses related to attending trade association and/or industry meetings, conferences or similar meetings, any costs or expenses relating to currency conversion in the case of investments denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars) and expenses arising out of trade settlements (including any delayed compensation expenses);

(15)investment fees, costs and expenses, including all fees, costs and expenses incurred in sourcing, evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring, trading (including trading errors), settling, monitoring and holding prospective or actual investments or investment strategies including, without limitation, any financing, legal, filing, auditing, tax, accounting, compliance, loan administration, travel, meals, accommodations and entertainment, advisory, consulting, engineering, data-related and other professional fees, costs and expenses in connection therewith (to the extent the Adviser is not reimbursed by a prospective or actual issuer of the applicable investment or other third parties or capitalized as part of the acquisition price of the transaction) and any fees, costs and expenses related to the organization or maintenance of any vehicle through which the Company directly or indirectly participates in the acquisition, holding and/or disposition of investments or which otherwise facilitate the Company’s investment activities, including without limitation any travel and accommodations expenses related to such vehicle and the salary and benefits of any personnel (including personnel of the Adviser or its affiliates) and/or in connection with the maintenance and operation of such vehicle, or other Overhead expenses (including any fees, costs and expenses associated with the leasing of office space (which may be made with one or more affiliates of the Adviser as lessor in connection therewith));

(16)all transfer agent, sub-transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees, costs and expenses;

(17)all federal and state registration fees, franchise fees, any stock exchange listing fees and fees payable to rating agencies;

(18)Independent trustees’ fees and expenses including travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, and any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the independent trustees;

(19)costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records, costs of Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance and attestation and costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and other regulatory bodies and other reporting and compliance costs, including registration and exchange listing and the costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and any other applicable federal and state securities laws, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the foregoing;

(20)all fees, costs and expenses associated with the preparation and issuance of the Company’s periodic reports and related statements (e.g., financial statements and tax returns) and other internal and third-party printing (including a flat service fee), publishing (including time spent performing such printing and publishing services) and reporting-related expenses (including other notices and communications) in respect of the Company and its

74

activities (including internal expenses, charges and/or related costs incurred, charged or specifically attributed or allocated by the Company or the Adviser or its affiliates in connection with such provision of services thereby);

(21)all fees, costs and expenses of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders (including printing and mailing costs) and the costs of any shareholder or Trustee meetings;

(22)all proxy voting fees, costs and expenses;

(23)all fees, costs and expenses associated with an exchange listing (to the extent applicable);

(24)any and all taxes and/or tax-related interest, fees or other governmental charges (including any penalties incurred where the Adviser lacks sufficient information from third parties to file a timely and complete tax return) levied against the Company and all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any tax audit, investigation, litigation, settlement or review of the Company and the amount of any judgments, fines, remediation or settlements paid in connection therewith;

(25)all fees, costs and expenses of any litigation, arbitration or audit involving the Company any vehicle or its portfolio companies and the amount of any judgments, assessments fines, remediations or settlements paid in connection therewith, Trustees and officers, liability or other insurance (including costs of title insurance) and indemnification (including advancement of any fees, costs or expenses to persons entitled to indemnification) or extraordinary expense or liability relating to the affairs of the Company;

(26)all fees, costs and expenses associated with the Company’s information, obtaining and maintaining technology (including any and all fees, costs and expenses of any investment, books and records, portfolio compliance and reporting systems such as “Wall Street Office,” “Everest” (Allvue), “Trinity” and similar systems and services, including consultant, software licensing, data management and recovery services fees and any tools, programs, subscriptions or other systems providing market data, analytical, database, news or third-party research or information services and the costs of any related professional service providers), third party or proprietary hardware/software, data-related communication, market data and research (including news and quotation equipment and services and including costs allocated by the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ internal and third-party research group (which are generally based on time spent, assets under management, usage rates, proportionate holdings or a combination thereof or other reasonable methods determined by the Administrator) and expenses and fees (including compensation costs) charged or specifically attributed or allocated by Adviser and/or its affiliates for data-related services provided to the Company and/or its portfolio companies (including in connection with prospective investments), each including expenses, charges, fees and/or related costs of an internal nature; reporting costs (which includes notices and other communications and internally allocated charges), and dues and expenses incurred in connection with membership in industry or trade organizations;

(27)all fees, costs and expenses of specialty and custom software for monitoring risk, compliance and the overall portfolio, including any development costs incurred prior to the filing of the Company’s election to be treated as a BDC;

(28)all fees, costs and expenses associated with individual or group shareholders;

(29)all insurance fees, costs and expenses (including fidelity bond, trustees and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums incurred for the benefit of the Adviser);

(30)all fees, costs and expenses of winding up and liquidating the Company’s assets;

(31)all fees, costs and expenses related to compliance-related matters (such as developing and implementing specific policies and procedures in order to comply with certain regulatory requirements) and regulatory filings; notices or disclosures related to the Company’s activities (including, without limitation, expenses relating to the preparation and filing of filings required under the Securities Act, TIC Form SLT filings, Internal Revenue Service filings under FATCA and FBAR reporting requirements applicable to the Company or reports to be filed with the CFTC, reports, disclosures, filings and notifications prepared in connection with the laws and/or regulations of jurisdictions in which the Company engages in activities, including any notices, reports and/or filings required under the AIFMD, European Securities and Markets Authority and any related regulations, and other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser relating to the Company and its affiliates relating to

75

the Company, and their activities) and/or other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser and its affiliates relating to the Company including those pursuant to applicable disclosure laws and expenses relating to FOIA requests, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any expenses incurred for general compliance and regulatory matters that are not related to the Company and its activities;

(32)all fees, costs and expenses (including travel) in connection with the diligence and oversight of the Company’s service providers;

(33)all fees, costs and expenses, including travel, meals, accommodations, entertainment and other similar expenses, incurred by the Adviser or its affiliates for meetings with existing investors and any intermediaries, registered investment advisors, financial and other advisors representing such existing investors; and

(34)all other fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business.

In addition to the compensation paid to the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Company shall reimburse the Adviser for all expenses of the Company incurred by the Adviser as well as the actual cost of goods and services used for or by the Company and obtained from entities not affiliated with the Adviser. The Adviser or its affiliates may be reimbursed for the administrative services performed by it or such affiliates on behalf of the Company pursuant to any separate administration or co-administration agreement with the Adviser; however, no reimbursement shall be permitted for services for which the Adviser is entitled to compensation by way of a separate fee. Excluded from the allowable reimbursement shall be:

a) rent or depreciation, utilities, capital equipment, and other administrative items of the Adviser; and

b) salaries, fringe benefits, travel expenses and other administrative items incurred or allocated to any Controlling Person of the Adviser. The term “Controlling Person” shall mean a person, whatever his or her title, who performs functions for the Adviser similar to those of (a) the chairman or other member of a board of directors, (b) executive officers or (c) those holding 10% or more equity interest in the Adviser, or a person having the power to direct or cause the direction of the Adviser, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

The Adviser agreed to incur organizational and offering costs on behalf of the Company and did not seek reimbursement of incurred organizational and offering costs until after the Company elected to be regulated as a BDC on June 30, 2023. Following the effective date of September 29, 2023, the Adviser has sought reimbursement of allocated organizational and offering costs from the Company. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $2.7 million in offering costs and $0.1 million in organizational costs payable to the Adviser.

Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, the Adviser is obligated to advance all of our Other Operating Expenses (including organizational and offering expenses) to the effect that such expenses do not exceed 1.00% (on an annualized basis) of the Company’s NAV. We are obligated to reimburse the Adviser for such advanced expenses only if certain conditions are met. From time to time, the Adviser, in such capacity or in its capacity as the Administrator, or its affiliates may pay third-party providers of goods or services. We will reimburse the Adviser, in such capacity or in its capacity as the Administrator, or such affiliates thereof for any such amounts paid on our behalf. From time to time, the Adviser, in such capacity or in its capacity as the Administrator, may defer or waive fees and/or rights to be reimbursed for expenses. All of the foregoing expenses will ultimately be borne by our shareholders, subject to the cap on organization and offering expenses described above. For additional information, see “Item 1. Business - Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement.”

Portfolio and Investment Activity

For the year ended December 31, 2023, based on fair value, our portfolio consisted of 90.8% first lien senior secured debt investments and 9.2% second lien senior secured debt investments.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, our weighted average total yield of the portfolio at fair value was 12.5% and amortized cost was 12.7%.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we had investments in 90 portfolio companies with an aggregate fair value of approximately $1,148.4 million.

76

Our investment activity for the year ended December 31, 2023 is presented below (information presented herein is at amortized cost unless otherwise indicated):

	December 31, 2023
Total investments, beginning of period	$	72,246
New investments purchased	578,739
New investments acquired through in-kind contribution	521,356
Net accretion of discount on investments	2,130
Net realized gain (loss) on investments	51
Investments sold or repaid	(42,796)
Total investments, end of period	$	1,131,726

The following table presents certain selected information regarding our investment portfolio:

	December 31, 2023
Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at amortized cost(1)	12.7		%
Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at fair value(1)	12.5		%
Number of portfolio companies	90
Weighted average EBITDA (2)	$	259.7
Average loan-to-value (LTV) (3)	43.4		%
Percentage of debt investments bearing a floating rate, at fair value	100.0		%
Percentage of debt investments bearing a fixed rate, at fair value	—		%

(1)Computed as (a) the annual stated interest rate or yield plus the annual accretion of discounts or less the annual amortization of premiums, as applicable, on income producing securities, divided by (b) the total relevant investments at amortized cost or fair value, as applicable. Actual yields earned over the life of each investment could differ materially from the yields presented above.

(2)Includes all private debt investments for which fair value is determined by the Board in conjunction with a third-party valuation firm and excludes quoted assets. Amounts are weighted based on fair market value of each respective investment. Amounts were derived from the most recently available financial information provided by the portfolio company and may reflect a normalized or adjusted amount. Accordingly, we make no representation or warranty in respect of this information. Amounts in millions.

(3)Includes all private debt investments for which fair value is determined by our Board in conjunction with a third-party valuation firm and excludes quoted assets. Average loan-to-value represents the net ratio of loan-to-value for each portfolio company, weighted based on the fair value of total applicable private debt investments. Loan-to-value is calculated as the current total net debt of all loan tranches outstanding divided by the estimated enterprise value of the portfolio company as of the most recent year end.

Our investments consisted of the following as of December 31, 2023:

	December 31, 2023
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		% of Total Investments at Fair Value
First Lien Debt	$	1,029,099	$	1,043,304	90.8%
Second Lien Debt	102,627		105,108		9.2%
Total	$	1,131,726	$	1,148,412	100.0%

As of December 31, 2023, there were no investments on non-accrual status.

The table below describes investments by industry composition based on fair value as of December 31, 2023:

77

	December 31, 2023
High Tech	17.6%
Healthcare, Education and Childcare	14.4%
Services: Consumer	10.7%
Automobile	8.6%
Services: Business	7.9%
Insurance	7.6%
Aerospace and Defense	6.1%
Retail Stores	4.3%
Finance	3.3%
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber	3.0%
Consumer Goods: Durable	2.9%
Media: Diversified & Production	2.9%
Capital Equipment	2.5%
Buildings and Real Estate	2.4%
Cargo Transport	2.3%
Printing and Publishing	1.4%
Broadcasting and Entertainment	0.7%
Construction & Building	0.5%
Containers, Packaging and Glass	0.5%
Banking	0.2%
Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals	0.2%
Technology & Electronics	—%
Total	100.0%

The table below describes investments by geographic composition based on fair value as of December 31, 2023:

	December 31, 2023
United States	98.8%
Canada	0.7%
Switzerland	0.5%
Total	100.0%

Our Adviser has developed a risk rating methodology for a systematic approach to portfolio monitoring. The Adviser assesses the risk profile of each of our debt investments and rates each of them based on the following categories, which we refer to as “Risk Ratings.” The Adviser reviews the ratings on a quarterly basis and adjusts any scores as appropriate to align with the below definitions.

Risk Ratings Definitions

•Risk Rating 1 - Investments with a score of 1 contain the lowest amount of risk in our portfolio. Borrower is performing above expectations, and the trends and risk factors are generally favorable.

•Risk Rating 2 - Investments with a score of 2 contain an acceptable level of risk that is similar to the risk at the time of origination or acquisition. Borrower is performing in-line with expectations, and the risk factors are neutral to favorable. Investments are assigned a score of 2 at the time of origination or acquisition.

•Risk Rating 3 - Investments with a score of 3 mean the borrower is performing below expectations and that the loan’s risk has increased somewhat since origination or acquisition.

•Risk Rating 4 - Investments with a score of 4 mean the borrower is performing materially below expectations and indicates that the loan’s risk has increased materially since origination or acquisition. In addition to the borrower

78

being generally out of compliance with debt covenants, loan payments may be past due (but generally not more than 120 days past due).

•Risk Rating 5 - Investments with a score of 5 mean the borrower is performing substantially below expectations and indicates that the loan’s risk has increased substantially since origination or acquisition. Most or all of the debt covenants are out of compliance and payments are substantially delinquent.

The below table summarizes the Risk Ratings as of December 31, 2023:

	December 31, 2023
	Fair Value		% of Fair Value
Risk Rating 1	$	118,479	10.3	%
Risk Rating 2	929,028		80.9	%
Risk Rating 3	100,905		8.8	%
Risk Rating 4	—		—	%
Risk Rating 5	—		—	%
Total investments	$	1,148,412	100.0	%

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the weighted average Risk Rating of our debt investment portfolio was 1.98 and there were no debt investments assigned a Risk Rating of 4 or 5.

79

Results of Operations

The following table represents the operating results:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Total investment income	$	59,844
Total expenses, net of fee waivers	24,011
Net investment income (loss) before excise tax	35,833
Excise tax expense	275
Net investment income (loss)	35,558
Net realized gain (loss)	359
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)	16,126
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	52,043

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations can vary from period to period as a result of various factors, including the level of new investment commitments, expenses, the recognition of realized gains and losses and changes in unrealized appreciation and depreciation on the investment portfolio.

Investment Income

Investment income was as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Interest income	$	56,379
Other income	3,465
Total investment income	$	59,844

For the year ended December 31, 2023, total investment income was approximately $59.8 million. The size of our investment portfolio at fair value was approximately $1,148.4 million. Our weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments at fair value was 12.5%.

80

Expenses

Expenses were as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Interest and debt fee expense	$	19,516
Management fees	2,522
Income incentive fee	4,178
Professional fees	1,299
Board of Trustees fees	389
Administrative services expenses	550
Organization costs	94
Other general & administrative	1,463
Amortization of offering costs	1,102
Total expenses before fee waivers and expense support	$	31,113
Expense support	(402)
Management fees waiver	(2,522)
Income incentive fee waiver	(4,178)
Total expenses net of fee waivers and expense support	24,011
Excise tax	275
Total expenses	$	24,286

Interest and debt fee expense

For the year ended December 31, 2023, interest and debt fee expense was $19.5 million, primarily due to $230.8 million of average borrowings under existing credit facilities at a weighted average stated interest rate of 8.0%.

Management Fees

Management fees are payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate of 1.25% of the value of our net assets as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the applicable month.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Adviser agreed not to charge the Company a management fee until after the Company elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act on June 30, 2023. The Adviser has further agreed to waive its management fee until the date immediately after the first six months following the date on which the Company’s registration statement became effective. The Company's registration statement became effective on September 29, 2023.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company incurred management fees of $2.5 million, respectively, all of which have been waived.

Income Based and Capital Gains Incentive Fees

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Adviser agreed not to charge the Company an incentive fee until the Company elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act on June 30, 2023. The Adviser has further agreed to waive its incentive fee until the date immediately after the first six months following the date on which the Company’s registration statement became effective. The Company's registration statement became effective on September 29, 2023.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company incurred an income incentive fee of $4.2 million, which has been waived. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company incurred no capital gains incentive fee.

Other Expenses

Organization costs and offering costs include expenses incurred in our initial formation and offering. Professional fees include legal, audit, tax, valuation, other professional fees incurred related to the management of the Company. Administrative service expenses represent fees paid to the Administrator for our allocable portion of Overhead and other

81

expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including our allocable portion of the cost of certain of our executive officers, their respective staff and other non-investment professionals that perform duties for us. Other general and administrative expenses include insurance, filing, research, our sub-administrator, and other costs.

Total other expenses were approximately $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Total other expenses were primarily comprised of approximately $1.3 million of professional fees (including legal, audit, and tax), approximately $1.5 million of other general and administrative expenses (including insurance, research, and other allocated costs), and approximately $1.1 million amortization of deferred offering costs for the year ended December 31, 2023.

The Adviser has sought reimbursement of allocated organizational and offering costs since the Company elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act on June 30, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $2.7 million in offering costs and $0.1 million in organizational costs payable to the Adviser.

Under the terms of the Administration Agreement and Advisory Agreement, we reimburse the Administrator and Adviser, respectively, for services performed for us. In addition, pursuant to the terms of these agreements, the Administrator and Adviser may delegate its obligations under these agreements to an affiliate or to a third party and we reimburse the Administrator and Adviser for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party.

We entered into an Expense Support Agreement with the Adviser. For additional information see “Note 3. Fees, Expenses, Agreements and Related Party Transactions” to the consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes, Including Excise Taxes

We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, and we intend to operate in a manner so as to continue to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RICs. To qualify for tax treatment as a RIC, we must, among other things, distribute to our shareholders in each taxable year generally at least 90% of the sum of our investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code (without regard to the deduction for distributions paid), and net tax-exempt income for that taxable year. To maintain our tax treatment as a RIC, we, among other things, intend to make the requisite distributions to our shareholders, which generally relieve us from corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes.

Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, we may carry forward taxable income (including net capital gains, if any) in excess of current year distributions from the current tax year into the next tax year and pay a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax on such taxable income, as required. To the extent that we determine that our estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year distributions from such income, we will accrue excise tax on estimated excess taxable income.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we incurred $0.3 million in U.S. federal excise tax.

Net Realized Gain (Loss)

The realized gains and losses were comprised of the following:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments	$	51
Foreign currency transactions	114
Foreign currency forward contracts	194
Net realized gain (loss)	$	359

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we generated net realized gains of approximately $0.4 million, which was primarily comprised of net realized gains on foreign currency transactions and foreign currency forward contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the net realized gains on foreign currency forward contracts were mainly due to CAD forward contracts.

82

Net Change in Unrealized Gain (Loss)

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) was comprised of the following:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments	$	17,174
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency forward contracts	(1,048)
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)	$	16,126

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the fair value of our debt investments generally increased due to tightening spreads and positive valuation adjustments driven by underlying portfolio company performance.

Financial Condition, Liquidity, and Capital Resources

Our liquidity and capital resources are generated primarily from proceeds of our continuous offering of common shares, proceeds from net borrowings on our credit facilities, cash flows from interest, dividends and fees earned from our investments and principal repayments. The primary uses of our cash are investments in portfolio companies and other investments to comply with certain portfolio diversification requirements, the cost of operations (including paying our Adviser and Administrator or its affiliates), and cash distributions to the holders of our shares.

As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $105.5 million in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we used approximately $525.6 million in cash for operating activities, primarily due to investment purchases of $578.5 million, partially offset by sales and principal repayments of $42.8 million. Cash provided by financing activities was approximately $611.6 million during the year, which was primarily the result of $380.1 million from the issuance of common shares and $315.1 million of debt borrowings, offset by repayments of debt of $60.0 million.

Borrowings

As of December 31, 2023, we had two credit facilities. From time to time, we may enter into additional credit facilities, increase the size of our existing credit facilities and/or issue debt securities, including unsecured notes. In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to incur borrowings, issue debt securities or issue preferred shares, if immediately after the borrowing or issuance, the ratio of total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness) to total indebtedness plus preferred shares, is at least 150%. As of December 31, 2023, we had an aggregate amount of $558.6 million of debt outstanding and our asset coverage ratio was 226.1%. We seek to carefully consider our unfunded commitments for the purpose of planning our ongoing financial leverage.

The following table presents the Company’s outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2023:

	As of As of December 31, 2023
	Total Principal Amount Committed		Principal Amount Outstanding		Carrying Value (1)		Fair Value (2)
JPM Credit Facility	$	475,000	$	246,100	$	246,100	$	246,100
BNP Credit Facility	400,000		312,530		312,530		312,530
Total Debt	$	875,000	$	558,630	$	558,630	$	558,630

(1)Carrying value of these debt obligations generally approximate fair value due to their variable interest rates.

(2)The fair value of these debt obligations would be categorized as Level 2 under ASC 820-10.

We seek to carefully consider our unfunded commitments for the purpose of planning our ongoing financial leverage.

83

Equity

The following table summarizes capital activity during the year ended December 31, 2023:

	Common Shares			Capital in Excess of Par Value		Accumulated Net Investment Income (Loss)		Accumulated Net Realized Gain (Loss)		Accumulated Net Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)
	Shares	Amount										Total Net Assets
Balance, beginning of period	2,000,000	$	20	$	49,980	$	175	$	8	$	(488)	49,695
Common shares issued	23,158,870	232		628,661		—		—		—		628,893
Net investment income (loss)	—	—		—		35,558		—		—		35,558
Net realized gain (loss)	—	—		—		—		359		—		359
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments	—	—		—		—		—		17,174		17,174
Net change in unrealized currency gain (losses)	—	—		—		—		—		(1,048)		(1,048)
Distributions declared	—	—		—		(26,200)		—		—		(26,200)
Tax reclassification of shareholders' equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP	—	—		8,498		(3,327)		(5,171)		—		—
Balance end of period	25,158,870	$	252	$	687,139	$	6,206	$	(4,804)	$	15,638	$	704,431

As of December 31, 2023, we had 25,158,870 Class I shares issued and outstanding with a par value of $0.01 per share. As of December 31, 2023, there were no Class S or Class D shares issued or outstanding.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company received $628.9 million in equity proceeds relating to issuance of 23,158,870 of Class I shares.

Distributions

We expect to pay regular monthly distributions. Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of our Board, who will consider, among other things, our earnings, cash flow, capital needs and general financial condition, as well as our desire to comply with the regulated investment company (“RIC”) requirements, which generally require us to make aggregate annual distributions to our shareholders of at least 90% of our net investment income. As a result, our distribution rates and payment frequency may vary from time to time and there is no assurance we will pay distributions in any particular amount, if at all.

The per share amount of distributions on Class S, Class D and Class I shares will generally differ because of different class-specific shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees that are deducted from the gross distributions for each share class.

The Company’s distributions are recorded on the record date. The following table summarizes distributions declared during the year ended December 31, 2023:

84

Date Declared	Record Date	Payment Date	Regular Distribution Per Share		Special Distribution Per Share		Total Distributions
August 8, 2023	August 15, 2023	August 31, 2023	$	0.20	$	—	$	2,290
August 30, 2023	August 31, 2023	September 29, 2023	0.20		—		2,290
September 14, 2023	September 15, 2023	October 30, 2023	0.20		—		2,290
October 27, 2023	October 31, 2023	November 30, 2023	0.20		—		3,596
November 28, 2023	November 30, 2023	December 29, 2023	0.23		—		4,161
December 27, 2023	December 29, 2023	January 31, 2024	0.23		0.23		11,573
Total			$	1.26	$	0.23	$	26,200

We intend to operate in a manner so as to continuously qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, beginning with our taxable year ended December 31, 2023. To qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment, among other things, we must distribute to our shareholders in respect of each taxable year of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of the sum of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of our net long-term capital losses. In order to avoid the imposition of certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we must distribute to our shareholders in respect of each calendar year of an amount at least equal to the sum of: (1) 98% of our net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for such calendar year; (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses, adjusted for certain ordinary losses, generally for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year; and (3) the sum of any net ordinary income plus capital gains net income for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no federal income tax.

The U.S. federal income tax characterization of distributions declared and paid for the fiscal year will be determined at fiscal year-end based upon our investment company taxable income for the full fiscal year and distributions paid during the full year.

Sources of distributions, other than net investment income and realized gains on a U.S. GAAP basis, include required adjustments to U.S. GAAP net investment income in the current period to determine taxable income available for distributions. The following tables reflect the sources of cash distributions on a U.S. GAAP basis that we declared on our common shares during the year ended December 31, 2023:

	Class S (1)				Class D (1)				Class I
Source of Distribution	Per Share		Amount		Per Share		Amount		Per Share		Amount
Net investment income	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1.49	$	26,200
Net realized gain	—		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1.49	$	26,200

(1)There were no Class S or Class D shares issued or outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Distribution Reinvestment Plan

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan, which is an “opt-out” distribution reinvestment plan.

Under this plan, shareholders (other than those located in specific states, who are clients of selected participating brokers, as outlined below, or who have elected to “opt out” of the plan) will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of the same class of our common shares to which the distribution relates. If a shareholder elects to “opt out,” that shareholder will receive cash distributions. The purchase price for shares purchased under our distribution reinvestment plan will be equal to the then current NAV per share of the relevant class of common shares. Shareholders will not pay transaction related charges when purchasing shares under our distribution reinvestment plan, but all outstanding Class S and Class D shares, including those purchased under our distribution reinvestment plan, will be subject to ongoing servicing fees. The U.S. federal income tax characterization of distributions declared and paid for the fiscal year will be determined at fiscal year-end based upon our investment company taxable income for the full fiscal year and distributions paid during the full year.

Share Repurchase Program

85

Subject to the discretion of the Board, we intend to commence a share repurchase program pursuant to which we intend to conduct quarterly repurchase offers to allow our shareholders to tender their shares at a price equal to the NAV per share for the applicable class of shares on each date of repurchase. Our Board may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time if it deems such action to be in our best interest and the best interest of our shareholders. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each quarter.

Under our share repurchase program, to the extent we offer to repurchase shares in any particular quarter, we intend to limit the number of shares to be repurchased to no more than 5% of our outstanding common shares as of the last day of the immediately preceding quarter. In the event the number of shares tendered exceeds the repurchase offer amount, shares will be repurchased on a pro rata basis. All unsatisfied repurchase requests must be resubmitted in the next quarterly tender offer, or upon the recommencement of the share repurchase program, as applicable. We may choose to offer to repurchase fewer shares than described above, or none at all.

We expect to repurchase shares pursuant to tender offers each quarter using a purchase price equal to the NAV per share as of the last calendar day of the applicable quarter, except that shares that have not been outstanding for at least one year will be repurchased at 98% of such NAV. The one-year holding period is measured as of the subscription closing date immediately following the prospective repurchase date. The Early Repurchase Deduction may be waived, at our discretion, in the case of repurchase requests arising from the death, divorce or qualified disability of the holder. The Early Repurchase Deduction will be retained by the Company for the benefit of remaining shareholders. We intend to conduct the repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act. All shares purchased by us pursuant to the terms of each tender offer will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.

There were no share repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Portfolio Company Commitments

Our investment portfolio contains and is expected to continue to contain debt investments which are in the form of lines of credit or delayed draw commitments, which require us to provide funding when requested by portfolio companies in accordance with underlying loan agreements. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had the following unfunded delayed draw term loans and revolvers:

	Par Value as of
	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
Unfunded delayed draw commitments	$	120,709	$	3,424
Unfunded revolving commitments	$	54,025	$	3,809
Total unfunded commitments	$	174,734	$	7,233

Other Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time, we may become a party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business. At December 31, 2023, management was not aware of any pending or threatened litigation.

Related Party Transactions

We have entered into a number of business relationships with affiliated or related parties, including the Advisory Agreement, the Expense Support Agreement and the Administration Agreement.

In addition to the aforementioned agreements, we rely on exemptive relief that has been granted to us, our Adviser, and certain of our Adviser’s affiliates by the SEC to co-invest with other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. 

Recent Developments

Subscriptions

86

The Company received $44.5 million of net proceeds, inclusive of distributions reinvested through the Company's distribution reinvestment plan, relating to the issuance of Class I shares for subscriptions effective January 2, 2024.

The Company received $38.7 million of net proceeds, inclusive of distributions reinvested through the Company's distribution reinvestment plan, relating to the issuance of Class I shares for subscriptions effective February 1, 2024.

The Company received $42.9 million of net proceeds, inclusive of distributions reinvested through the Company's distribution reinvestment plan, relating to the issuance of Class I shares for subscriptions effective March 1, 2024.

Share Repurchases

On February 2, 2024, the Company offered to purchase up to 5% of its outstanding common shares as of December 31, 2023 at a price equal to the net asset value per share as of March 31, 2024. The offer expired on March 4, 2024, and no common shares were validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the offer. As a result, and in accordance with the terms of the offer, no payments were made to common shareholders of the Company.

Distribution Declarations

On January 29, 2024, the Company declared a total distribution of $0.23 per Class I share, all of which is payable on February 28, 2024 to shareholders of record as of January 31, 2024.

On February 27, 2024, the Company declared a total distribution of $0.23 per Class I share, all of which is payable on March 28, 2024 to shareholders of record as of February 29, 2024.

Financing Transaction

On March 7, 2024, the Company entered into a Master Note Purchase Agreement (the “Note Purchase Agreement”) governing the issuance of $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Series 2024A Senior Notes, due March 7, 2029, with a fixed interest rate of 7.77% per year (the “2024A Notes”), to qualified institutional investors in a private placement. Interest on the 2024A Notes will be due semiannually on January 15 and July 15 each year, beginning on January 15, 2025. The interest rate is subject to increase (up to a maximum increase of 2.00% above the stated rate) in the event that, subject to certain exceptions, the 2024A Notes cease to have an investment grade rating and the Company’s minimum secured debt ratio exceeds certain thresholds. The 2024A Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company’s option at par plus accrued interest to the prepayment date and, if applicable, a make-whole premium. In addition, the Company is obligated to offer to prepay the 2024A Notes at par plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the date of prepayment, if certain change in control events occur. The 2024A Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company that rank pari passu with all outstanding and future unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness issued by the Company.

The Note Purchase Agreement contains customary terms and conditions for senior unsecured notes issued in a private placement, including, without limitation, affirmative and negative covenants such as (i) information reporting, (ii) maintenance of the Company’s status as a BDC within the meaning of the 1940 Act, (iii) a minimum net worth of $300.0 million, and (iv) a minimum asset coverage ratio of 1.50 to 1.00. The Note Purchase Agreement also contains customary events of default with customary cure and notice periods, including, without limitation, nonpayment, incorrect representation in any material respect, breach of covenant, certain cross-defaults or cross-acceleration under other indebtedness of the Company, certain judgments and orders and certain events of bankruptcy.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets, and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ.

Investments at Fair Value

Investment transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains or losses are measured by the difference between the net proceeds received (excluding prepayment fees, if any) and the amortized cost basis of the investment using the specific identification method without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized, and include investments charged off during the period, net of recoveries. The net change in unrealized gains or losses primarily reflects

87

the change in investment values, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized gains or losses with respect to investments realized during the period.

The Company is required to report its investments for which current market values are not readily available at fair value. The Company values its investments in accordance with ASC 820, which defines fair value as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the applicable measurement date. ASC 820 prioritizes the use of observable market prices derived from such prices over entity-specific inputs. Due to the inherent uncertainties of valuation, certain estimated fair values may differ significantly from the values that would have been realized had a ready market for these investments existed, and these differences could be material.

Investments that are listed or traded on an exchange and are freely transferrable are valued at either the closing price (in the case of securities and futures) or the mean of the closing bid and offer (in the case of options) on the principal exchange on which the investment is listed or traded. Investments for which other market quotations are readily available will typically be valued at those market quotations. To validate market quotations, the Company will utilize a number of factors to determine if the quotations are representative of fair value, including the source and number of the quotations. Where it is possible to obtain reliable, independent market quotations from a third-party vendor, the Company will use these quotations to determine the value of its investments. The Company utilizes mid-market pricing (i.e., mid-point of average bid and ask prices) to value these investments. The Adviser obtains these market quotations from independent pricing services, if available; otherwise from one or more broker quotes. To assess the continuing appropriateness of pricing sources and methodologies, the Adviser regularly performs price verification procedures and issues challenges as necessary to independent pricing services or brokers, and any differences are reviewed in accordance with the valuation procedures. The Adviser does not adjust the prices unless it has a reason to believe market quotations are not reflective of the fair value of an investment.

Where prices or inputs are not available or, in the judgment of the Adviser, not reliable, valuation approaches based on the facts and circumstances of the particular investment will be utilized. Securities that are not publicly traded or for which market prices are not readily available, as will be the case for a substantial portion of the Company’s investments, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Adviser as the Company’s valuation designee under Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, pursuant to the Company’s valuation policy, and under the oversight of the Board, based on, among other things, the input of independent valuation firms retained by the Company to review the Company’s investments. These valuation approaches involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the investments or market and the investments’ complexity.

With respect to the quarterly valuation of investments, the Company undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter in connection with determining the fair value of our investments for which reliable market quotations are not readily available as of the last calendar day of each quarter, which includes, among other procedures, the following:

•The valuation process begins with each investment being preliminarily valued by the Adviser’s valuation team in consultation with the Adviser’s investment professionals responsible for each portfolio investment;

•In addition, independent valuation firms retained by the Company prepare quarter-end valuations of each such investment that was (i) originated or purchased prior to the first calendar day of the quarter and (ii) is not a de minimis investment, as determined by the Adviser. The independent valuation firms provide a final range of values on such investments to the Adviser. The independent valuation firms also provide analyses to support their valuation methodology and calculations;

•The Adviser’s valuation committee with respect to the Company (the “Valuation Committee”) reviews each valuation recommendation to confirm they have been calculated in accordance with the Company’s valuation policy and compares such valuations to the independent valuation firms’ valuation ranges to ensure the Adviser’s valuations are reasonable;

•The Adviser’s Valuation Committee then determines fair value marks for each of the Company’s portfolio investments; and

•The Board and Audit Committee periodically review the valuation process and provide oversight in accordance with the requirements of Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act.

88

As part of the valuation process, the Company will take into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of our investments for which reliable market quotations are not readily available, many of which are loans, including and in combination, as relevant, of: (i) the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company, generally based on an analysis of discounted cash flows, publicly traded comparable companies and comparable transactions, (ii) the nature and realizable value of any collateral, (iii) the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow, (iv) the markets in which the portfolio company does business, and (v) overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity or debt sale occurs, the Adviser will consider whether the pricing indicated by the external event corroborates its valuation.

The Company has and will continue to engage independent valuation firms to provide assistance regarding the determination of the fair value of the Company’s portfolio securities for which market quotations are not readily available or are readily available but deemed not reflective of the fair value of the investment each quarter, and the Company and the Adviser may reasonably rely on that assistance. However, the Adviser is responsible for the ultimate valuation of the portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to the Company’s valuation policy, the Board’s oversight and a consistently applied valuation process.

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the applicable measurement date.

The fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodology used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The levels used for classifying investments are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with investing in these securities. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

•Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology that reflect unadjusted quoted prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

•Level 2:  Inputs to the valuation methodology other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date.

•Level 3:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to overall fair value measurement.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the overall fair value measurement. The Adviser’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the investment.

The Company’s accounting policy on the fair value of our investments is critical because the determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to the Company’s financial statements express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of these valuations, and any change in these valuations, on the financial statements. The SEC adopted Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act. This establishes requirements for determining fair value in good faith for purposes of the 1940 Act. We are in compliance with Rule 2a-5's valuation requirements.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including valuation risk and interest rate risk.

Valuation Risk

We have invested, and plan to continue to invest, primarily in illiquid debt and equity securities of private companies. Most of our investments will not have a readily available market price, and therefore, we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by the Adviser as the Company’s valuation designee under Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, based on, among other things, the input of independent third-party valuation firm(s) retained by the Company, and in accordance with our valuation policy. There is no single standard for determining fair value. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio

89

investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments we make. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we may realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate sensitivity refers to the change in earnings that may result from changes in the level of interest rates. We may fund portions of our investments with borrowings on a short-term basis, and at such time, our net investment income will be affected by the difference between the rate at which we invest and the rate at which we borrow. Accordingly, we cannot assure shareholders that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

As of December 31, 2023, 100% of our debt investments based on fair value in our portfolio were at floating rates. Based on our Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2023, the following table shows the annualized impact on net income of hypothetical base rate changes in interest rates (considering base rate floors and ceilings for floating rate instruments assuming no changes in our investment and borrowing structure) (dollar amounts in thousands):

Change in Interest Rates	Interest Income		Interest Expense		Net Income
Up 300 basis points	$	36,364	$	(16,759)	$	19,605
Up 200 basis points	$	24,243	$	(11,173)	$	13,070
Up 100 basis points	$	12,121	$	(5,586)	$	6,535
Down 100 basis points	$	(12,121)	$	5,586	$	(6,535)
Down 200 basis points	$	(24,243)	$	11,172	$	(13,071)

We may in the future hedge against interest rate fluctuations by using hedging instruments such as interest rate swaps, futures, options and forward contracts, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act and applicable commodities laws. While hedging activities may mitigate our exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates, certain hedging transactions that we may enter into in the future, such as interest rate swap agreements, may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of changes in interest rates with respect to our portfolio investments.

90

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 185)	92
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022	93
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period from November 14, 2022 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2022	94
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period from November 14, 2022 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2022	95
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period from November 14, 2022 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2022	96
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022	97
Consolidated Notes to Financial Statements	110

91

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors

T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities of T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund and subsidiary (the Company), including the consolidated schedules of investments, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period from November 14, 2022 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2022 and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period from November 14, 2022 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Such procedures also included confirmation of securities owned as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, by correspondence with agent banks or by other appropriate auditing procedures when replies were not received. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.

Fort Worth, Texas

March 13, 2024

92

T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

	As of		As of
	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
ASSETS
Investments at fair value:
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments (cost of $1,131,726 and $72,246 at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively)	$	1,148,412	$	71,758
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	105,456		19,486
Interest receivable for non-controlled/non-affiliated investments	15,498		356
Deferred financing costs	6,021		335
Deferred offering costs	1,705		—
Receivable for investments sold	9,044		65
Total assets	$	1,286,136	$	92,000
LIABILITIES
Debt (Note 6)	$	558,630	$	31,000
Payable for investments purchased	151		10,894
Interest and debt fee payable	4,846		103
Distribution payable	11,573		—
Board of Trustees fee payable	—		92
Unrealized depreciation on foreign currency forward contracts	1,048		—
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	5,457		216
Total liabilities	$	581,705	$	42,305
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
NET ASSETS
Class I shares, $0.01 par value (25,158,870 and 2,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively)	252		20
Additional paid in capital	687,139		49,980
Distributable earnings (loss)	17,040		(305)
Total net assets	$	704,431	$	49,695
Total liabilities and net assets	$	1,286,136	$	92,000
Net asset value per share	$	28.00	$	24.85

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

93

T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023		For the Period from November 14, 2022 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2022
Investment income from non-controlled / non-affiliated investments:
Interest income	$	56,379	$	487
Other income	3,465		130
Total investment income	59,844		617
Expenses:
Interest and debt fee expense	19,516		129
Management fees	2,522		—
Income incentive fee	4,178		—
Professional fees	1,299		208
Board of Trustees fees	389		92
Administrative service expenses	550		13
Organizational costs	94		—
Other general & administrative expenses	1,463		—
Amortization of deferred offering costs	1,102		—
Total expenses before fee waivers and expense support	31,113		442
Expense support	(402)		—
Management fees waiver	(2,522)		—
Income incentive fee waiver	(4,178)		—
Total expenses net of fee waivers and expense support	24,011		442
Net investment income before taxes	35,833		175
Excise tax expense	275		—
Net investment income	35,558		175
Realized and unrealized gain (loss):
Realized gain (loss):
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments	51		8
Foreign currency transactions	114		—
Foreign currency forward contracts	194		—
Net realized gain (loss)	359		8
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments	17,174		(488)
Foreign currency forward contracts	(1,048)		—
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)	16,126		(488)
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)	16,485		(480)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	52,043	$	(305)
Net investment income per common share	$	3.85	$	0.09
Increase in net assets resulting from operations per common share	$	5.64	$	(0.15)
Weighted average common shares outstanding	9,227,235		2,000,000

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

94

T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets
(in thousands)

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023		For the Period from November 14, 2022 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2022
Operations:
Net investment income	$	35,558	$	175
Net realized gain (loss)	359		8
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)	16,126		(488)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	52,043		(305)
Share transactions:
Proceeds from shares sold	$	628,893	$	50,000
Distributions from distributable proceeds	(26,200)		—
Net increase (decrease) from share transactions	602,693		50,000
Total increase (decrease) in net assets	654,736		49,695
Net Assets, beginning of period	49,695		—
Net Assets, end of period	$	704,431	$	49,695

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

95

T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023		For the Period from November 14, 2022 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2022
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	52,043	$	(305)
Adjustments to reconcile net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Net unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments	(17,174)		488
Net unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on foreign currency forward contracts	1,048		—
Net realized (gain) loss on investments	(51)		(8)
Net realized (gain) loss on foreign currency	(114)		—
Net realized (gain) loss on foreign currency forward contracts	(194)		—
Payment-in-kind interest capitalized	(207)		—
Net accretion of discount and amortization of premium	(2,130)		(18)
Amortization of deferred financing costs	581		8
Amortization of deferred offering costs	1,102		—
Purchases of investments	(578,532)		(72,395)
Proceeds from sale of investments and principal repayments	42,796		175
Proceeds from settlement of foreign currency forward contracts	194		—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Interest receivable	(15,142)		(356)
Receivable for investments sold	(8,979)		(65)
Payable for investments purchased	(10,743)		10,894
Interest payable	4,743		103
Trustees fees payable	(92)		92
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	5,241		216
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	(525,610)		(61,171)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings of debt	315,100		31,000
Repayments of debt	(60,000)		—
Payments of financing costs	(6,267)		(343)
Payments of offering costs	(2,807)		—
Proceeds from issuance of common shares	380,067		50,000
Distributions paid in cash	(14,627)		—
Proceeds received from foreign currency settlement	114		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	611,580		80,657
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	85,970		19,486
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period	19,486		—
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period	$	105,456	$	19,486
Supplemental information and non-cash activities:
Interest paid during the period	$	13,747	$	—
Borrowing of debt from in-kind contribution	$	272,530	N/A
Purchases of investments from in-kind contribution	$	(521,356)	N/A
Proceeds from issuance of common shares from in-kind contribution	$	248,826	N/A
Distributions declared and payable	$	11,573	N/A

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

96

T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund
Consolidated Schedules of Investments

December 31, 2023
(in thousands)

Investments- non-controlled/ non-affiliated (1)	Reference Rate and Spread			Interest Rate (2)		Maturity Date	Par Amount/ Units		Cost (3)		Fair Value		% of Net Assets
Investments—   non-controlled/non-affiliated
First Lien Debt
Aerospace and Defense
Evergreen IX Borrower 2023 LLC (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.35%		9/30/2030	$	7,943	$	7,827	$	7,943	1.13%
Evergreen IX Borrower 2023 LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.35%		10/1/2029	877		(13)		—		—
Mantech International CP (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.13%		9/14/2029	19,375		18,888		19,375		2.75
Mantech International CP (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.16%		9/14/2029	4,776		1,577		1,695		0.24
Mantech International CP (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.13%		9/14/2028	2,411		(58)		—		—
Sequa Corporation (4) (5) (6)	S +	7.00%		12.36%		11/23/2027	2,558		(30)		—		—
Sequa Corporation (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%		12.37%		11/23/2028	25,155		24,831		25,407		3.60
									53,022		54,420		7.72
Automobile
Mammoth Holdings, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.10%		11/15/2029	3,636		(36)		—		—
Mammoth Holdings, LLC (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		11.10%		11/15/2030	29,091		28,804		29,091		4.13
Mammoth Holdings, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.10%		11/15/2030	7,273		—		—		—
NCWS Intermediate, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		12.03%		12/29/2026	2,406		2,388		2,406		0.34
NCWS Intermediate, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		12.03%		12/29/2026	1,100		1,070		1,100		0.16
NCWS Intermediate, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.53	%	12/29/2026	12,398		12,071		12,274		1.74
NCWS Intermediate, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.53	%	12/29/2026	3,724		3,626		3,687		0.52
NCWS Intermediate, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.53	%	12/29/2026	344		341		340		0.05
Wesco Group LLC (4) (5)	C +	4.00%		11.28	%	10/6/2028	CAD	33,399	24,062		24,823		3.52
Wesco Group LLC (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		11.23	%	10/6/2028	798		782		782		0.11
Wesco Group LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.23	%	10/7/2027	1,069		(11)		(11)		—
Wesco Group LLC (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		11.23	%	10/16/2030	13,775		13,638		13,648		1.94
Wesco Group LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.23	%	10/16/2028	CAD	356	(12)		—		—
									86,723		88,140		12.51
Broadcasting and Entertainment
Global Music Rights (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.20%		8/27/2027	669		—		—		—
Global Music Rights (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		10.95%		8/28/2028	7,378		7,378		7,378		1.05
									7,378		7,378		1.05
Buildings and Real Estate
Associations, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.50%		12.14%		7/2/2027	378		130		134		0.02
Associations, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.50%	(2.50% PIK)	12.13%		7/2/2027	582		577		582		0.08
Associations, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.50%	(2.50% PIK)	12.12%		7/2/2027	964		956		964		0.14
Associations, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.50%	(2.50% PIK)	12.15%		7/2/2027	964		958		964		0.14
Associations, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.50%	(2.50% PIK)	12.08%		7/2/2027	463		461		463		0.06
Associations, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.50%	(2.50% PIK)	12.11%		7/2/2027	3,388		3,376		3,388		0.48
Associations, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	6.50%	(2.50% PIK)	12.16%		7/2/2027	20,988		20,979		20,988		2.98
									27,437		27,483		3.90
Capital Equipment
Helix Acquisition Holdings, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%		12.45%		3/31/2030	12,391		12,157		12,639		1.79
Ohio Transmission Corporation (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.86%		12/19/2028	1,356		(14)		(14)		—
Ohio Transmission Corporation (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.86%		12/19/2030	2,035		(20)		(20)		—

97

Investments- non-controlled/ non-affiliated (1)	Reference Rate and Spread			Interest Rate (2)		Maturity Date	Par Amount/ Units	Cost (3)	Fair Value	% of Net Assets
Ohio Transmission Corporation (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		10.86%		12/19/2030	10,309	10,206	10,206	1.45
Texas Hydraulics Holdings, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.96%		12/22/2026	4,935	4,935	4,935	0.70
								27,264	27,746	3.94
Cargo Transport
LaserShip, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	7.00	%	12.47	%	9/29/2027	26,700	25,928	26,433	3.75
								25,928	26,433	3.75
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber
BCPE HIPH Parent, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.11	%	10/7/2030	2,143	1,451	1,490	0.21
BCPE HIPH Parent, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		11.11%		10/7/2030	6,287	6,195	6,256	0.89
Meridian Adhesives Group, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%		12.36%		9/3/2029	15,674	15,192	15,830	2.25
Meridian Adhesives Group, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	7.00%		12.36%		9/3/2029	2,145	1,317	1,404	0.20
Peaches Acquisition Corporation (4) (5)	S +	7.00%		12.61%		8/1/2028	9,935	9,839	9,835	1.39
								33,994	34,815	4.94
Construction & Building
Groundworks, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.90%		3/14/2030	5,751	5,633	5,751	0.82
Groundworks, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.86%		3/14/2030	408	131	139	0.02
Groundworks, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.90%		3/14/2029	306	(6)	—	—
								5,758	5,890	0.84
Consumer Goods: Durable
Marcone Yellowstone Buyer, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.75%		6/23/2028	16,547	16,191	16,382	2.33
Marcone Yellowstone Buyer, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.75%		6/23/2028	5,498	5,380	5,443	0.77
Marcone Yellowstone Buyer, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.75%		6/23/2028	4,312	4,244	4,269	0.61
Marcone Yellowstone Buyer, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.75%		6/23/2028	7,649	7,568	7,573	1.07
								33,383	33,667	4.78
Containers, Packaging and Glass
PPC Flexible Packaging (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		12.25%		9/30/2028	4,059	3,984	4,039	0.57
								3,984	4,039	0.57
Finance
Beacon Pointe Advisors, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		10.86%		12/29/2028	10,211	9,993	10,211	1.45
Beacon Pointe Advisors, LLC (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		10.86%		12/29/2028	4,004	3,919	4,004	0.57
Beacon Pointe Advisors, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.86%		12/29/2027	1,075	(22)	—	—
Beacon Pointe Advisors, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.86%		12/29/2028	1,322	316	324	0.04
Spectrum Automotive Holdings, Corp. (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.22%		6/29/2028	19,318	18,790	19,076	2.71
Spectrum Automotive Holdings, Corp. (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.22%		6/29/2028	5,320	4,282	4,361	0.62
Spectrum Automotive Holdings, Corp. (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.22%		6/29/2027	727	(19)	(9)	—
								37,259	37,967	5.39
Healthcare, Education and Childcare
Antylia Scientific (4) (5) (7)	L +	5.00%		11.15%		11/1/2028	2,267	2,228	2,205	0.31
Antylia Scientific (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		11.15%		11/1/2028	217	213	211	0.03
Antylia Scientific (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.15%		10/30/2026	244	(4)	(7)	—
CNSI Holdings, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.71%		12/15/2028	12,320	12,090	12,320	1.75

98

Investments- non-controlled/ non-affiliated (1)	Reference Rate and Spread			Interest Rate (2)		Maturity Date	Par Amount/ Units	Cost (3)	Fair Value	% of Net Assets
CNSI Holdings, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.85%		12/15/2028	13,051	12,863	13,051	1.85
CNSI Holdings, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.85%		12/17/2027	2,999	1,054	1,099	0.16
Color Intermediate, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		10.95%		10/4/2029	5,731	5,542	5,674	0.80
CPI Holdco, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.15%		11/1/2028	19,536	18,765	18,998	2.70
CPI Holdco, LLC (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		11.15%		11/1/2028	1,962	1,885	1,908	0.27
CPI Holdco, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.15%		10/30/2026	2,104	(76)	(58)	(0.01)
Next Holdco, LLC (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.37%		11/12/2030	11,977	11,858	11,977	1.70
Next Holdco, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.37%		11/12/2030	3,071	(45)	—	—
Next Holdco, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.37%		11/9/2029	1,153	(17)	—	—
PetVet Care Centers, LLC (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.36%		11/15/2030	24,977	24,731	24,852	3.53
PetVet Care Centers, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.36%		11/15/2030	3,258	—	(16)	—
PetVet Care Centers, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.36%		11/15/2029	3,258	(32)	(16)	—
PPV Intermediate Holdings LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.14%		8/31/2029	3,229	(2)	—	—
PPV Intermediate Holdings LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.14%		8/31/2029	31,659	31,115	31,501	4.47
PPV Intermediate Holdings LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.14%		8/31/2029	2,124	(35)	(11)	—
TecoStar Holdings, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	8.50%	(4.50% PIK)	13.91%		7/6/2029	15,988	15,632	15,988	2.27
Touchstone Acquisition, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.48%		12/29/2028	7,457	7,289	7,308	1.04
								145,054	146,984	20.87
High Tech
Bottomline Technologies Inc. (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		11.11%		5/14/2029	1,094	1,073	1,094	0.16
Bottomline Technologies Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		10.61%		5/14/2029	5,964	5,752	5,844	0.83
Bottomline Technologies Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.61%		5/15/2028	503	(17)	(10)	—
Community Brands Parentco, LLC (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		10.96%		2/24/2028	1,045	1,019	1,027	0.15
Community Brands Parentco, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.96%		2/24/2028	125	(3)	(2)	—
Community Brands Parentco, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.96%		2/24/2028	63	(1)	(1)	—
CSAT Solutions Holding LLC (4) (5)	S +	7.00%		13.11%		6/30/2028	8,775	8,691	8,687	1.23
CSAT Solutions Holding LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	7.00%		13.11	%	6/30/2028	1,159	(11)	(12)	—
Diligent Corporation (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.13	%	8/4/2025	233	227	232	0.03
Diligent Corporation (4) (5) (7)	L +	5.00%		11.28	%	8/4/2025	369	360	368	0.05
Diligent Corporation (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.78%		8/4/2025	15,234	15,164	15,234	2.16
Diligent Corporation (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.78%		8/4/2025	1,137	588	614	0.09
Diligent Corporation (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.28%		8/4/2025	11,274	11,006	11,245	1.60
Diligent Corporation (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.28%		8/4/2025	5,368	5,243	5,355	0.76
Drake Software, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.85%		3/16/2026	1,788	358	358	0.05
Drake Software, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.85%		3/16/2028	16,391	16,391	16,391	2.33
Eagan Sub, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	7.00%		12.35%		6/1/2029	2,267	(31)	—	—
Eagan Sub, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%		12.35%		6/3/2030	11,305	11,144	11,305	1.60
Greenway Health, LLC (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.93%		4/2/2029	12,240	11,996	11,995	1.70
GS AcquisitionCo, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.00%		5/22/2026	16,992	16,632	16,907	2.40
GS AcquisitionCo, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.00%		5/22/2026	315	(7)	(2)	—
Kaseya, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%	(2.50% PIK)	11.33	%	6/25/2029	31,920	31,200	31,920	4.53
Kaseya, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%	(2.50% PIK)	11.33	%	6/25/2029	1,922	75	118	0.02
Kaseya, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.50%	(2.50% PIK)	10.84	%	6/25/2029	1,926	442	485	0.07
Ministry Brands Purchaser, LLC (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		10.96%		12/29/2028	919	895	891	0.13

99

Investments- non-controlled/ non-affiliated (1)	Reference Rate and Spread			Interest Rate (2)		Maturity Date	Par Amount/ Units		Cost (3)	Fair Value	% of Net Assets
Ministry Brands Purchaser, LLC (4) (5)	S +	5.00%		10.96%		12/29/2028	93		90	90	0.01
Ministry Brands Purchaser, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.96%		12/30/2027	90		38	38	0.01
MRI Software LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		10.95%		2/10/2026	10,767		10,566	10,579	1.50
MRI Software LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		10.95	%	2/10/2027	14,923		14,762	14,661	2.08
MRI Software LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.95	%	2/10/2027	1,864		(18)	(33)	—
MRI Software LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.95	%	2/10/2027	18,636		(92)	(186)	(0.03)
Revalize, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.25	%	4/15/2027	394		381	383	0.05
Revalize, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.20	%	4/15/2027	262		59	58	0.01
Revalize, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.21%		4/15/2027	1,758		1,714	1,710	0.24
									165,686	167,343	23.76
Insurance
Alera Group Holdings, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.46%		10/2/2028	5,831		5,726	5,831	0.83
Alera Group Holdings, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.46	%	10/2/2028	22,840		22,447	22,840	3.24
Alera Group Holdings, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.46	%	10/2/2028	1,282		1,240	1,282	0.18
Alera Group Holdings, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.46	%	10/2/2028	19,152		(90)	(96)	(0.01)
Galway Borrower, LLC (4) (5) (6) (7)	S +	5.00%		5.25%		9/30/2027	1,910		(32)	(10)	—
Galway Borrower, LLC (4) (5) (7) (8)	S +	5.00%		10.70%		9/29/2028	26,603		26,130	26,470	3.76
Higginbotham Insurance Agency, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		10.96%		11/24/2028	7,273		7,083	7,255	1.03
Higginbotham Insurance Agency, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.96%		11/24/2028	16,373		10,818	10,854	1.54
Integrity Marketing Acquisition, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.51%		8/27/2026	20		—	—	—
Integrity Marketing Acquisition, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.39%		8/27/2026	246		15	15	—
Integrity Marketing Acquisition, LLC (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.51%		8/27/2026	4,722		4,676	4,675	0.66
Peter C. Foy & Associates Insurance Services, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.47%		11/1/2028	1,266		1,243	1,254	0.18
Peter C. Foy & Associates Insurance Services, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.47%		11/1/2028	3,169		3,110	3,137	0.44
Peter C. Foy & Associates Insurance Services, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.47%		11/1/2028	11,267		11,061	11,154	1.58
Peter C. Foy & Associates Insurance Services, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.47%		11/1/2028	3,147		3,089	3,115	0.44
Peter C. Foy & Associates Insurance Services, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.47%		11/1/2027	532		(9)	(5)	—
RSC Acquisition, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.35%		11/1/2029	5,250		265	334	0.05
RSC Acquisition, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.39%		11/1/2029	750		740	750	0.11
									97,512	98,855	14.03
Media: Diversified & Production
Circana Group, L.P. (4) (5)	S +	9.00%	(2.75% PIK)	11.61	%	12/1/2028	9,474		9,314	9,474	1.35
Circana Group, L.P. (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.21	%	12/1/2028	13,837		13,506	13,699	1.94
Circana Group, L.P. (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		11.11	%	12/1/2027	1,507		244	256	0.04
Iconic Purchaser Corporation (4) (5) (7) (8)	S +	6.00%		11.46%		11/15/2028	10,376		9,896	9,754	1.38
Iconic Purchaser Corporation (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%		10.96%		11/15/2027	877		311	297	0.04
									33,271	33,480	4.75
Printing and Publishing
Recorded Books Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.64%		8/31/2028	$	1,340	(22)	(7)	—
Recorded Books Inc. (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.64%		9/3/2030	$	16,560	16,279	16,477	2.34
									16,257	16,470	2.34
Retail Stores

100

Investments- non-controlled/ non-affiliated (1)	Reference Rate and Spread			Interest Rate (2)		Maturity Date	Par Amount/ Units		Cost (3)	Fair Value	% of Net Assets
D&D Buyer LLC (4) (5)	S +	7.00%		12.45%		10/4/2028	18,421		18,155	18,145	2.57
D&D Buyer LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	7.00%		12.45%		10/4/2028	4,605		(55)	(69)	(0.01)
D&D Buyer LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	7.00%		12.45%		10/4/2028	1,974		630	628	0.09
Follett Corporation (4) (5)	S +	7.00%		13.21%		2/1/2027	9,950		9,904	9,900	1.40
New Look Vision Group, Inc. (4) (5) (9)	S +	6.00%	(2.00% PIK)	11.94%		5/26/2028	39		37	38	0.01
New Look Vision Group, Inc. (4) (5) (7) (9)	S +	5.50%		11.00%		5/26/2028	355		334	337	0.05
New Look Vision Group, Inc. (4) (5) (7) (9)	C +	5.50%		10.93	%	5/26/2028	CAD	1,065	759	768	0.11
New Look Vision Group, Inc. (4) (5) (7) (8) (9)	C +	4.00%	(2.00% PIK)	9.43	%	5/26/2028	CAD	8,122	5,786	5,959	0.85
New Look Vision Group, Inc. (4) (5) (6) (9)	C +	5.50%		10.43	%	5/26/2026	CAD	1,125	(14)	(40)	(0.01)
New Look Vision Group, Inc. (4) (5) (9)	C +	5.50%		10.93	%	5/26/2028	CAD	555	395	400	0.06
TC Signature Holdings LLC (4) (5)	S +	8.00%	(1.00% PIK)	12.89	%	5/4/2028	13,437		13,309	13,303	1.89
TC Signature Holdings LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	8.00%	(1.00% PIK)	12.89	%	3/31/2025	1,552		(13)	(16)	—
									49,227	49,353	7.01
Services: Business
GC Waves Holdings, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.46%		8/11/2028	8,136		7,909	8,095	1.15
GC Waves Holdings, Inc. (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.46%		8/11/2028	1,500		109	129	0.02
GC Waves Holdings, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.46%		8/11/2028	75		74	75	0.01
GI Apple Midco LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		12.11	%	4/19/2029	1,322		712	737	0.10
GI Apple Midco LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		12.11	%	4/19/2030	8,645		8,482	8,645	1.23
GI Apple Midco LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		12.11	%	4/19/2030	1,889		175	208	0.03
IG Investment Holdings, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.48%		9/22/2027	3,113		(41)	(8)	—
IG Investment Holdings, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.48	%	9/22/2028	31,149		30,690	31,071	4.41
PT Intermediate Holdings III, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.47	%	11/1/2028	8,476		8,239	8,433	1.20
PT Intermediate Holdings III, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.85	%	11/1/2028	345		(5)	—	—
PT Intermediate Holdings III, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%		11.85%		11/1/2028	839		827	839	0.12
PT Intermediate Holdings III, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		11.47%		11/1/2028	2,577		2,505	2,564	0.36
Speed Midco 3 S.a r.l. (4) (5) (7) (9)	E +	6.00%		10.33%		5/16/2029	EUR	5,500	5,972	6,197	0.88
Transaction Services Group Ltd (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%		10.90	%	10/14/2026	8,300		8,156	8,217	1.17
									73,804	75,202	10.68
Services: Consumer
Bradyifs Holdings, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.37%		10/31/2029	3,219		789	789	0.11
Bradyifs Holdings, LLC (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.38	%	10/31/2029	29,230		28,941	29,230	4.15
Bradyifs Holdings, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%		11.38%		10/31/2029	2,476		(24)	—	—
Crash Champions, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%		12.36	%	8/1/2029	298		293	301	0.04
Crash Champions, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%		12.36	%	8/1/2029	7,816		7,672	7,894	1.12
Crash Champions, LLC (4) (5) (6)	P +	5.00%		13.75	%	8/1/2028	2,707		1,076	1,173	0.17
Crash Champions, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%		12.36	%	8/1/2029	18,313		17,971	18,496	2.63
Denali Midco 2 LLC (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.96	%	12/22/2027	495		491	499	0.07
Denali Midco 2 LLC (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.96	%	12/22/2027	1,687		1,675	1,700	0.24
Denali Midco 2 LLC (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.96%		12/22/2027	1,995		1,981	2,010	0.29
Denali Midco 2 LLC (4) (5)	S +	6.00%		11.96%		12/22/2027	7,406		7,353	7,462	1.06

101

Investments- non-controlled/ non-affiliated (1)	Reference Rate and Spread		Interest Rate (2)		Maturity Date	Par Amount/ Units	Cost (3)		Fair Value		% of Net Assets
Denali Midco 2 LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%	11.96	%	12/22/2027	2,300	(16)		17		—
Denali Midco 2 LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%	11.21	%	12/22/2027	10,000	34		(67)		(0.01)
Denali Midco 2 LLC (4) (5)	S +	6.00%	11.96	%	12/22/2027	990	983		997		0.14
Kleinfelder Group, Inc.(The) (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%	11.63	%	11/28/2025	14,819	14,688		14,819		2.10
Kleinfelder Group, Inc.(The) (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%	11.63%		8/4/2028	1,938	(18)		—		—
Kleinfelder Group, Inc.(The) (4) (5) (6)	S +	6.00%	11.63%		9/1/2030	2,907	—		—		—
Nuevoco2, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	5.00%	11.21	%	6/1/2029	14,979	14,826		14,979		2.13
Nuevoco2, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%	11.21	%	6/1/2029	7,527	7,451		7,527		1.07
							106,166		107,826		15.31
Technology & Electronics
Chase Intermediate, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%	11.00%		10/30/2028	17,810	—		(178)		(0.03)
Chase Intermediate, LLC (4) (5) (6)	S +	5.00%	11.00%		10/30/2028	890	(8)		(9)		—
							(8)		(187)		(0.03)
Total First Lien Debt							$	1,029,099	$	1,043,304	148.11%
Second Lien Debt
Aerospace and Defense
Peraton Corp. (4) (5) (7)	S +	8.00%	13.47	%	2/1/2029	2,300	2,257		2,282		0.32
Peraton Corp. (4) (7)	S +	7.00%	13.22	%	2/1/2029	13,807	13,569		13,771		1.96
							15,826		16,053		2.28
Automobile
Fastlane Parent Company, Inc. (4) (7)	S +	8.00%	14.22%		12/21/2026	550	533		547		0.08
Wand NewCo 3, Inc. (4) (7)	S +	7.00%	12.71%		2/5/2027	1,625	1,605		1,628		0.23
							2,138		2,175		0.31
Banking
Orion Advisor Solutions, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	8.00%	13.98%		9/24/2028	2,661	2,488		2,582		0.37
							2,488		2,582		0.37
Capital Equipment
Infinite Bidco LLC (4) (7)	S +	7.00%	12.64	%	3/2/2029	820	707		701		0.10
							707		701		0.10
Containers, Packaging and Glass
Technimark Holdings LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%	12.11	%	7/9/2029	1,360	1,296		1,333		0.19
Technimark Holdings LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%	12.22%		7/9/2029	240	229		235		0.03
							1,525		1,568		0.22
Healthcare, Education and Childcare
Bella Holding Company, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%	12.46	%	5/10/2029	3,480	3,245		3,410		0.48
Electron BidCo Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%	12.22	%	11/1/2029	5,062	4,942		4,986		0.71
Phoenix Guarantor Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	8.00%	13.97%		3/5/2027	2,080	1,976		2,080		0.30
Resonetics, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%	12.62%		4/28/2029	60	57		59		0.01
Resonetics, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%	12.62	%	4/28/2029	220	211		218		0.03
Resonetics, LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%	12.62	%	4/28/2029	600	574		594		0.08
Southern Veterinary Partners, LLC (4)	S +	7.00%	13.21	%	10/5/2028	6,700	6,474		6,699		0.95
							17,479		18,046		2.56
High Tech
Aptean, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%	12.46	%	4/23/2027	4,053	3,836		4,053		0.58

102

Investments- non-controlled/ non-affiliated (1)	Reference Rate and Spread		Interest Rate (2)		Maturity Date	Par Amount/ Units	Cost (3)		Fair Value		% of Net Assets
Escape Velocity Holdings, Inc. (4) (5) (7) (9)	S +	7.00%	13.09	%	10/8/2029	1,300	1,232		1,271		0.18
Flexera Software LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%	12.47	%	3/3/2029	860	840		851		0.12
Gainwell Acquisition Corp. (4) (5) (7) (9)	S +	8.00%	13.43	%	10/2/2028	1,260	1,225		1,222		0.17
Imprivata, Inc. (4) (5)	S +	6.00%	11.60	%	12/1/2028	1,366	1,307		1,359		0.19
Maverick Bidco Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%	12.28	%	5/18/2029	460	436		445		0.06
OceanKey (U.S.) II Corp. (4) (5) (7)	S +	6.00%	12.21	%	12/17/2029	2,240	2,091		2,162		0.31
Polaris Newco LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	9.00%	14.49	%	6/4/2029	23,935	22,903		23,576		3.35
							33,870		34,939		4.96
Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals
Grinding Media Inc. (4) (5) (7)	L +	7.00%	13.18	%	10/12/2029	2,420	2,237		2,323		0.33
							2,237		2,323		0.33
Services: Business
Transact Holdings, Inc. (4) (5) (7)	S +	8.00%	13.97	%	4/30/2027	2,294	2,284		2,294		0.32
Vision Solutions, Inc. (4)	S +	7.00%	12.89	%	4/23/2029	10,000	9,089		9,211		1.31
							11,373		11,505		1.63
Services: Consumer
All My Sons Moving and Storage of Kansas LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%	13.36	%	10/25/2029	1,740	1,683		1,701		0.24
ASP Dream Acquisition Co LLC (4) (5) (7)	S +	7.00%	13.21	%	12/14/2029	13,549	13,301		13,515		1.92
							14,984		15,216		2.16
Total Second Lien Debt							$	102,627	$	105,108	14.92%
Total Investments—non-controlled/non-affiliated							$	1,131,726	$	1,148,412	163.03%
Total Portfolio Investments							$	1,131,726	$	1,148,412	163.03%

(1)Unless otherwise indicated, issuers of debt investments held by the Company (which such term “Company” shall include the Company’s subsidiaries for purposes of this Schedule of Investments) are denominated in dollars. All debt investments are income producing unless otherwise indicated.

(2)Variable rate loans to the portfolio companies bear interest at a rate that is determined by reference to either LIBOR (“L”), Eurolibor ("E"), or SOFR including SOFR adjustment, if any, (“S”), CDOR (“C”), or alternate base rate (commonly based on the U.S. Prime Rate ("P"), unless otherwise noted) at the borrower's option which generally resets periodically. L and S loans are typically indexed to 12 month, 6 month, 3 month or 1 month L or S rates. For each such loan, the Company has provided the interest rate in effect on the date presented.

(3)The cost represents the original cost adjusted for the amortization of discounts and premiums, as applicable, on debt investments using the effective interest method in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

(4)Loan includes interest rate floor feature.

(5)Investment valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3). See Note 5.

(6)Position or portion thereof is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned on the unfunded portion, although the investment may be subject to unused commitment fees. Negative cost and fair value results from unamortized fees, which are capitalized to the investment cost. The unfunded loan commitment may be subject to a commitment termination date that may expire prior to the maturity date stated. See below for more information on the Company’s unfunded commitments:

Investments— non-controlled/non-affiliated	Commitment Type	Commitment Expiration Date	Unfunded		Total Commitment Fair Value
Alera Group, Inc.	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	10/02/2028	$	19,152	$	(96)
Antylia Scientific	Revolver	10/30/2026	244		(7)
Associations, Inc.	2021 Revolver	07/02/2027	244		—
BCPE HIPH Parent, Inc.	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	10/07/2030	643		(3)

103

Investments— non-controlled/non-affiliated	Commitment Type	Commitment Expiration Date	Unfunded	Total Commitment Fair Value
Beacon Pointe Advisors, LLC	2021 Revolver	12/29/2027	1,075	—
Beacon Pointe Advisors, LLC	Delayed Draw Term Loan	12/29/2028	997	—
Bottomline Technologies Inc.	Revolver	05/15/2028	503	(10)
Bradyifs Holdings, LLC	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	10/31/2029	2,430	—
Bradyifs Holdings, LLC	2023 Revolver	10/31/2029	2,476	—
Chase Intermediate, LLC	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	10/30/2028	17,809	(178)
Chase Intermediate, LLC	2023 Revolver	10/30/2028	890	(9)
Circana Group, L.P.	Revolver	12/01/2027	1,236	(12)
CNSI Holdings, LLC	Revolver	12/17/2027	1,899	—
Community Brands Parentco, LLC	Delayed Draw Term Loan	02/24/2028	125	(2)
Community Brands Parentco, LLC	Revolver	02/24/2028	63	(1)
CPI Holdco, LLC	2021 Revolver	10/30/2026	2,104	(58)
Crash Champions, LLC	2022 Revolver	08/01/2028	1,534	—
CSAT Solutions Holding LLC	Revolver	06/30/2028	1,159	(12)
D&D Buyer LLC	Revolver	10/04/2028	1,316	(20)
D&D Buyer LLC	Delayed Draw Term Loan	10/04/2028	4,605	(69)
Denali Midco 2 LLC	2022 Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan	12/22/2027	2,300	17
Denali Midco 2 LLC	2023 Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan 5	12/22/2027	9,867	(197)
Diligent Corporation	2016 Revolver	08/04/2025	523	—
Drake Software, LLC	Revolver	03/16/2026	1,431	—
Eagan Sub, Inc.	2023 Revolver	06/01/2029	2,267	—
Evergreen IX Borrower 2023 LLC	Revolver	10/01/2029	876	—
Galway Borrower, LLC	Revolver	09/30/2027	1,910	(10)
GC Waves Holdings, Inc.	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	08/11/2028	1,363	(7)
GI Apple Midco LLC	Revolver	04/19/2029	586	—
GI Apple Midco LLC	Delayed Draw Term Loan	04/19/2030	1,681	—
Global Music Rights	Revolver	08/27/2027	669	—
Groundworks, LLC	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	03/14/2030	269	—
Groundworks, LLC	2023 Revolver	03/14/2029	305	—
GS AcquisitionCo, Inc.	Revolver	05/22/2026	315	(2)
Higginbotham Insurance Agency, Inc.	2023 3rd Amendment Delayed Draw Term Loan	11/24/2028	5,478	(14)
Iconic Purchaser Corporation	Revolver	11/15/2027	527	(32)
IG Investment Holdings, LLC	2021 Revolver	09/22/2027	3,113	(8)
Integrity Marketing Acquisition, LLC	2023 Amendment No.14 Delayed Draw Term Loan	08/27/2026	229	(2)
Integrity Marketing Acquisition, LLC	2023 Amendment No.14 Revolver	08/27/2026	20	—
Kaseya, Inc.	2022 Delayed Draw Term Loan	06/25/2029	1,804	—
Kaseya, Inc.	2022 Revolver	06/25/2029	1,441	—
Kleinfelder Group, Inc.(The)	Revolver	08/04/2028	1,938	—
Kleinfelder Group, Inc.(The)	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	09/01/2030	2,907	—
Mammoth Holdings, LLC	2023 Revolver	11/15/2029	3,636	—
Mammoth Holdings, LLC	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	11/15/2030	7,273	—
Mantech International CP	Delayed Draw Term Loan	09/14/2029	3,081	—
Mantech International CP	Revolver A	09/14/2028	2,411	—
Meridian Adhesives Group, Inc.	2022 1st Lien Delayed Draw Term Loan	09/03/2029	763	8
Ministry Brands Purchaser, LLC	Revolver	12/30/2027	49	(1)
MRI Software LLC	2023 Incremental Revolver	02/10/2027	1,864	(33)
MRI Software LLC	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan 5	02/10/2027	18,636	(186)
New Look Vision Group, Inc.	CAD Revolver	05/26/2026	819	(229)
Next Holdco, LLC	Revolver	11/09/2029	1,153	—
Next Holdco, LLC	Delayed Draw Term Loan	11/12/2030	3,071	—
Nuevoco2, LLC	Delayed Draw Term Loan	06/01/2029	—	—
Ohio Transmission Corporation	2023 Revolver	12/19/2028	1,356	(14)

104

Investments— non-controlled/non-affiliated	Commitment Type	Commitment Expiration Date	Unfunded		Total Commitment Fair Value
Ohio Transmission Corporation	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	12/19/2030	2,035		(20)
Peter C. Foy & Associates Insurance Services, LLC	2021 1st Lien Revolver	11/01/2027	532		(5)
PetVet Care Centers, LLC	2023 Revolver	11/15/2029	3,258		(16)
PetVet Care Centers, LLC	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	11/15/2030	3,258		(16)
PPV Intermediate Holdings LLC	Revolver	08/31/2029	2,124		(11)
PPV Intermediate Holdings LLC	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	08/31/2029	3,229		—
PT Intermediate Holdings III, LLC	2023 Incremental Delayed Draw Term Loan	11/01/2028	345		—
Recorded Books Inc.	2023 Revolver	08/31/2028	1,340		(7)
Revalize, Inc.	Revolver	04/15/2027	197		(5)
RSC Acquisition, Inc.	2023 Delayed Draw Term Loan	11/01/2029	4,916		—
Sequa Corporation	2022 Revolver	11/23/2027	2,558		—
Spectrum Automotive Holdings, Corp.	2021 Delayed Draw Term Loan 1A	06/29/2028	892		(11)
Spectrum Automotive Holdings, Corp.	2021 Revolver	06/29/2027	727		(9)
TC Signature Holdings LLC	Delayed Draw Term Loan	03/31/2025	1,552		(16)
Wesco Group LLC	2022 USD Revolver	10/07/2027	1,069		(11)
Wesco Group LLC	CAD Incremental Revolver	10/16/2028	267		(67)
Total			$	174,734	$	(1,381)

(7)Assets or a portion thereof are pledged as collateral for the TRP OHA SPV Funding I, LLC. See Note 6 “Debt”.

(8)Position or portion thereof unsettled as of December 31, 2023.

(9)The investment is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Company may not acquire any non-qualifying asset unless, at the time of acquisition, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the Company’s total assets. As of December 31, 2023, non-qualifying assets totaled 3.0% of the Company’s total assets.

(10) As of December 31, 2023, the estimated net unrealized gain for federal tax purposes was $9.8 million based on a tax basis of $1,137.5 million. As of December 31, 2023, the estimated aggregate gross unrealized loss for federal income tax purposes was $7.6 million and the estimated aggregate gross unrealized gain for federal income tax purposes was $17.5 million.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Foreign currency forward contracts
Counterparty	Currency Purchased	Currency Sold	Settlement	Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)
State Street Bank & Trust Company	U.S. Dollar 24,356	Canadian Dollar 33,000	03/21/2024	$	(662)
State Street Bank & Trust Company	U.S. Dollar 7,948	Canadian Dollar 10,800	03/21/2024	(240)
State Street Bank & Trust Company	U.S. Dollar 6,289	Euro 5,800	03/21/2024	(146)
				$	(1,048)

105

T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund
Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2022
(in thousands)

Investments- non-controlled/ non-affiliated (1)	Reference Rate and Spread	Interest Rate (2)	Maturity Date	Par Amount/ Units		Cost (3)		Fair Value		% of Net Assets
Investments—   non-controlled/non-affiliated
First Lien Debt
Aerospace and Defense
Mantech International CP (5)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.43%	9/14/2029	$	3,111	$	3,080	$	3,049	6.14%
Mantech International CP (5)(6)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.43%	9/14/2029	—		(7)		(15)		(0.03)
Mantech International CP (5)(6)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.43%	9/14/2028	—		(4)		(8)		(0.02)
Sequa Corporation (5)(6)(8)	S + 7.00%	11.27%	11/15/2027	—		(25)		(25)		(0.05)
Sequa Corporation (5)(8)	S + 7.00%	11.27%	11/23/2028	5,493		5,220		5,218		10.50
						8,264		8,219		16.54
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber
Meridian Adhesives Group, Inc. (5)(8)	S + 7.00%	11.54%	9/3/2029	5,280		5,071		5,069		10.20
Meridian Adhesives Group, Inc. (5)(6)(8)	S + 7.00%	11.54%	9/3/2029	466		437		437		0.88
						5,508		5,506		11.08
Consumer Goods: Durable
Marcone Yellowstone Buyer, Inc. (5)(7)(8)	L + 6.25%	10.98%	6/23/2028	383		372		372		0.75
Marcone Yellowstone Buyer, Inc. (5)(7)(8)	L + 6.25%	10.98%	6/23/2028	2,650		2,571		2,571		5.17
Marcone Yellowstone Buyer, Inc. (5)(8)	S + 6.25%	10.90%	6/23/2028	1,629		1,581		1,580		3.18
Marcone Yellowstone Buyer, Inc. (5)(8)	L + 6.25%	10.90%	6/23/2028	883		857		856		1.72
						5,381		5,379		10.82
Finance
Spectrum Automotive Holdings, Corp. (5)(6)(8)	L + 5.75%	10.47%	6/29/2027	—		(3)		(3)		(0.01)
Spectrum Automotive Holdings, Corp. (5)(8)	L + 5.75%	10.48%	6/29/2028	2,998		2,909		2,908		5.85
Spectrum Automotive Holdings, Corp. (5)(6)(8)	L + 5.75%	10.47%	6/29/2028	590		564		565		1.14
						3,470		3,470		6.98
Healthcare, Education and   Childcare
Antylia Scientific (5)(6)(7)(8)	L + 5.50%	10.23%	10/31/2028	143		129		115		0.23
Antylia Scientific (5)(6)(8)	L + 5.50%	10.23%	10/31/2026	—		(5)		(9)		(0.02)
Antylia Scientific (5)(8)	L + 5.50%	10.23%	10/31/2028	2,290		2,245		2,203		4.43
CNSI Holdings, LLC (5)(8)	L + 6.50%	11.25%	12/15/2028	5,615		5,559		5,503		11.08
CNSI Holdings, LLC (5)(6)(8)	L + 6.50%	11.25%	12/17/2027	—		(8)		(17)		(0.03)
PPV Intermediate Holdings LLC (5)(7)(8)	S + 5.75%	9.77%	8/31/2029	1,234		1,209		1,203		2.42
PPV Intermediate Holdings LLC (5)(6)(8)	S + 5.75%	9.77%	8/31/2029	17		15		15		0.03
PPV Intermediate Holdings LLC (5)(6)(7)(8)	S + 5.75%	9.77%	8/31/2029	—		(4)		(6)		(0.01)
Touchstone Acquisition, Inc. (5)(7)(8)	L + 6.00%	10.55%	12/29/2028	3,860		3,765		3,764		7.57
						12,905		12,771		25.70
High Tech
Bottomline Technologies Inc (5)(8)	S + 5.50%	9.98%	5/14/2029	592		580		562		1.13
Bottomline Technologies Inc (5)(6)(8)	S + 5.50%	9.98%	5/15/2028	—		(1)		(3)		(0.01)
Calypso Technology Inc (5)(6)(8)	L + 6.00%	10.13%	12/3/2025	—		(2)		(4)		(0.01)
Calypso Technology Inc (5)(6)(8)	L + 6.00%	10.13%	12/3/2027	—		(2)		(3)		(0.01)

106

Investments- non-controlled/ non-affiliated (1)	Reference Rate and Spread	Interest Rate (2)	Maturity Date	Par Amount/ Units		Cost (3)		Fair Value		% of Net Assets
Calypso Technology Inc (5)(8)	L + 6.00%	10.13%	12/3/2027	$	1,234	$	1,207	$	1,185	2.39%
Community Brands Parentco, LLC (5)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.41%	2/24/2028	1,056		1,025		1,011		2.04
Community Brands Parentco, LLC   (5)(6)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.41%	2/24/2028	—		(4)		(5)		(0.01)
Community Brands Parentco, LLC   (5)(6)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.41%	2/24/2028	—		(2)		(3)		(0.01)
Kaseya, Inc. (5)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.33%	6/25/2029	3,469		3,400		3,365		6.77
Kaseya, Inc. (5)(6)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.33%	6/25/2029	—		(4)		(6)		(0.01)
Kaseya, Inc. (5)(6)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.33%	6/25/2029	—		(4)		(6)		(0.01)
Ministry Brands Purchaser, LLC (5)(7)(8)	L + 5.50%	10.07%	12/30/2028	928		901		889		1.79
Ministry Brands Purchaser, LLC (5)(6)(8)	L + 5.50%	10.07%	12/29/2028	—		(9)		(13)		(0.03)
Ministry Brands Purchaser, LLC (5)(6)(8)	L + 5.50%	10.07%	12/30/2027	—		(3)		(4)		(0.01)
Revalize, Inc. (5)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.46%	4/15/2027	104		103		101		0.20
Revalize, Inc. (5)(6)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.46%	4/15/2027	—		(1)		(2)		—
Revalize, Inc. (5)(7)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.48%	4/15/2027	470		466		456		0.92
						7,650		7,520		15.13
Insurance
Alera Group Holdings, Inc. (5)(8)	S + 6.00%	10.66%	10/2/2028	859		850		816		1.64
Alera Group Holdings, Inc. (5)(8)	S + 6.00%	10.66%	10/2/2028	3,022		2,992		2,871		5.78
Peter C. Foy & Associates Insurance Services, LLC (5)(7)(8)	L + 6.00%	11.21%	11/1/2028	2,933		2,875		2,874		5.78
Peter C. Foy & Associates Insurance Services, LLC (5)(8)	L + 6.00%	11.21%	11/1/2028	832		816		815		1.64
Peter C. Foy & Associates Insurance Services, LLC (5)(6)(8)	L + 6.00%	11.21%	11/1/2027	—		(3)		(3)		—
						7,530		7,373		14.84
Media: Diversified & Production
The NPD Group, Inc. (5)(8)	L + 5.75%	10.32%	12/1/2028	3,385		3,285		3,284		6.61
The NPD Group, Inc. (5)(6)(8)	L + 5.75%	10.32%	12/1/2027	28		21		21		0.04
						3,306		3,305		6.65
Services: Business
IG Investment Holdings, LLC (5)(7)(8)	L + 6.00%	10.83%	9/22/2027	112		107		107		0.21
IG Investment Holdings, LLC (5)(7)(8)	L + 6.00%	10.83%	9/22/2028	3,579		3,507		3,507		7.06
						3,614		3,614		7.27
Services: Consumer
Crash Champions, LLC (5)(7)(8)	S + 7.00%	11.55%	8/1/2029	1,628		1,563		1,579		3.18
Crash Champions, LLC (5)(6)(8)	S + 6.25%	10.79%	8/1/2028	—		(22)		(31)		(0.06)
Crash Champions, LLC (5)(7)(8)	S + 6.25%	10.79%	8/1/2029	3,814		3,661		3,700		7.44
Nuevoco2, LLC (5)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.29%	6/1/2029	1,565		1,534		1,534		3.09
Nuevoco2, LLC (5)(6)(8)	S + 5.75%	10.29%	6/1/2029	366		350		350		0.70
						7,086		7,132		14.35
Automobile
NCWS Intermediate, Inc. (5)(8)	L + 6.00%	10.57%	12/29/2026	347		344		337		0.68
NCWS Intermediate, Inc. (5)(6)(8)	L + 6.00%	10.57%	12/29/2026	2,421		2,397		2,348		4.72
NCWS Intermediate, Inc. (5)(6)(8)	L + 6.00%	10.57%	12/29/2026	—		(1)		(3)		(0.01)
						2,740		2,682		5.39
Total First Lien Debt						$	67,454	$	66,971	134.75%
Second Lien Debt

107

Investments- non-controlled/ non-affiliated (1)	Reference Rate and Spread	Interest Rate (2)	Maturity Date	Par Amount/ Units		Cost (3)		Fair Value		% of Net Assets
Capital Equipment
Star US Bidco LLC (5)(8)	S + 8.00%	12.67%	3/17/2028	$	3,547	$	3,494	$	3,476	6.99%
						3,494		3,476		6.99
High Tech
Imprivata, Inc (5)(8)	S + 6.25%	10.57%	12/1/2028	1,366		1,298		1,311		2.64
						1,298		1,311		2.64
Total Second Lien Debt						$	4,792	$	4,787	9.63%
Total Investments—non-controlled/non-affiliated						$	72,246	$	71,758	144.40%
Total Portfolio Investments						$	72,246	$	71,758	144.40%

(1)Unless otherwise indicated, issuers of debt investments held by the Company (which such term “Company” shall include the Company’s subsidiaries for purposes of this Schedule of Investments) are denominated in dollars. All debt investments are income producing unless otherwise indicated.

(2)Variable rate loans to the portfolio companies bear interest at a rate that is determined by reference to either LIBOR (“L”) or SOFR including SOFR adjustment, if any, (“S”), which generally resets periodically. L and S loans are typically indexed to 12 month, 6 month, 3 month or 1 month L or S rates. As of December 31, 2022, rates for the 3 month and 1 month L are 4.77% and 4.39%, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, the rates for the 3 month and 1 month S were 3.62% and 4.06%, respectively.

(3)The cost represents the original cost adjusted for the amortization of discounts and premiums, as applicable, on debt investments using the effective interest method in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

(4)The investment is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Company may not acquire any non-qualifying asset unless, at the time of acquisition, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the Company’s total assets. As of December 31, 2022, non-qualifying assets totaled 0.0% of the Company’s total assets.

(5)Investment valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3). See Note 5.

(6)Position or portion thereof is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned on the unfunded portion, although the investment may be subject to unused commitment fees. Negative cost and fair value results from unamortized fees, which are capitalized to the investment cost. The unfunded loan commitment may be subject to a commitment termination date that may expire prior to the maturity date stated. See below for more information on the Company’s unfunded commitments:

108

Investments— non-controlled/non-affiliated	Commitment Type	Commitment Expiration Date	Unfunded		Total Commitment Fair Value
Antylia Scientific	Delayed Draw Term Loan	06/25/2029	$	588	$	115
Antylia Scientific	Revolver	02/24/2028	244		(9)
Bottomline Technologies Inc	Revolver	11/15/2027	49		(3)
Calypso Technology Inc	Revolver	12/17/2027	88		(4)
Calypso Technology Inc	Delayed Draw Term Loan	12/01/2027	81		(3)
CNSI Holdings, LLC	Revolver	08/01/2028	842		(17)
Community Brands Parentco, LLC	Delayed Draw Term Loan	02/24/2028	125		(5)
Community Brands Parentco, LLC	Revolver	09/14/2028	63		(3)
Crash Champions, LLC	Revolver	10/31/2026	558		(31)
Kaseya, Inc.	Delayed Draw Term Loan	05/15/2028	211		(6)
Kaseya, Inc.	Revolver	04/15/2027	211		(6)
IG Investment Holdings, LLC	Revolver	09/22/2027	170		107
Mantech International CP	Delayed Draw Term Loan	06/29/2028	761		(15)
Mantech International CP	Revolver	09/03/2029	383		(8)
Meridian Adhesives Group, Inc.	Delayed Draw Term Loan	12/03/2027	254		437
Ministry Brands Purchaser, LLC	Revolver	12/30/2028	90		(4)
Ministry Brands Purchaser, LLC	Delayed Draw Term Loan	12/30/2028	299		(13)
NCWS Intermediate, Inc.	Delayed Draw Term Loan	12/29/2026	10		2,348
NCWS Intermediate, Inc.	Delayed Draw Term Loan	08/31/2029	118		(3)
Nuevoco2, LLC	Delayed Draw Term Loan	06/25/2029	418		350
Peter C. Foy & Associates Insurance   Services, LLC	Revolver	06/07/2029	137		(3)
PPV Intermediate Holdings LLC	Revolver	10/31/2028	80		15
PPV Intermediate Holdings LLC	Delayed Draw Term Loan	06/29/2027	316		(6)
Revalize, Inc.	Revolver	09/14/2029	70		(2)
Sequa Corporation	Revolver	12/30/2027	507		(25)
Spectrum Automotive Holdings, Corp.	Delayed Draw Term Loan	12/03/2025	243		565
Spectrum Automotive Holdings, Corp.	Revolver	11/01/2027	112		(3)
The NPD Group, Inc.	Revolver	08/31/2029	205		21
Total			$	7,233	$	3,789

(7)Position or portion thereof unsettled as of December 31, 2022.

(8)Loan includes interest rate floor feature.

109

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Note 1. Organization

T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund (the “Company” or “OCREDIT”), was initially formed on December 16, 2021 as a Delaware limited liability company and subsequently converted into a Delaware statutory trust on March 2, 2022. OHA Private Credit Advisors, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser of the Company. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Company is a closed-end investment company that has filed an election to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

The Company's investment objective is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns, predominately in the form of current income, with select investments capturing long-term capital appreciation, while maintaining a strong focus on downside protection. The Company invests primarily in directly originated and customized private financing solutions, including loans and other debt securities with a strong focus on senior secured lending to larger companies. The Company primarily targets investments in first lien loans, unitranche loans, second lien loans and other corporate secured debt. The Company may also invest in equity interests such as common stock, preferred stock, warrants or options, which generally would be obtained as part of providing a broader financing solution. Under normal circumstances, the Company will invest directly or indirectly at least 80% of its total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in private credit.

The Company will offer on a continuous basis up to $2.5 billion of common shares of beneficial interest pursuant to an offering registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Offering”). The Company will offer to sell any combination of three classes of common shares, Class S shares, Class D shares, and Class I shares, with a dollar value up to the maximum offering amount. The share classes will have different ongoing shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees. The initial purchase price for the common shares of beneficial interest was $25.00 per share. Thereafter, the purchase price per share for each class of common shares equals the net asset value (“NAV”) per share, as of the effective date of the monthly share purchase date. T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc., the managing dealer (the “Managing Dealer”) will use its best efforts to sell shares but is not obligated to purchase or sell any specific amount of shares in the Offering. The Company may also engage in private offerings of its common shares. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had 25,158,870 and 2,000,000, respectively, of Class I shares issued and outstanding, and received net proceeds of $678.9 million and $50.0 million, respectively, as payment for such shares. There were no Class S shares or Class D shares issued and outstanding as of such dates.

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company is an investment company and accordingly will follow the investment company accounting and reporting guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946, Financial Services – Investment Companies. These consolidated financial statements reflect adjustments that in the opinion of management are necessary for the fair statement of the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented herein. The Company commenced operations on November 14, 2022 (commencement of operations) and its fiscal year ends on December 31.

Basis of Consolidation

 The Company is an investment company and, therefore, applies the specialized accounting and reporting guidance in ASC 946, Financial Services – Investment Companies. As provided under ASC 946, the Company will not consolidate its investment in a company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to the Company.

The Company consolidated the results of its wholly-owned subsidiary, TRP OHA SPV Funding I, LLC. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities

110

at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash represent cash held in banks, cash on hand, and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company may have bank balances in excess of federally insured amounts; however, the Company deposits its cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash with high credit-quality institutions to minimize credit risk exposure. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had $4.8 million and $0.0 million of restricted cash, respectively. Restricted cash is collected and held by the trustee who has been appointed as custodian of the assets securing certain of the Company's financing transactions. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, approximately $1.2 million and $0.0 million of the cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash balances were denominated in a foreign currency, respectively.

Investment Related Transactions, Revenue Recognition and Expenses

Investment transactions and the related revenue and expenses are recorded on a trade-date basis. Realized gains or losses are recorded upon the sale or liquidation of investments and are calculated as the difference between the net proceeds from the sale or liquidation, if any, and the cost basis of the investment using the specific identification method. Unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflects the difference between the fair value of the investments and the cost basis of the investments. Interest income is recorded on an accrual basis and includes the accretion of discounts and amortizations of premiums. Discounts from and premiums to par value on debt investments purchased are accreted/amortized into interest income over the life of the respective security using the effective interest method. Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized fees and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income.

In the general course of its business, the Company receives certain fees from portfolio companies, which are non-recurring in nature. Such fees include loan prepayment penalties, structuring fees and loan waiver amendment fees, and commitment fees, and are recorded as other income in investment income when earned.

Certain investments may have contractual payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest. PIK represents accrued interest that is added to the principal amount of the investment on the interest payment date rather than being paid in cash and generally becomes due at maturity or upon the investment being called by the issuer. PIK is recorded as interest income.

Expenses are recorded on an accrual basis.

Non-Accrual Loans

Loans or debt securities are placed on non-accrual status when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected. Accrued interest generally is reversed when a loan or debt security is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans or debt securities may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans and debt securities are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest are paid and, in management’s judgment, principal and interest payments are likely to remain current. The Company may make exceptions to this treatment if a loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 there were no loans placed on non-accrual status.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

Pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, the Company's board of trustees (the “Board”) designated the Adviser as the Company’s “valuation designee” to determine the valuation of the Company’s investments. The Adviser values the investments owned by the Company in accordance with the Adviser’s valuation policies and procedures, subject at all times to the oversight of the Board. The Adviser values the Company’s investments in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”), which defines fair value as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the applicable measurement date. ASC 820 prioritizes the use of observable market prices derived from such prices over entity-specific inputs. Due to the inherent uncertainties of valuation, certain estimated fair values may differ significantly from the values that would have been realized had a ready market for these investments existed, and these differences could be material.

Investments that are listed or traded on an exchange and are freely transferable are valued at either the closing price (in the case of securities and futures) or the mean of the closing bid and offer (in the case of options) on the principal exchange

111

on which the investment is listed or traded. Investments for which other market quotations are readily available will typically be valued at such market quotations. Market quotations are obtained from an independent pricing service, where available. If a price cannot be obtained from an independent pricing service or if the independent pricing service is not deemed to be current with the market, certain investments held by the Company will be valued on the basis of prices provided by principal market makers or primary market dealers. Generally, investments marked in this manner will be marked at the mean of the bid and ask of the independent broker quotes obtained. To validate market quotations, the Company utilizes a number of factors to determine if the quotations are representative of fair value, including the source and number of quotations. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available will be valued at a price that reflects such security’s fair value, as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by, and under the oversight of, the Board, based on, among other things, the input of the Adviser, the Audit Committee and independent valuation firms engaged at the direction of the Board to review the Company’s investments.

With respect to unquoted portfolio investments, the Company will value each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, and other factors. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, the Company will use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate and/or assist in valuation.

With respect to the valuation of investments, the Company undertakes a multi-step valuation process in connection with determining the fair value of its investments for which reliable market quotations are not readily available, which includes, among other procedures, the following:

•The valuation process begins with each investment being preliminarily valued by the Adviser’s valuation team in consultation with the Adviser’s investment professionals responsible for each portfolio investment;

•Generally, investments that constitute a material portion of the Company’s portfolio are periodically reviewed by independent valuation firms. The independent valuation firms provide a final range of values on such investments to the Adviser. The independent valuation firms also provide analyses to support their valuation methodology and calculations;

•The Adviser’s valuation committee with respect to the Company (the “Valuation Committee”) reviews each valuation recommendation to confirm they have been calculated in accordance with the Company’s valuation policy and when applicable, compares such valuations to the independent valuation firms’ valuation ranges to ensure the Adviser’s valuations are reasonable; 

•The Adviser’s Valuation Committee then determines fair value marks for each of the Company’s portfolio investments; and

•The Board and Audit Committee periodically review the valuation process and provide oversight in accordance with the requirements of Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act.

As part of the valuation process, the Company will take into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of the Company’s investments for which reliable market quotations are not readily available, many of which are loans, including and in combination, as relevant: the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company, analysis of discounted cash flows, publicly traded comparable companies and comparable transactions; the nature and realizable value of any collateral; the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow; the markets in which the portfolio company does business; and overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future.

The Company has and will continue to engage independent valuation firms to provide assistance regarding the determination of the fair value of the Company’s portfolio securities for which market quotations are not readily available or are readily available but deemed not reflective of the fair value of the investment, and the Adviser and the Company may reasonably rely on that assistance. However, the Adviser is responsible for the ultimate valuation of the portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to the Company’s valuation policy, the Board’s oversight and a consistently applied valuation process.

The Company applies ASC 820, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP and required disclosures of fair value measurements. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company determines the fair value of investments consistent with its valuation policy. The Company discloses the fair value of its

112

investments in a hierarchy which prioritizes and ranks the level of market observability used in the determination of fair value. In accordance with ASC 820, these levels are summarized below:

•Level 1 — Valuations based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

•Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

•Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

A financial instrument’s level within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuations of Level 2 investments are generally based on quotations received from pricing services, dealers or brokers where there is sufficient quote depth. Consideration is given to the source and nature of the quotations and the relationship of recent market activity to the quotations provided.

Transfers between levels, if any, are recognized at the beginning of the reporting period in which the transfers occur. The Company evaluates the source of inputs used in the determination of fair value, including any markets in which the investments, or similar investments, are trading. When the fair value of an investment is determined using inputs from a pricing service (or principal market makers), the Company considers various criteria in determining whether the investment should be classified as a Level 2 or Level 3 investment. Criteria considered includes the pricing methodologies of the pricing services (or principal market makers) to determine if the inputs to the valuation are observable or unobservable, as well as the number of prices obtained and an assessment of the quality of the prices obtained. The level of an investment within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. However, the determination of what constitutes “observable” requires significant judgment.

The fair value assigned to these investments is based upon available information and may fluctuate from period to period. In addition, it does not necessarily represent the amount that might ultimately be realized upon sale. Due to inherent uncertainty of valuation, the estimated fair value of investments may differ from the value that would have been used had a ready market for the security existed, and the difference could be material.

Receivables/Payables From Investments Sold/Purchased

Receivables/payables from investments sold/purchased consist of amounts receivable to or payable by the Company for transactions that have not settled at the reporting date. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had $9.0 million and $0.1 million of receivables for investments sold, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had $0.2 million and $10.9 million of payables for investments purchased, respectively.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Amounts denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars on the following basis: (i) investments and other assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars based upon currency exchange rates effective on the last business day of the period; and (ii) purchases and sales of investments, borrowings and repayments of such borrowings, income, and expenses denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars based upon currency exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates.

The Company includes net changes in fair values on investments held resulting from foreign exchange rate fluctuations in translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currencies on the Statement of Operations, if any. Foreign security and currency translations may involve certain considerations and risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies and U.S. government securities. These risks include, but are not limited to, currency fluctuations and revaluations and future adverse political, social and economic developments, which could cause investments in foreign markets to be less liquid and prices more volatile than those of comparable U.S. companies or U.S. government securities.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

The Company may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to reduce the exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations of the Company and its shareholders. In a foreign currency forward contract, the Company agrees to receive or deliver a fixed quantity of one currency for another, at a pre-determined price at a future date. Forward foreign currency contracts are marked-to-market at the applicable forward rate. Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency forward contracts is recorded on the statements of assets and liabilities on a gross basis, not taking into account collateral

113

posted which is recorded separately, if applicable. Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contract assets and liabilities are presented separately on the schedules of investments. Purchases and settlements of foreign currency forward contracts having the same settlement date and counterparty are generally settled net and any realized gains or losses are recognized on the settlement date.

Organization and Offering Expenses

The Adviser agreed to incur organizational and offering costs on behalf of the Company and did not seek reimbursement of incurred organizational and offering costs until the Company elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act on June 30, 2023. Following June 30, 2023, the Adviser has sought reimbursement of allocated organizational and offering costs from the Company.

Organizational costs, primarily for legal expenses associated with the establishment of the Company, are expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the Company had incurred organizational costs of $0.1 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

Costs associated with the offering of common shares of the Company will be capitalized as deferred offering expenses and included as a deferred offering cost asset on the Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities and amortized over a twelve-month period from incurrence. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had capitalized $1.7 million and $0.0 million of offering costs, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the Company had incurred amortization of deferred offering costs of $1.1 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company was a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes until June 29, 2023, when it became a C Corporation. The Company elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act on June 30, 2023. In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, beginning with its fiscal year (or period) ending December 31, 2023. So long as the Company maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its shareholders as distributions. Rather, any tax liability related to income earned and distributed by the Company would represent obligations of the Company’s investors and would not be reflected in the financial statements of the Company. Income or loss earned by the Company prior to the period in which it intends to elect to be treated as a RIC is not attributable to the shareholders of the RIC. As such, income or loss from this period is excluded from the RIC's taxable income calculation.

To qualify for and maintain qualification as a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment, the Company must distribute to its shareholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” for that year, which is generally its ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of its realized net short-term capital gains over its realized net long-term capital losses.

In addition, based on the excise tax distribution requirements, the Company is subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on undistributed income unless the Company distributes in a timely manner in each taxable year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in prior years. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Company that is subject to corporate income tax is considered to have been distributed. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company incurred excise tax of $0.3 million. The Company did not incur excise tax for the period ended December 31, 2022.

The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing its consolidated financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are "more-likely-than-not" to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet the "“more-likely-than-not” threshold are reserved and recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. All penalties and interest associated with income taxes are included in income tax expense. Conclusions regarding tax positions are subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof. There were no material uncertain tax positions through December 31, 2023. As applicable, the Company’s prior year remains subject to examination by U.S. federal, state and local tax authorities.

114

Distributions

Distributions to shareholders will be recorded on the record date. The amount to be distributed, if any, will be determined by the Board each month, and is generally based upon the earnings estimated by the Adviser. As of June 30, 2023, the Company has made the election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and intends to distribute net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses), if any, monthly out of the assets legally available for such distributions. However, the Company may decide in the future to retain such capital gains for investment, incur a corporate-level tax on such capital gains, and elect to treat such capital gains as deemed distributions to shareholders.

Distribution Reinvestment Plan

The Company has adopted a distribution reinvestment plan that provides for the reinvestment of cash distributions. Shareholders who have not opted out of the Company's distribution reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares, rather than receiving the cash distribution.

New Accounting Pronouncements

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all accounting standard updates (“ASU”) issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. The Company has assessed currently issued ASUs and has determined that they are not applicable or expected to have minimal impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3. Fees, Expenses, Agreements and Related Party Transactions

Investment Advisory Agreement

On November 10, 2022, the Company entered into an investment advisory agreement with the Adviser (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”), pursuant to which the Adviser manages the Company on a day-to-day basis. The Adviser is responsible for originating prospective investments, conducting research and due diligence investigations on potential investments, analyzing investment opportunities, negotiating and structuring the Company’s investments and monitoring its investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis.

The Investment Advisory Agreement is effective for an initial two-year term and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board or by the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the independent trustees. The Company may terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related SEC guidance and interpretations.

The Company pays the Adviser a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components: a management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by the shareholders. Substantial additional fees and expenses may also be charged by OHA Private Credit Advisors L.P., in its capacity as the administrator to the Company (the “Administrator”).

Management Fee

The management fee will be payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate of 1.25% of the value of the Company's net assets as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the applicable month. For purposes of the Investment Advisory Agreement, net assets means the Company's total assets less the fair value of its liabilities, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. For the first calendar month in which the Company has operations, net assets will be measured as the beginning net assets as of the date on which the Company breaks escrow.

For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the Adviser agreed not to charge the Company a management fee until the Company elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act on June 30, 2023. The Adviser has further agreed to waive its management fee until the date immediately after the first six months following the date on which the Company’s registration statement became effective. For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the Company incurred management fees of $2.5 million and $0.0 million respectively, all of which have been waived.

115

Incentive Fee

The incentive fee consists of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. A portion of the incentive fee is based on a percentage of the Company's income and a portion is based on a percentage of the Company's capital gains, each as described below.

Incentive Fee Based on Income

The first part of the incentive fee will be based on income, whereby the Company pays the Adviser quarterly in arrears 12.5% of its Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns (as defined below) for the relevant calendar quarter subject to a 1.25% per quarter (5.0% annualized) hurdle rate (the “Hurdle Rate”). “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns” means dividends, cash interest or other distributions or other cash income and any third-party fees received from portfolio companies (such as upfront fees, commitment fees, origination fee, amendment fees, ticking fees and break-up fees, as well as prepayments premiums, but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance and fees earned by the Adviser or an affiliate in its capacity as an administrative agent, syndication agent, collateral agent, loan servicer or other similar capacity) accrued during the month, minus operating expenses for the month (including the management fee, taxes, any expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and an administration agreement with the Administrator (the “Administration Agreement”), any expense of securitizations, and interest expense or other financing fees and any dividends paid on preferred shares, but excluding the incentive fee and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest and zero-coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

The Company pays the Adviser an incentive fee with respect to the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns as follows:

•No incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in any calendar year in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns does not exceed the Hurdle Rate;

•100% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than a rate of return of 1.43% (5.72% annualized). This portion of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns (which exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 1.43%) is referred to as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with approximately 12.5% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns as if a Hurdle Rate did not apply if Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns exceeds 5.72% in any calendar year; and

•12.5% of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, if any, that exceeds 1.43% in any calendar year, which reflects that once the Hurdle Rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 12.5% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns is paid to the Adviser.

Incentive Fee Based on Capital Gains

The second component of the incentive fee, the capital gains incentive fee, is payable at the end of each calendar year in arrears. The amount payable equals:

•12.5% of cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fee on capital gains as calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the Adviser agreed not to charge the Company an incentive fee until the Company elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act on June 30, 2023. The Adviser has further agreed to waive its incentive fee until the date immediately after the first six months following the date on which the Company’s registration statement became effective. For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the Company incurred income incentive fees of $4.2 million and $0.0 million, respectively, all of which have been waived. For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the Company incurred no capital gains incentive fees.

116

Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement

On August 17, 2023, the Company entered into an expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement with the Adviser (the “Expense Support Agreement”). Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, on a monthly basis, the Adviser is obligated to advance all of the Company’s Other Operating Expenses (as defined hereafter) (each, a “Required Expense Payment”) to the extent that such expenses exceed 1.00% (on an annualized basis) of the Company’s NAV.

“Other Operating Expenses” means the Company’s total organization and offering expenses, professional fees, trustee fees, administration fees, and other general and administrative expenses (including the Company’s allocable portion of compensation (including salaries, bonuses and benefits), Overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, excluding base management and incentive fees owed to the Adviser, shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees, interest expense, financing fees and costs, interest expense and extraordinary expenses).

Any Required Expense Payment must be paid by the Adviser to the Company in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds and/or offset against amounts due from the Company to the Adviser or its affiliates.

The Adviser may elect to pay certain additional expenses on behalf of the Company (each, a “Voluntary Expense Payment” and together with a Required Expense Payment, the “Expense Payments”), provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest expense or distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees of the Company. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser has committed to pay must be paid by the Adviser to the Company in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment was made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from the Company to the Adviser or its affiliates.

Following any calendar month in which Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to the Company’s shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar month (the amount of such excess being hereinafter referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), the Company shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof, to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar month have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by the Company shall be referred to herein as a “Reimbursement Payment.”

“Available Operating Funds” means the sum of (i) the Company’s net investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains reduced by net long-term capital losses), (ii) the Company’s net capital gains (including the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to the Company on account of investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).

The Company’s obligation to make a Reimbursement Payment shall automatically become a liability of the Company on the last business day of the applicable calendar month, except to the extent the Adviser has waived its right to receive such payment for the applicable month.

For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the Adviser made $0.3 million and $0.0 million, respectively, Expense Payments on behalf of the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the Company made no Reimbursement Payments to the Adviser. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had a receivable of $0.1 million from the Adviser for expense support payments which offsets accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities.

Administration Agreement

Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator provides, or oversees the performance of, administrative and compliance services, including, but not limited to, maintaining financial records, overseeing the calculation of NAV, compliance monitoring (including diligence and oversight of the Company's other service providers), preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC and other regulators, preparing materials and coordinating meetings of the Company's Board, managing the payment of expenses, the payment and receipt of funds for investments and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others and providing office space, equipment and office services. The Company will reimburse the Administrator for the reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. Such reimbursement will include the Company’s allocable portion of compensation, Overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) the Company’s chief

117

compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for the Company; and (iii) any internal audit group personnel of OHA or any of its affiliates, subject to the limitations described in Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and the Company will reimburse the Administrator for any services performed for the Company by such affiliate or third party. The Administrator has hired a sub-administrator to assist in the provision of administrative services. The sub-administrator will receive compensation for its sub-administrative services under a sub-administration agreement.

The amount of the reimbursement payable to the Administrator will be the lesser of (1) the Administrator’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that the Company estimates it would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. The Administrator will be required to allocate the cost of such services to the Company based on factors such as assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. The Company will not reimburse the Administrator for any services for which it receives a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of the Administrator.

The Company incurred expenses related to the Administrator of $0.0 million and $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, respectively, which is included in administrative service expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, there were no expenses related to the Administrator that were payable and included in “accrued expenses and other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities.

The sub-administrator is compensated for performing its sub-administrative services under the sub-administration agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the Company incurred expenses related to the sub-administrator of $0.6 million and $0.0 million, respectively, which is included in administrative service expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and the payable included in “accrued expenses and other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities.

Managing Dealer Agreement

On August 18, 2023, the Company entered into a managing dealer agreement (the “Managing Dealer Agreement”) with the Managing Dealer. Under the terms of the Managing Dealer Agreement, the Managing Dealer will serve as the managing dealer for the Offering. The Managing Dealer receives distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees monthly in arrears at an annual rate of 0.85% and 0.25% of the value of the Company’s net assets attributable to Class S shares and Class D shares as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month, respectively. No distribution and/or shareholding servicing fees will be paid with respect to Class I shares. The distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees will be payable to the Managing Dealer, but the Managing Dealer anticipates that all or a portion of the shareholder servicing fees will be retained by, or reallowed (paid) to, participating broker-dealers. The Company or the Adviser may also pay directly, or reimburse the Managing Dealer if the Managing Dealer pays on the Company’s behalf, any organization and offering expenses (other than any upfront selling commissions and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees), placement fees or brokerage commissions and certain other fees and expenses.

The Company will cease paying the distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees on the Class S shares and Class D shares on the earlier to occur of the following: (i) a listing of Class I shares, (ii) a merger or consolidation with or into another entity, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (iii) the date following the completion of the primary portion of the Offering on which, in the aggregate, underwriting compensation from all sources in connection with the Offering, including the distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees and other underwriting compensation, is equal to 10% of the gross proceeds from the Offering.

In addition, at the end of the month in which the Managing Dealer in conjunction with the transfer agent determines that total transaction or other fees, including upfront placement fees or brokerage commissions, and shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees paid with respect to any single share held in a shareholder’s account would exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the gross proceeds from the sale of such share (or a lower limit as determined by the Managing Dealer or the applicable selling agent), the Company will cease paying the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee on either (i) each such share that would exceed such limit or (ii) all Class S shares and Class D shares in such shareholder’s account. At the end of such month, the applicable Class S shares and Class D shares in such shareholder’s account will convert into a number of Class I shares (including any fractional shares), with an equivalent aggregate NAV as such Class S and Class D shares.

118

The Managing Dealer is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA.

The Managing Dealer Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Company’s trustees who are not “interested persons”, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Company and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Company’s distribution plan or the Managing Dealer Agreement or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, on not more than 60 days’ written notice to the Managing Dealer or the Adviser. The Managing Dealer Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act.

Either party may terminate the Managing Dealer Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party or immediately upon notice to the other party in the event such other party failed to comply with a material provision of the Managing Dealer Agreement. The Company’s obligations under the Managing Dealer Agreement to pay the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to the Class S and Class D shares distributed shall survive termination of the agreement until such shares are no longer outstanding (including such shares that have been converted into Class I shares, as described above).

Distribution and Servicing Plan

The Board approved a distribution and servicing plan (the “Distribution and Servicing Plan”) for the Company. The following table shows the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees the Company pays the Managing Dealer with respect to the Class S, Class D and Class I shares, on an annualized basis as a percentage of the Company’s NAV for such class.

	Shareholder Servicing and/or Distribution Fee as a % of NAV
Class S shares	0.85%
Class D shares	0.25%
Class I shares	—%

The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears, calculated using the NAV of the applicable class as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month and subject to FINRA and other limitations on underwriting compensation.

The Managing Dealer will reallow (pay) all or a portion of the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to participating brokers and servicing brokers for ongoing shareholder services performed by such brokers, and will waive shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees to the extent a broker is not eligible to receive it for failure to provide such services. Because the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees with respect to Class S or Class D shares are calculated based on the aggregate net asset value for all of the outstanding shares of each such class, it reduces the net asset value with respect to all shares of each such class, including shares issued under the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan.

Eligibility to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee is conditioned on a broker providing the following ongoing services with respect to the Class S or Class D shares: assistance with recordkeeping, answering investor inquiries regarding the Company, including regarding distribution payments and reinvestments, helping investors understand their investments upon their request, and assistance with share repurchase requests. If the applicable broker is not eligible to receive the shareholder servicing and/or distribution fee due to failure to provide these services, the Managing Dealer will waive the shareholder servicing fee and/or distribution that broker would have otherwise been eligible to receive. The shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees are ongoing fees that are not paid at the time of purchase.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company accrued no distribution and shareholder servicing fees for Class S and Class D shares.

119

Note 4. Investments

The composition of the Company’s investment portfolio at cost and fair value as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was as follows:

	December 31, 2023
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		% of Total Investments at Fair Value
First Lien Debt	$	1,029,099	$	1,043,304	90.8%
Second Lien Debt	102,627		105,108		9.2%
Total	$	1,131,726	$	1,148,412	100.0%

	December 31, 2022
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		% of Total Investments at Fair Value
First Lien Debt	$	67,454	$	66,971	93.3%
Second Lien Debt	$	4,792	4,787		6.7%
Total	$	72,246	$	71,758	100.0%

The industry composition of investments based on fair value as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was as follows:

	December 31, 2023
High Tech	17.6%
Healthcare, Education and Childcare	14.4%
Services: Consumer	10.7%
Automobile	8.6%
Services: Business	7.9%
Insurance	7.6%
Aerospace and Defense	6.1%
Retail Stores	4.3%
Finance	3.3%
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber	3.0%
Consumer Goods: Durable	2.9%
Media: Diversified & Production	2.9%
Capital Equipment	2.5%
Buildings and Real Estate	2.4%
Cargo Transport	2.3%
Printing and Publishing	1.4%
Broadcasting and Entertainment	0.7%
Construction & Building	0.5%
Containers, Packaging and Glass	0.5%
Banking	0.2%
Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals	0.2%
Technology & Electronics	—%
Total	100.0%

120

	December 31, 2022
Healthcare, Education and Childcare	17.8%
High Tech	12.3%
Aerospace and Defense	11.5%
Insurance	10.3%
Services: Consumer	9.9%
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber	7.7%
Consumer Goods: Durable	7.5%
Services: Business	5.1%
Capital Equipment	4.8%
Finance	4.8%
Media: Diversified & Production	4.6%
Automobile	3.7%
Total	100.0%

The geographic composition of investments at cost and fair value as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was as follows:

	December 31, 2023
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		% of Total Investments at Fair Value	Fair Value as % of Net Assets
United States	$	1,118,457	$	1,134,753	98.8%	161.1%
Canada	7,297		7,462		0.7%	1.0%
Switzerland	5,972		6,197		0.5%	0.9%
Total	$	1,131,726	$	1,148,412	100.0%	163.0%

	December 31, 2022
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		% of Total Investments at Fair Value		Fair Value as % of Net Assets
United States	$	72,246	$	71,758	100.0	%	144.4	%
Total	$	72,246	$	71,758	100.0	%	144.4	%

Note 5.  Fair Value of Investments

The following tables present the fair value hierarchy of investments as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, categorized by the ASC 820 valuation hierarchy, as previously described:

	December 31, 2023
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
First Lien Debt	$	—	$	—	$	1,043,304	$	1,043,304
Second Lien Debt	—		32,557		72,551		105,108
Total	$	—	$	32,557	$	1,115,855	$	1,148,412

121

	December 31, 2022
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
First Lien Debt	$	—	$	—	$	66,971	$	66,971
Second Lien Debt	—		—		4,787		4,787
Total	$	—	$	—	$	71,758	$	71,758

The following tables present the change in the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 for which Level 3 inputs were used to determine the fair value:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
	First Lien Debt		Second Lien Debt		Total Investments
Fair value, beginning of period	$	66,971	$	4,787	$	71,758
Purchases of investments	988,658		70,911		1,059,569
Proceeds from principal repayments and sales of investments	(28,882)		(5,125)		(34,007)
Accretion of discount/amortization of premium	1,800		70		1,870
Net realized gain (loss)	50		—		50
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)	14,707		1,908		16,615
Transfers into Level 3 (1)	—		—		—
Transfers out of Level 3 (1)	—		—		—
Fair value, end of period	$	1,043,304	$	72,551	$	1,115,855
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) related to financial instruments still held as of December 31, 2023	$	14,875	$	1,890	$	16,765

(1)For the year ended December 31, 2023, there were no transfers into or out of Level 3.

	For the Period Ended December 31, 2022
	First Lien Debt		Second Lien Debt		Total Investments
Fair value, beginning of period	$	—	$	—	$
Purchases of investments	67,604		4,791		72,395
Proceeds from principal repayments and sales of investments	(175)		—		(175)
Accretion of discount/amortization of premium	16		2		18
Net realized gain (loss)	8		—		8
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)	(482)		(6)		(488)
Transfers into Level 3 (1)	—		—		—
Transfers out of Level 3 (1)	—		—		—
Fair value, end of period	$	66,971	$	4,787	$	71,758
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) related to financial instruments still held as of December 31, 2022	$	(482)	$	(6)	$	(488)

(1)For the period ended December 31, 2022, there were no transfers into or out of Level 3.

Significant Unobservable Inputs

In accordance with ASC 820, the following tables provide quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs of the Company’s Level 3 investments as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.  The tables

122

are not intended to be all-inclusive but instead capture the significant unobservable inputs relevant to the Company’s determination of fair value.

	December 31, 2023
	Fair Value		Valuation Techniques	Unobservable Input	Range/Input (Weighted Average)(1)
Assets:
First Lien Debt	$	982,114	Discounted cash flow	Comparative Yield	8.4% - 12.8% (10.1%)
First Lien Debt	61,190		Precedent Transaction	Transaction Price
Total First Lien Debt	1,043,304
Second Lien Debt	72,551		Discounted cash flow	Comparative Yield	10.0% - 13.1% (12.1%)
Total Second Lien Debt	72,551
Total	$	1,115,855

	December 31, 2022
	Fair Value		Valuation Techniques	Unobservable Input	Range/Input (Weighted Average)(1)
Assets:
First Lien Debt	$	66,971	Discounted cash flow	Comparative Yield	9.8% - 11.9% (10.8%)
Second Lien Debt	4,787		Discounted cash flow	Comparative Yield	12.4% (12.4%)
Total	$	71,758

(1) Weighted averages are calculated based on fair value of investments.

The Company used the income approach to determine the fair value of certain Level 3 assets as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. The significant unobservable inputs used in the income approach is the comparative yield and discount rate. The comparative yield and discount rate is used to discount the estimated future cash flows expected to be received from the underlying investment. An increase/decrease in the comparative yield or discount rate would result in a decrease/increase, respectively, in the fair value.

Financial instruments disclosed but not carried at fair value

The carrying values of the debt obligations (Note 6) generally approximate their respective fair values due to their variable interest rates. The fair value of these debt obligations would be categorized as Level 2 under the ASC 820-10 hierarchy.

The carrying value of other financial assets and liabilities approximates their fair value based on the short term nature of these items.

Note 6. Debt

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limitations, the Company is allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 150% after such borrowing. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company's asset coverage was 226.1% and 260.3%, respectively.

The following tables present the Company’s outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022:

123

	As of December 31, 2023
	Total Principal Amount Committed		Principal Amount Outstanding		Carrying Value (1)		Fair Value (2)
JPM Credit Facility	$	475,000	$	246,100	$	246,100	$	246,100
BNP Credit Facility	400,000		312,530		312,530		312,530
Total Debt	$	875,000	$	558,630	$	558,630	$	558,630

	As of December 31, 2022
	Total Principal Amount Committed		Principal Amount Outstanding		Carrying Value (1)		Fair Value (2)
JPM Credit Facility	$	50,000	$	31,000	$	31,000	$	31,000
Total Debt	$	50,000	$	31,000	$	31,000	$	31,000

(1)Carrying value of these debt obligations generally approximate fair value due to their variable interest rates.

(2)The fair value of these debt obligations would be categorized as Level 2 under ASC 820-10.

For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the Company had total average borrowings of $230.8 million at a weighted average interest rate of 8.0% and of $31.0 million at a weighted average interest rate of 6.3%, respectively.

A summary of contractual maturities of our debt obligations was as follows as of December 31, 2023:

	Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
JPM Credit Facility	$	246,100	$	—	$	—	$	246,100	$	—
BNP Credit Facility	312,530		—		—		312,530		—
Total Debt Obligations	$	558,630	$	—	$	—	$	558,630	$	—

JPM Credit Facility

On November 15, 2022, the Company entered into a senior secured revolving credit agreement (as amended, the “JPM Credit Agreement” or the “JPM Credit Facility”) as Borrower, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the lenders party thereto. The original facility amount under the JPM Credit Agreement was $50.0 million. On August 29, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No.1 (the “Amendment”) to the JPM Credit Agreement, and the amended facility amount under the Amendment is $475 million. The JPM Credit Facility includes customary affirmative and negative covenants, including certain limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, as well as usual and customary events of default for revolving credit facilities of this nature. As of December 31, 2023, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

Borrowings under the JPM Credit Facility bear interest at SOFR plus 1.875%. The Company pays an unused commitment fee of 37.5 basis points (0.375%) per annum. The stated maturity date was extended from November 15, 2027 to August 29, 2028 as part of the Amendment.

As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, there were $246.1 million and $31.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the JPM Credit Facility, respectively.

124

For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the components of interest expense related to the JPM Credit Facility were as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023		For the Period Ended December 31, 2022
Borrowing interest expense	$	5,743	$	103
Unused facility fee	445		18
Amortization of deferred financing costs	370		8
Total interest and debt financing expense	$	6,558	$	129

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the weighted average stated interest rate on the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding was 7.1%.

BNP Credit Facility

On June 30, 2023, the Company entered into an amended and restated revolving credit and security agreement (the “BNP Credit Agreement” or “BNP Credit Facility”) with the Company, as Equityholder, TRP OHA SPV Funding I, LLC, as Borrower, BNP Paribas (“BNP”), as Administrative Agent, TRP OHA Servicer I, LLC, as Servicer, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association (“BNYM”), as Collateral Agent, and the lenders party thereto. The facility amount under the BNP Credit Agreement is $400.0 million.

Proceeds of the loans under the BNP Credit Agreement may be used to acquire certain qualifying loans and such other uses as permitted under the BNP Credit Agreement. The period from the closing date until June 30, 2026 is referred to as the reinvestment period and during such reinvestment period, the Borrower may request drawdowns under the BNP Credit Agreement. The final maturity date is the earliest of: (a) the business day designated by the Borrower as the final maturity date upon not less than three business days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, the Custodian and the Collateral Administrator, (b) June 30, 2028, and (c) the date on which the Administrative Agent provides notice of the declaration of the final maturity date after the occurrence of an event of default. The Credit Agreement includes customary affirmative and negative covenants, including certain limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, as well as usual and customary events of default for revolving credit facilities of this nature. As of December 31, 2023, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.

Assets that are pledged as collateral for the BNP Credit Facility are not directly available to the creditors of the Company to satisfy any obligations of the Company other than the Company’s obligations under the BNP Revolving Credit Facility.

Borrowings under the BNP Credit Facility bear interest at SOFR plus 3.00%. The Company pays an unused commitment fee of 125 basis points (1.25%) if the unused amount is greater than 50% of the facility amount, 100 basis points (1.00%) if the unused amount is between 25% and 50% of the facility amount, and 0 basis points (—%) if the unused amount is less than 25% of the facility amount. The stated maturity date is June 30, 2028.

As of December 31, 2023, there were $312.5 million of borrowings outstanding under the BNP Credit Facility.

For the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022, the components of interest expense related to the BNP Credit Facility were as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023		For the Period Ended December 31, 2022
Borrowing interest expense	$	12,747	$	—
Unused facility fee	—		—
Amortization of deferred financing costs	211		—
Total interest and debt financing expense	$	12,958	$	—

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the weighted average stated interest rate on the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding was 8.4%.

125

Note 7: Derivatives

The Company enters into derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business from time to time to achieve certain risk management objectives, including managing its interest rate and foreign currency risk exposures. For derivative contracts, the Company enters into netting arrangements with its counterparties. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company offsets fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement.

The Company may enter into forward currency exchange contracts to reduce the exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations of the Company and its shareholders, as described in Note 2. The fair value of derivative contracts open as of December 31, 2023 is included on the Consolidated Schedules of Investments by contract. The Company had no collateral payable as of December 31, 2023. Collateral amounts posted are included in collateral on forward currency exchange contracts on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. Collateral payable is included in collateral payable on forward currency exchange contracts on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the average notional exposure for foreign currency forward contracts was $10.1 million. During the period ended December 31, 2022, the Company did not hold any derivative contracts.

The following table presents both gross and net information about derivative instruments eligible for offset in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

December 31, 2023
Counterparty	Gross Amount of Assets		Gross Amount of (Liabilities)		Net amounts presented in the Statements of Assets and Liabilities		Collateral Received/Pledged(1)		Net Amounts(2)
State Street Bank and Trust Company	$	—	$	(1,048)	$	(1,048)	$	—	$	(1,048)

(1)Amount excludes excess cash collateral paid.

(2)Net amount represents the net amount due (to) from counterparty in the event of a default based on the contractual setoff rights under the agreement. Net amount excludes any over-collateralized amounts, if applicable.

The effect of transactions in derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the year ended December 31, 2023 was as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Realized gain (loss) on foreign currency forward contracts	$	194
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency forward contracts	(1,048)
Total net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency forward contracts	$	(854)

Note 8: Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts that provide a variety of general indemnifications. Any exposure to the Company under these arrangements could involve future claims that may be made against the Company. Currently, no such claims exist or are expected to arise and, accordingly, the Company has not accrued any liability in connection with such indemnifications.

The Company’s investment portfolio may contain debt investments which are in the form of lines of credit or delayed draw commitments, which require the Company to provide funding when requested by portfolio companies in accordance with underlying loan agreements. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had the following unfunded delayed draw term loans and revolvers:

126

	Par Value as of
	December 31, 2023		December 31, 2022
Unfunded delayed draw commitments	$	120,709	$	3,424
Unfunded revolving commitments	54,025		3,809
Total unfunded commitments	$	174,734	$	7,233

From time to time, the Company may become a party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of its business. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, management is not aware of any pending or threatened material litigation.

Note 9. Net Assets

As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had 25,158,870 and 2,000,000 of Class I shares issued and outstanding with a par value of $0.01 per share, respectively. There were no Class S shares or Class D shares issued and outstanding as of such dates.

The following table summarizes capital activity during the year ended December 31, 2023:

	Common Shares			Capital in Excess of Par Value		Accumulated Net Investment Income (Loss)		Accumulated Net Realized Gain (Loss)		Accumulated Net Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		Total Net Assets
	Shares	Amount
Balance, beginning of period	2,000,000	$	20	$	49,980	$	175	$	8	$	(488)	$	49,695
Common shares issued	23,158,870	232		628,661		—		—		—		628,893
Distribution reinvestment	—	—		—		—		—		—		—
Repurchase of common stock	—	—		—		—		—		—		—
Net investment income (loss)	—	—		—		35,558		—		—		35,558
Net realized gain (loss)	—	—		—		—		359		—		359
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments	—	—		—		—		—		17,174		17,174
Net change in unrealized currency gain (losses) on non-investment assets and liabilities	—	—		—		—		—		(1,048)		(1,048)
Distributions declared	—	—				(26,200)		—		—		(26,200)
Tax reclassification of shareholders' equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP	—	—		8,498		(3,327)		(5,171)		—		—
Balance end of period	25,158,870	$	252	$	687,139	$	6,206	$	(4,804)	$	15,638	$	704,431

The following table summarizes capital activity during the period ended December 31, 2022:

127

	Common Stock			Capital in Excess of Par Value		Accumulated Net Investment Income (Loss)		Accumulated Net Realized Gain (Loss)		Accumulated Net Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		Total Net Assets
	Shares	Amount
Balance, beginning of period	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Common shares issued	2,000,000	20		49,980		—		—		—		50,000
Distribution reinvestment	—	—		—		—		—		—		—
Repurchase of common stock	—	—		—		—		—		—		—
Net investment income (loss)	—	—		—		175		—		—		175
Net realized gain (loss)	—	—		—		—		8		—		8
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments	—	—		—		—		—		(488)		(488)
Net change in unrealized currency gain (losses) on non-investment assets and liabilities	—	—		—		—		—		—		—
Distributions declared	—	—		—		—		—		—
Tax reclassification of shareholders' equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP	—	—		—		—		—		—		—
Balance end of period	2,000,000	$	20	$	49,980	$	175	$	8	$	(488)	$	49,695

The Company determines NAV per share as of the last day of each calendar month. Share issuances related to monthly subscriptions are effective the first business day of each month. Shares are issued at an offering price equivalent to the most recent NAV per share available. The following table summarizes each common share issuance for the year ended December 31, 2023:

	NAV Per Share
	Class S (1)		Class D (1)		Class I		Shares Issued	Proceeds
June 30, 2023	$	—	$	—	$	26.33	9,449,456	$	248,826
September 22, 2023	$	—	$	—	$	27.49	6,530,360	179,500
November 1, 2023	$	—	$	—	$	27.66	110,892	3,067
December 1, 2023	$	—	$	—	$	27.94	7,068,162	197,500
Total							23,158,870	$	628,893

(1)There were no Class S or Class D shares issued or outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Distributions are recorded on the record date. The following table summarizes distributions declared during the year ended December 31, 2023:

128

Date Declared	Record Date	Payment Date	Regular Distribution Per Share		Special Distribution Per Share		Total Distributions
August 8, 2023	August 15, 2023	August 31, 2023	$	0.20	$	—	$	2,290
August 30, 2023	August 31, 2023	September 29, 2023	0.20		—		2,290
September 14, 2023	September 15, 2023	October 30, 2023	0.20		—		2,290
October 27, 2023	October 31, 2023	November 30, 2023	0.20		—		3,596
November 28, 2023	November 30, 2023	December 29, 2023	0.23		—		4,161
December 27, 2023	December 29, 2023	January 31, 2024	0.23		0.23		11,573
Total			$	1.26	$	0.23	$	26,200

The Company has adopted a distribution reinvestment plan, pursuant to which the Company will reinvest all cash dividends declared by the Board on behalf of our shareholders who do not elect to receive their dividends in cash. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then our shareholders who have not opted out of our distribution reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares as described below, rather than receiving the cash dividend or other distribution. Distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each participating shareholder’s account to three decimal places. As of December 31, 2023, no shareholders elected to not receive dividends in cash.

The federal income tax characterization of distributions declared and paid for the fiscal year will be determined at fiscal year-end based on the Company's investment company taxable income for the full fiscal year and distributions paid during the full year.

There were no dividends declared for the period from November 14, 2022 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2022.

The Company may fund its cash distributions to shareholders from any source of funds available to the Company, including but not limited to offering proceeds, net investment income from operations, capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, borrowings, dividends or other distributions paid to it on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies and expense support from the Adviser, which is subject to recoupment.

Through December 31, 2023, a portion of the Company’s distributions resulted from expense support from the Adviser, and future distributions may result from expense support from the Adviser, each of which is subject to repayment by the Company within three years from the date of payment. The purpose of this arrangement avoids distributions being characterized as a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Shareholders should understand that any such distribution is not based solely on the Company’s investment performance, and can only be sustained if the Company achieves positive investment performance in future periods and/or the Adviser continues to provide expense support. Shareholders should also understand that the Company’s future repayments of expense support will reduce the distributions that they would otherwise receive. There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve the performance necessary to sustain these distributions, or be able to pay distributions at all.

Sources of distributions, other than net investment income and realized gains on a U.S. GAAP basis, include required adjustments to U.S. GAAP net investment income in the current period to determine taxable income available for distributions. The following tables reflect the sources of cash distributions on a U.S. GAAP basis that the Company has declared on its Common Shares during the year ended December 31, 2023:

	Class S (1)				Class D (1)				Class I
Source of Distribution	Per Share		Amount		Per Share		Amount		Per Share		Amount
Net investment income	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1.49	$	26,200
Net realized gain	—		—		—		—		—		—
Total	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1.49	$	26,200

(1)There were no Class S or Class D shares issued or outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2023.

129

Note 10. Income Tax

Income or loss earned by the Company prior to the period in which it intends to elect to be treated as a RIC is not attributable to the shareholders of the RIC. As such, the income tax disclosures presented are for the period July 1, 2023 through December 31, 2023.

Taxable income differs from net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations primarily due to: (1) unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments, as gains and losses are generally not included in taxable income until they are realized; (2) the tax treatment of foreign currency forward contracts, (3) the exclusion of income from the pre-RIC period, (4) amortization of organizational costs; and (5) other non-deductible expenses.

The Company makes certain adjustments to the classification of net assets as a result of permanent book-to-tax differences, which include differences in the book and tax basis of certain assets and liabilities, the exclusion of income from the pre-RIC period, non-deductible expenses, and the tax treatment of contributed assets, among other items. To the extent these differences are permanent, they are charged or credited to additional paid in capital, undistributed net investment income or undistributed net realized gains on investments, as appropriate.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company made the following permanent book tax differences and reclasses:

	December 31, 2023
Paid in capital excess of par value	$	8,498
Distributable income in excess of net investment income(1)	$	(3,327)
Accumulated realized gains(1)	$	(5,171)

(1)Amounts are included in distributable earnings (accumulated loss) on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

130

As of December 31, 2023, components of distributable earnings on a tax basis are as follows:

	December 31, 2023
Undistributed ordinary income	$	7,310
Net tax appreciation/(depreciation)	$	9,817
Undistributed capital gains	$	—
Other temporary differences	$	(88)

The difference between book-basis and tax-basis unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) is attributable primarily to the tax treatment of foreign currency forward contracts and the tax treatment of contributed assets.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had no capital loss carryover.

The tax character of shareholder distributions attributable to the year ended December 31, 2023, were as follows:

Paid Distributions attributable to:	December 31, 2023
Ordinary income	$	26,200
Return of capital	—
Long-term gain	—
Total taxable distributions	$	26,200

For the year ended December 31, 2023, 100% of distributed ordinary income qualified as an interest related dividend which is exempt from U.S. withholding tax applicable to non-U.S. shareholders.

Unrealized appreciation and depreciation as of December 31, 2023, based on cost of investments for U.S. federal income tax purposes were as follows:

	December 31, 2023
Gross appreciation	$	17,456
Gross (depreciation)	(7,639)
Net appreciation/(depreciation)	$	9,817
Cost	$	1,137,547

131

Note 11. Consolidated Financial Highlights

The following are consolidated financial highlights for a common share outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023			For the Period Ended December 31, 2022
Per Share Data: (1)
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	24.85		$	—
Net investment income	3.85			0.09
Net unrealized and realized gain (loss)(2)	0.79			(0.24)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations(3)	4.64			(0.15)
Distributions declared	(1.49)			—
Impact of issuance of common stock – Class I shares	—			25.00
Total increase (decrease) in net assets(3)	3.15			24.85
Net asset value, end of period	$	28.00		$	24.85
Shares outstanding, end of period	25,158,870			2,000,000
Total return based on NAV(4)	18.91		%	(0.61		%)
Ratios:
Portfolio turnover ratio(5)	8.49		%	N/A
Ratio of expenses before management and incentive fees to average net assets (6)(7)	8.72		%	6.90		%
Ratio of expenses after management and incentive fees before waivers and expense support to average net assets (6)(7)	11.09		%	6.90		%
Ratio of expenses after waivers and expense support to average net assets (6)(7)	8.58		%	6.90		%
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets before waivers and expense support(6)(7)	10.06		%	9.60		%
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets after waivers and expense support(6)(7)	12.57		%	9.60		%
Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period	$	704,431		$	49,695

(1)The per share data was derived by using the weighted average shares outstanding during the period.

(2)The amount shown for a share outstanding does not correspond with the aggregate realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments for the period due to the timing of capital share transactions of fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values of investments of the Company.

(3) Net increase in net assets resulting from operations per share in these financial highlights may be different from the net increase (decrease) in net assets per share on the Consolidated Statements of Operations due to changes in the number of weighted average shares outstanding and the effects of rounding.

(4)Total return based on net asset value is calculated as the change in net asset value per share during the period, assuming distributions that have been declared are reinvested on the effects of the performance of the Company during the period. Total return has not been annualized.

(5)Portfolio turnover rate is calculated using the lesser of year-to-date sales and year-to-date purchases over the average of the investments assets at fair value for the years reported.

(6)Annualized.

(7)The Adviser has agreed to waive its management fee and incentive fee until the date immediately after the first six months following the date the Company’s registration statement became effective on September 29, 2023.

Note 12. Subsequent Events

The Company’s management evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance of these financial statements. Other than as disclosed below, there have been no subsequent events that occurred that would require disclosure in, or would be required to be recognized in, these financial statements, except as discussed below.

Subscriptions

The Company received $44.5 million of net proceeds, inclusive of distributions reinvested through the Company's distribution reinvestment plan, relating to the issuance of Class I shares for subscriptions effective January 2, 2024.

The Company received $38.7 million of net proceeds, inclusive of distributions reinvested through the Company's distribution reinvestment plan, relating to the issuance of Class I shares for subscriptions effective February 1, 2024.

132

The Company received $42.9 million of net proceeds, inclusive of distributions reinvested through the Company's distribution reinvestment plan, relating to the issuance of Class I shares for subscriptions effective March 1, 2024.

Share Repurchases

On February 2, 2024, the Company offered to purchase up to 5% of its outstanding common shares as of December 31, 2023 at a price equal to the net asset value per share as of March 31, 2024. The offer expired on March 4, 2024, and no common shares were validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the offer. As a result, and in accordance with the terms of the offer, no payments were made to common shareholders of the Company.

Distribution Declarations

On January 29, 2024, the Company declared a total distribution of $0.23 per Class I share, all of which is payable on February 28, 2024 to shareholders of record as of January 31, 2024.

On February 27, 2024, the Company declared a total distribution of $0.23 per Class I share, all of which is payable on March 28, 2024 to shareholders of record as of February 29, 2024.

Financing Transaction

On March 7, 2024, the Company entered into a Master Note Purchase Agreement (the “Note Purchase Agreement”) governing the issuance of $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Series 2024A Senior Notes, due March 7, 2029, with a fixed interest rate of 7.77% per year (the “2024A Notes”), to qualified institutional investors in a private placement. Interest on the 2024A Notes will be due semiannually on January 15 and July 15 each year, beginning on January 15, 2025. The interest rate is subject to increase (up to a maximum increase of 2.00% above the stated rate) in the event that, subject to certain exceptions, the 2024A Notes cease to have an investment grade rating and the Company’s minimum secured debt ratio exceeds certain thresholds. The 2024A Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company’s option at par plus accrued interest to the prepayment date and, if applicable, a make-whole premium. In addition, the Company is obligated to offer to prepay the 2024A Notes at par plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the date of prepayment, if certain change in control events occur. The 2024A Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company that rank pari passu with all outstanding and future unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness issued by the Company.

The Note Purchase Agreement contains customary terms and conditions for senior unsecured notes issued in a private placement, including, without limitation, affirmative and negative covenants such as (i) information reporting, (ii) maintenance of the Company’s status as a BDC within the meaning of the 1940 Act, (iii) a minimum net worth of $300.0 million, and (iv) a minimum asset coverage ratio of 1.50 to 1.00. The Note Purchase Agreement also contains customary events of default with customary cure and notice periods, including, without limitation, nonpayment, incorrect representation in any material respect, breach of covenant, certain cross-defaults or cross-acceleration under other indebtedness of the Company, certain judgments and orders and certain events of bankruptcy.

ITEM 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

ITEM 9A.    Controls and Procedures

(1)Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

In accordance with Rules 13a-15(b) and 15d-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), we, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report and determined that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report.

This Annual Report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC.

133

(2)Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    Other Information

During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2023, none of the Trustees or executive officers adopted or terminated any contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of our securities to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) or any “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement.”

ITEM 9C.    Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

Not applicable.

134

Part III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The Board and its Leadership Structure

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. The responsibilities of the Board include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, oversight of our investment valuation process, oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities. Our Board consists of five members, three of whom are not “interested persons” of the Company or of the Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent”. “Interested persons” are generally persons that, under the 1940 Act, are deemed to have an interest in the Company or the Adviser that could give rise to a conflict of interest in making certain determinations required by the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our “Independent Trustees.” Our Board elects our executive officers, who serve at the discretion of the Board.

Trustees

Information regarding the Board is as follows:

135

Name	Year of Birth	Position	Length of Time Served	Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years	Other Memberships Held by Trustee
Interested Trustees
Eric Muller	1972	Trustee	Since 2022	Portfolio Manager & Partner at Oak Hill Advisors (2018 – Present); Partner at Goldman Sachs (2006 – 2018)	Board Member, OHA Senior Private Lending Fund (U) LLC (2022 – present); Investment Committee Member, Boston University Endowment (2018 – Present); Dean’s Advisory Board Member, Boston University Questrom School of Business (2015 – Present); Co-Chairman, Board of Trustees for StreetSquash (2012 – Present)
Alan M. Schrager	1968	Chairman and Trustee	Since 2022	Portfolio Manager & Senior Partner at Oak Hill Advisors (2003 – Present)	Chairman of the Board of Managers, OHA Senior Private Lending Fund (U) LLC (2022 – present); Board Member, Expro Group Holdings (2018 – Present); Board Member, New Heights Youth Inc. (2016 – Present); Board Member for Churchill Capital V (2022 – Present); Board Member for Churchill Capital VI (2022 – Present); Board Member for Churchill Capital VII (2022 – Present)
Independent Trustees
Kathleen M. Burke	1963	Trustee and Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee	Since 2022	Managing Director at Snowbridge Advisors (2016 – Present); Advisor at Pacific General Holdings (April 2022 – Present).	Board Member, OHA Senior Private Lending Fund (U) LLC (2022 – present)
Mark Manoff	1956	Trustee and Chair of the Audit Committee	Since 2022	Operating Partner at MidOcean Partners (2021 – Present); Vice Chair at Ernst & Young (1978-2021)	Board Member, OHA Senior Private Lending Fund (U) LLC (2022 – present); Trustee, University of Maryland Smith Business School Advisory Board (2012 – Present); Trustee, Roundabout Theatre (2000 – 2020); Trustee, the First Tee (2011 – 2021)
Jonathan Morgan	1963	Trustee and Chair of the Independent Trustees Committee	Since 2022	Managing Member at Sound Fund Advisors LLC (2011 - Present).	Board Member, OHA Senior Private Lending Fund (U) LLC (2022 – present); Director, Angel Oak Mortgage, Inc. (Jan 2022 – Present); Trustee, The Frank Foundation (2016 – Present); Trustee, Talmadge Hill Community Church (2019 – Present); Trustee, The Weekapaug Chapel (2020 – present); Trustee, Kids Empowered by Your Support (2016 – 2021).

136

The address for each Trustee is c/o T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund, 1 Vanderbilt Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, NY 10017, Attn: Legal Department. While we do not intend to list our shares on any securities exchange, if any class of our shares is listed on a national securities exchange, our Board will be divided into three classes of trustees serving staggered terms of three years each.

Executive Officers Who are Not Trustees

Information regarding our executive officers who are not Trustees is as follows:

Name	Year of Birth	Position	Length of Time Served	Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years
Andrew Winer	1968	Chief Operating Officer	Since 2022	Portfolio Manager at Sound Point Capital (2016 – 2022)
Gerard Waldt	1984	Chief Financial Officer	Since 2022	Deputy Chief Financial Officer at Bain Capital Specialty Finance (2018 – 2022); Controller and Interim Chief Accounting Officer at Hercules Capital (2016 – 2018)
Gregory Rubin	1971	Vice President	Since 2022	Partner and General Counsel, Global Head of Legal and Compliance at Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. (2007 – Present)
Grove Stafford	1977	Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary	Since 2022	Executive Director and Chief Compliance Officer at Morgan Stanley Investment Management – Private Credit, Equity & Real Estate (2018-2022); Vice President & Assistant General Counsel at Resource America, Inc.

The address for each executive officer is c/o T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund, 1 Vanderbilt Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

Biographical Information

The following is information concerning the business experience of our Board and executive officers. Our Trustees have been divided into two groups—Interested Trustees and Independent Trustees. Interested Trustees are “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Interested Trustees

Eric Muller, Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Muller shares portfolio management responsibilities for private lending investments. Prior to joining OHA, Mr. Muller worked in Goldman Sachs’ Merchant Banking Division, where he was a Partner in the Private Credit Group, responsible for leading its private senior lending business in North America and managing vehicles that invested across the spectrum of the credit market. He previously worked as a private equity investor for the Cypress Group. Additionally, Mr. Muller serves on the Investment Committee for the Boston University Endowment and the Dean’s Advisory Board for the Boston University Questrom School of Business. He is Co-Chairman of the Board of Trustees for StreetSquash, an after-school youth enrichment program. He earned an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, a J.D. from Harvard Law School and a B.A., summa cum laude, salutatorian, from Boston University.

Alan M. Schrager, Chairman of the Board. Alan M. Schrager shares portfolio management responsibilities for a number of OHA’s portfolios. Mr. Schrager serves on various OHA committees including the compliance, investment strategy, valuation and several fund investment committees. Previously, he had senior research responsibility for investments in private credit companies, software, industrials and gaming. Prior to joining OHA in early 2003, Mr. Schrager was a Managing Director of USBancorp Libra, where he was responsible for originating, evaluating and structuring private equity, mezzanine and debt transactions and also held several positions at Primary Network, a data CLEC, including Chief Financial Officer and Interim Chief Executive Officer. He previously worked in the Leveraged Finance and High Yield Capital Markets group at UBS Securities, LLC. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of Expro Group Holdings International Limited, three Churchill Capital special purpose acquisition companies and New Heights Youth, Inc. Mr. Schrager earned an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, and a B.A. from the University of Michigan.

137

Independent Trustees

Kathleen M. Burke, Trustee. Ms. Burke is currently a Partner at Snowbridge Advisors, an independent advisory firm serving managers of private equity funds worldwide with a focus on middle market private equity funds and an advisor to Pacific General Holdings, a firm focused on advising on middle market cross border transactions. Ms. Burke has more than thirty years’ experience as an investment professional, both as an advisor and an investor, and is expert at executing, structuring and placing private alternative fund products and securities. Ms. Burke also managed private placements at Rothschild North America and Credit Suisse First Boston. At Credit Suisse First Boston, she led a team of professionals dedicated to raising private equity capital for venture stage and emerging growth companies in a variety of sectors including life sciences, healthcare, media, telecom, and technology services. Prior to Credit Suisse First Boston, Ms. Burke was on the buy-side and worked at both Prudential Insurance Company of America and GE Capital where she was responsible for a variety of investments, including control and growth transactions, mezzanine deals and senior loans. She received her MBA from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School and has a BS in Finance from Boston College’s Carroll School of Management, where she was in the Honors Program and graduated cum laude.

Mark Manoff, Trustee. Mr. Manoff is an Operating Partner at MidOcean Partners, a premiere New York-based alternative asset manager specializing in middle-market private equity and alternative credit investments. He previously spent 39 years at Ernst & Young (EY) serving in many leadership positions, including as New York Office Managing Partner, and Americas Vice Chair Northeast Region Managing Partner, where he had P/L responsibility for a $4 billion business unit. Mr. Manoff was a member of EY’s Executive Board and Operating Committee for 8 years. He founded and led EY’s Center for Board Matters, EY’s effort to support board members in their oversight role by helping them address complex boardroom issues. Mr. Manoff retired as Vice Chair Markets where he was responsible for EY’s growth strategy and go-to-market activities. Following his retirement from EY, Mr. Manoff co-founded and was the CEO of a boutique consulting firm providing services to private equity and other high growth businesses. Mr. Manoff was also a member of the Board of Covetrus, a $4 billion formerly NASDAQ-listed global company that provided technology solutions and services to veterinarians, which was taken private in October 2022. Mr. Manoff is a CPA and has a BS from the University of Maryland Smith Business School where he was a past Chair.

Jonathan Morgan, Trustee. Mr. Morgan is the founding Principal of Sound Fund Advisors LLC, a firm he founded in March 2011, where he acts as an independent director. Mr. Morgan has over 22 years of experience in the financial markets, including nine years of investment experience as a strategist or portfolio manager at three different investment managers: Caxton Associates (1993-1996), Croesus Capital Management (1997-1998) and Parallax Capital Management (1999-2002). In addition, Mr. Morgan has more than nine years of experience researching and investing in investment funds. He was the Head of Research and Portfolio Management in the Alternative Investment Group of Julius Baer Investment Management (2002-2005) where he supervised both investment research as well as the operational risk group. In 2005, Mr. Morgan joined Barclays Global Investors (2005-2009) as the Head of Manager Selection and subsequently became the Head of Investments for their Hedge Fund Management Group. During his tenure, Mr. Morgan was the head of Barclays Global Investor’s New York office. In 2009, Mr. Morgan joined UBP Asset Management (2009-2011) as the Head of Global Hedge Fund Research. Prior to 1993, Mr. Morgan worked for Morgan Stanley for five years. He has an AB from Princeton University (1986), an MPP from Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government (1990) and an MDIV from Yale Divinity School (2019).

Executive Officers Who are not Trustees

Gerard Waldt, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Waldt has primary responsibility for financial activities of OHA’s BDCs and similar vehicles. Prior to joining OHA, Mr. Waldt was the Deputy Chief Financial Officer at Bain Capital Specialty Finance. Previously, he was Controller and Interim Chief Accounting Officer at Hercules Capital. He earned a B.B.A. in Accounting from James Madison University.

Andrew Winer, Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Winer works in the area of new business development and has primary responsibility for operations of OHA’s BDCs and similar vehicles. Prior to joining OHA, Mr. Winer was the Co-Founder and Portfolio Manager of Sound Point Capital’s commercial real estate business and served as Chief Investment Officer of InPoint Commercial Real Estate Income Inc. Previously, Mr. Winer served as President of Global Net Lease, Inc. and worked at Credit Suisse and predecessor firms in a variety of commercial real estate and structured finance related positions. Mr. Winer earned a Master of Accountancy and a B.B.A. in Accounting from the University of Michigan School of Business.

Grove Stafford, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary. Mr. Stafford provides legal and compliance services to OHA. Prior to joining OHA, Mr. Stafford worked as an Executive Director for Morgan Stanley Investment Management where he served as Chief Compliance Officer for the firm’s private credit, equity and real assets businesses as well as the firm’s business development companies. Prior to joining Morgan Stanley, he was employed by Resource America, Inc., serving as Vice President and Assistant General Counsel with responsibility for legal and compliance matters for Resource America’s investment adviser and broker-dealer platforms. Mr. Stafford earned a J.D. from Tulane University and a B.A. from Boston University.

Gregory Rubin, Vice President. Mr. Rubin is a Partner and General Counsel of OHA. Mr. Rubin has overall management responsibility for OHA’s global legal and compliance services. He serves on various OHA committees including risk, compliance, valuation and ESG committees. Mr. Rubin previously served as a Vice President and

138

Regulatory Counsel in the Institutional Securities Group at Morgan Stanley and as a corporate and securities attorney at Lewis and Roca, LLP. He earned a J.D. from Cleveland-Marshall College of Law and a B.B.A. from the University of Cincinnati.

Communications with Trustees

Shareholders and other interested parties may contact any Trustee (or all Trustees) of the Board by mail. To communicate with the Board, any individual Trustee or any group or committee of Trustees, correspondence should be addressed to the Board or any such individual Trustee or group or committee of Trustees by either name or title. All such correspondence should be sent to T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund, c/o OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC, 1 Vanderbilt Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, NY 10017, Attention: Chief Compliance Officer.

Committees of the Board

Our Board currently has three committees: an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Governance Committee and an Independent Trustees Committee. Under the Declaration of Trust, the Company is required to hold annual meetings to consider such matters as may appropriately come before such meetings.

Audit Committee. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the Audit Committee. The primary function of the Audit Committee is to serve as an independent and objective party to assist the Board in selecting, engaging and discharging our independent registered public accounting firm, reviewing the plans, scope and results of the audit engagement with our independent registered public accounting firm, approving professional services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm (including compensation therefore), reviewing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting. The Audit Committee will also have principal oversight of the valuation process used to establish the Company’s NAV and for the determination the fair value of each of our investments. The Audit Committee is presently composed of three persons, including Kathleen M. Burke, Mark Manoff, and Jonathan Morgan, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Mr. Manoff serves as the chair of the Audit Committee. Our Board has determined that Mr. Manoff qualifies as an “Audit Committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act. Each of the members of the Audit Committee meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and, in addition, is not an “interested person” of the Company or of the Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

A copy of the charter of the Audit Committee is available in print to any shareholder who requests it, and it will also be available on the Company's website at www.ocreditfund.com.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the Nominating and Governance Committee, including making nominations for the appointment or election of Independent Trustees. The Nominating and Governance Committee consists of three persons, including Kathleen M. Burke, Mark Manoff, and Jonathan Morgan, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Ms. Burke serves as the chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees to the Board recommended by a shareholder, if such shareholder complies with the advance notice provisions of our Bylaws. Our Bylaws provide that a shareholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a Trustees at a meeting of shareholders must deliver written notice to our Corporate Secretary. This notice must contain, as to each nominee, all of the information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement meeting the requirements of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and certain other information set forth in the Bylaws. In order to be eligible to be a nominee for election as a Trustees by a shareholder, such potential nominee must deliver to our Corporate Secretary a written questionnaire providing the requested information about the background and qualifications of such person and a written representation and agreement that such person is not and will not become a party to any voting agreements, any agreement or understanding with any person with respect to any compensation or indemnification in connection with service on the Board, and would be in compliance with all of our publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and share ownership and trading policies and guidelines.

A copy of charter of the Nominating and Governance Committee is available in print to any shareholder who requests it, and it will also be available on the Company’s website at www.ocreditfund.com.

Independent Trustees Committee. The Independent Trustees Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board. The Independent Trustees Committee consists of three persons, including Kathleen M. Burke, Mark Manoff, and Jonathan Morgan, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Mr. Morgan serves as the chair of the Independent Trustees Committee. The Independent Trustees Committee assists the Board by acting as a liaison between the Board and our principal service providers, including without limitation, the Adviser. The Independent Trustees Committee is responsible for assessing the flow of information between management and the Board and overseeing the annual approval process of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement. The Independent Trustees

139

Committee is also responsible for addressing conflict of interest matters and directing the retention of any consultants that the Board may deem necessary or appropriate. The Independent Trustees Committee will also have principal oversight over the process used to approve co-investments for the Company. Time is allotted at each quarterly meeting of our Board for the Independent Trustees to meet and discuss any issues that they deem necessary or appropriate. The Independent Trustees may also choose to meet in executive session outside the presence of the Interested Trustees during the course of other meetings of our Board or at other times as they deem necessary or appropriate.

A copy of the charter of the Independent Trustees Committee is available in print to any shareholder who requests it, and it will also be available on the Company’s website at www.ocreditfund.com.

Investment Committee

Investment decisions generally require consensus approval of the Investment Committee. The Investment Committee will meet regularly to vet new investment opportunities, and evaluate strategic initiatives and actions taken by the Adviser on our behalf. The day-to-day management of investments approved by the Investment Committees will be overseen by the portfolio managers.

All of the Investment Committee members have ownership and financial interests in, and may receive compensation and/or profit distributions from, the Adviser. None of the Investment Committee members receive any direct compensation from us.

Members of the Investment Committee Who Are Not Our Trustees or Executive Officers

Glenn August, Founder & Chief Executive Officer of OHA. Mr. August has overall management responsibility for OHA. In addition, he serves as global head of the OHA’s distressed investment activities. Mr. August chairs or serves on various OHA committees, including the partnership, investment strategy and several fund investment committees. He co-founded the predecessor investment firm to OHA in 1987 and took responsibility for OHA’s credit and distressed investment activities in 1990. Mr. August has played leadership roles in numerous restructurings and, since 1987, has served on seventeen corporate boards. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of Lucid Group, Inc., MultiPlan, Inc. and three Churchill Capital special purpose acquisition companies. Mr. August also serves on the Board of Trustees of Horace Mann School and the Mount Sinai Medical Center, and on the Board of Directors of the Partnership for New York City and the 92nd St. Y. He earned an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, where he was a Baker Scholar, and a B.S. from Cornell University.

Thomas Wong, Portfolio Manager & Partner of OHA. Mr. Wong shares portfolio management responsibilities for a number of OHA’s portfolios. Mr. Wong is a member of OHA’s investment strategy and ESG committees. Previously, he had senior research responsibility for the chemicals, consumer products, food and beverage, healthcare, industrials, retail and restaurants, services and telecommunications, media, cable and technology industries. Mr. Wong currently serves on the executive committee of the Board of Directors for the Loan Syndications and Trading Association and on the Board of Directors for Yonkers Partners in Education. Prior to joining OHA in 2001, he worked at Deutsche Bank, where he was a member of the Debt Capital Markets group. Mr. Wong received a B.A., cum laude, from Harvard University and has earned the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

Harpreet Anand, Portfolio Manager & Partner of OHA. Mr. Anand shares portfolio management responsibility for a number of OHA’s portfolios. Mr. Anand serves on various OHA committees including the compliance committee, investment strategy committee and the Diversity & Inclusion Council. Previously, he had senior research responsibility for automotive, building products, chemicals, metals & mining, paper & packaging and aerospace & defense industries. Prior to joining OHA in 2006, Mr. Anand worked at Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. in its Leveraged Finance/Financial Sponsors Group. He earned a B.B.A., with Honors, from the Stephen M. Ross School of Business at the University of Michigan.

Board Role in Risk Oversight

Our Board performs its risk oversight function primarily through (i) its standing committees, which report to the entire Board and are comprised solely of Independent Trustees, and (ii) active monitoring by our Chief Compliance Officer and our compliance policies and procedures. Oversight of other risks is delegated to the committees.

Oversight of our investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by the Adviser as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The Board anticipates reviewing risk management processes at both regular and special board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of the Adviser as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the Boards risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. Investors should note, however, that the Board’s oversight function cannot eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of investments.

We believe that the role of our Board in risk oversight is effective and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which we will be subject as a BDC. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements that control

140

the levels of risk in our business and operations. For example, we are limited in our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates, including investing in any portfolio company in which one of our affiliates currently has an investment.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our executive officers, members of our Board, and persons who own more than ten percent of our shares to file initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership with the SEC and furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. To our knowledge, based solely on our review of the copies of such reports furnished to us, we believe that, with respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, such persons complied with all such filing requirements.

Code of Ethics

We and the Adviser have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code are permitted to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. Investors may view the code of ethics on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned by Directors

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities of the Company beneficially owned by each Trustee as of March 13, 2024:

Name of Director	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Company (1)
Interested Trustees	—
Eric Muller	—
Alan M. Schrager	—
Independent Trustees (1)	—
Kathleen M. Burke	—
Mark Manoff	—
Jonathan Morgan	—

(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.

(2) The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned are: none, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000 or over $100,000.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation.

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our officers will receive direct compensation from us. The compensation of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer will be paid by our Administrator, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by them to us. To the extent that our Administrator outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to our Administrator.

Compensation of Trustees

Our Trustees who do not also serve in an executive officer capacity for us or the Adviser are entitled to receive annual cash retainer fees, fees for participating in the board and committee meetings and annual fees for serving as a committee

141

chairperson. These Trustees are Kathleen M. Burke, Mark Manoff, and Jonathan Morgan. Amounts payable under the arrangement are determined and paid quarterly in arrears as follows:

Annual Cash Retainer		Board Meeting Fee		Committee Meeting Fee		Annual Committee Chair Cash Retainer
						Audit		Nominating and Governance		Independent Trustees
$	100,000	$	2,500	$	1,000	$	15,000	$	2,500	$	2,500

We also reimburse each of the Trustees for all reasonable and authorized business expenses in accordance with our policies as in effect from time to time, including reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board meeting and each committee meeting not held concurrently with a board meeting.

We will not pay compensation to our Trustees who also serve in an executive officer capacity for us or the Adviser.

The following table sets forth information concerning total compensation earned by or paid to each of our Independent Trustees for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Trustee	Total Compensation from the Company		Total Compensation from the Fund Complex(1)
Kathleen M. Burke	$	154,771	$	232,997
Mark Manoff	$	170,932	$	256,898
Jonathan Morgan	$	154,889	$	233,182

(1) The “Fund Complex” consists of the Company and OHA Senior Private Lending Fund (U) LLC.

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.

The following table sets forth, as of March 13, 2024, information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares by:

•each person known to us to be expected to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares;

•each of our Trustees and executive officers; and

•all of our Trustees and executive officers as a group.

Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 28,125,177 common shares outstanding as of March 13, 2024. Common shares outstanding exclude March 1, 2024 subscriptions since the issuance price is not yet finalized at the date of

142

this filing. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. There are no shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the offering.

	Shares Beneficially Owned
Name and Address	Number	Percentage
Interested Trustees
Eric Muller	—	N/A
Alan M. Schrager	—	N/A
Independent Trustees(1)
Kathleen M. Burke	—	N/A
Mark Manoff	—	N/A
Jonathan Morgan	—	N/A
Executive Officers who are not Trustees(1)
Gregory S. Rubin	—	N/A
Grove Stafford	—	N/A
Gerard Waldt	—	N/A
Andy Winer	—	N/A
Other
OHA Partner Global Co-Investment II, LLC(2)	2,000,000	7.1%
T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Feeder Fund LLC(3)	21,952,907	78.1%
All officers and Trustees as a group (nine persons)	—	N/A

(1)The address for all of the Company’s officers and Trustees is T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund, c/o OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC, 1 Vanderbilt Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

(2)The address for OHA Partner Global Co-Investment II, LLC is 201 Main Street, Suite 1250, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

(3)The address for T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Feeder Fund LLC is T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Feeder Fund LLC, c/o OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC, 1 Vanderbilt Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, NY 10017.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Transactions with Related Persons

Investment Advisory Agreement; Administration Agreement

We have entered into the Advisory Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which we pay the Adviser a management fee at an annual rate of 1.25% of the value of the Company’s net assets as of the beginning of the first calendar day of the month. For purposes of the Advisory Agreement, net assets means the Company’s total assets less the fair value of our liabilities determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Adviser has agreed to waive its management fee for the first six months following the effective date of the Company’s registration statement. We also pay the Adviser a two-part incentive fee based on (i) the amount by which our pre-incentive fee net investment income returns exceed a certain “hurdle rate” and (ii) our capital gains. In addition, pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, we reimburse the Adviser and Administrator for certain expenses as they occur. See “Item 1. Business—Advisory Agreement,” “Item 1. Business—Administration Agreement,” and “Item 1. Business—Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement.” Each of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement has been approved by the Board. Unless earlier terminated, each of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first became effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the Independent Trustees.

Co-Investment Relief

143

We and the Adviser have received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. Pursuant to such order, the Board may establish objective Board Criteria clearly defining co-investment opportunities in which the Company will have the opportunity to participate with one or more listed or private OHA-managed BDCs and other public or private OHA funds that target similar assets. If an investment falls within the Board Criteria, the Company will have an opportunity to participate. The Company may determine to participate or not to participate, depending on whether the Adviser determines that the investment is appropriate for the Company (e.g., based on its investment strategy). The co-investment would generally be allocated to us, any other OHA BDCs and the other OHA funds that target similar assets pro rata based on available capital in the applicable asset class. If the Adviser determines that such investment is not appropriate for us, the investment will not be allocated to us, but the Adviser will be required to report such investment and the rationale for its determination for us to not participate in the investment to the Board at the next quarterly board meeting.

Transactions with Promoters and Certain Control Persons

The Adviser may be deemed a promoter of the Company. We have entered into the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement with OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC (in its capacity as the Adviser and the Administrator, respectively). The Adviser, for its services to us, is entitled to receive management fees and incentive fees in addition to the reimbursement of certain expenses. The Administrator, for its services to us, is entitled to receive reimbursement of certain expenses. In addition, under the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement, to the extent permitted by applicable law and in the discretion of our Board, we have indemnified OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC and certain of its affiliates. See “Item 1. Business.”

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

To the extent that any potential related party transaction is brought to the attention of the Board, the Board will consider any conflicts of interest brought to its attention pursuant to the Company’s compliance procedures and policies. Each of the Company’s trustees and executive officers is subject to the Company’s Code of Ethics, which places restrictions on related party transactions, and is instructed to inform the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer or his designee of any potential related party transactions. In addition, each such trustee and executive officer completes a questionnaire designed to elicit information about any potential related party transactions that is reviewed by the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer prior to such trustee’s or executive officer’s appointment.

Trustee Independence

For information regarding the independence of our Trustees, see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.”

Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The Audit Committee and the Independent Trustees have selected KPMG LLP to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company for the year ended December 31, 2023.

KPMG LLP has advised us that neither the firm nor any present member or associate of it has any material financial interest, direct or indirect, in the Company or its affiliates.

Audit Fees: Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the annual audit of the Company’s financial statements, quarterly reviews and services that are normally provided by KPMG LLP in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

Audit-Related Fees: Audit-related fees are for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

Tax Fees: Fees included in the tax fees category comprise all services performed by professional staff in the independent registered public accountant’s tax division except those services related to the audits. This category comprises fees for services provided in connection with the preparation and review of the Company’s tax returns and tax advice.

144

All Other Fees: No fees were billed by KPMG LLP for products and services provided to the Company, other than the services reported in “Audit Fees” and “Audit-Related Fees” above, for the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022.

No fees were billed by KPMG LLP to the Adviser, or any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Adviser, that provides ongoing services to the Company, for engagements directly related to the Company’s operations and financial reporting, for the year ended December 31, 2023 and for the period ended December 31, 2022.

Fees

Set forth in the table below are audit fees, audit‑related fees, tax services fees and all other fees billed to the Company by KPMG LLP for professional services performed (dollar amounts in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023		For the Period Ended December 31, 2022
Audit Fee	$	870	$	420
Audit-Related Fees (1)	—		—
Tax Fees	135		8
All Other Fees (2)	—		—
Total Fees	$	1,005	$	428

(1) Fees billed to the Company by KPMG LLP for services provided by KPMG LLP in connection with permitted audit services.

(2) Fees, if any, billed to the Company by KPMG LLP in connection with permitted non‑audit services.

Pre-Approval Policy: The Audit Committee has established a pre-approval policy that describes the permitted audit, audit-related, tax and other services to be provided by KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The policy requires that the Audit Committee pre-approve the audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditor in order to assure that the provision of such service does not impair the auditor’s independence.

Any requests for audit, audit-related, tax and other services that have not received general pre-approval must be submitted to the Audit Committee for specific pre-approval, irrespective of the amount, and cannot commence until such approval has been granted. Normally, pre-approval is provided at regularly scheduled meetings of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has delegated pre-approval authority to the Audit Committee Chair pursuant to Section 10A(i) of the Exchange Act. The Trustee or Trustees to whom such authority is delegated shall report any pre-approval decisions to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. The Audit Committee does not delegate its responsibilities to pre-approve services performed by the independent registered public accounting firm to management.

145

Part IV

Item 15.    Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:

1.Financial Statements – Financial statements are included in Item 8. See the Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2.Financial Statement Schedules – None. We have omitted financial statement schedules because they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated statements or notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3.Exhibits – The following is a list of all exhibits filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those incorporated by reference.

Please note that the agreements included as exhibits to this Form 10-K are included to provide information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about us or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement that have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

The following exhibits are filed as part of this report or hereby incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC:

Exhibit Number
3.1	Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(8) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-266378)
3.2	Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-266378)
4.1	Distribution Reinvestment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-266378)
10.1	Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-266378)
10.2	Investment Advisory Agreement dated as of November 10, 2022 by and between T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund and OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC (formerly OHA Private Credit Advisors, L.P.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Period Ended June 30, 2023 (File No. 814-01561))
10.3	Administration Agreement dated as of November 10, 2022 by and between T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund and OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC (formerly OHA Private Credit Advisors, L.P.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Period Ended June 30, 2023 (File No. 814-01561))
10.4	Custody Agreement dated as of October 13, 2022 by and between T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-266378)
10.5	Managing Dealer Agreement by and between T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund and T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(1) to the Company's Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-266378)
10.6	Transfer Agency Services Agreement dated as of November 7, 2022 by and among T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund, DST Systems, Inc. and OHA Private Credit Advisors LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(3) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-266378)
10.7	Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(2) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-266378)
10.8	Multiple Class Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Period Ended June 30, 2023 (File No. 814-01561))
10.9	Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of November 15, 2022 by and among T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund as Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the Lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Period Ended June 30, 2023 (File No. 814-01561))

146

10.10	Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of June 30, 2023 by and among T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund as Equityholder, TRP OHA SPV Funding I, LLC as Borrower, BNP Paribas as Administrative Agent, TRP OHA Servicer I, LLC as Servicer, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association as Collateral Agent, and the Lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Period Ended June 30, 2023 (File No. 814-01561))
10.11	Amendment No.1 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2023, by and among T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund, as Borrower, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2023 (File No. 814-01561))
10.12*	Master Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 2023, by and among T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund and the Purchasers party thereto
21*	Subsidiaries of T. Rowe Price OHA Select Private Credit Fund
31.1*	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1*	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2*	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.1*	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Supplemental Information
104*	Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

* Filed herewith.

147

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	T. ROWE PRICE OHA SELECT PRIVATE CREDIT FUND
Date: March 13, 2024	/s/ Eric Muller
	Eric Muller
	Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 13, 2024	/s/ Gerard Waldt
	Gerard Waldt
	Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name	Title
/s/ Eric Muller Eric Muller	Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Gerard Waldt Gerard Waldt	Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer
/s/ Alan M. Schrager Alan M. Schrager	Chairman of the Board and Trustee
/s/ Kathleen M. Burke* Kathleen M. Burke	Trustee
/s/ Mark Manoff* Mark Manoff	Trustee
/s/ Jonathan Morgan* Jonathan Morgan	Trustee
*By: Grove Stafford Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary As Agent or Attorney-in-Fact

148